Search Results

Search found 6346 results on 254 pages for 'turn a'.

Page 254/254 | < Previous Page | 250 251 252 253 254 

  • DHCP settings out of range Internet shuts off after a few minutes

    - by user263115
    I recently upgraded from windows eight to windows 8.1 I do not know if this has anything to do with anything I have a 64 bit OS. My Internet goes off by itself every 5 minutes even though my wireless icon at the lower right of the screen still shows connected I had an error message in the last event in it said that might DHCP settings were out of range. I get my internet at my house through a wireless portable hotspot through my smart phone. But i haven't ever had any problems before and i only have this problem on this network. If i turn airplane mode on and reset my network card, the internet will come back to life but soon die. i don't experience this problem while on a different network or if i'm on WiFi. This s really annoying please help Windows IP Configuration Host Name . . . . . . . . . . . . : NastyMcnastyJr Primary Dns Suffix . . . . . . . : Node Type . . . . . . . . . . . . : Hybrid IP Routing Enabled. . . . . . . . : No WINS Proxy Enabled. . . . . . . . : No Ethernet adapter Local Area Connection: Media State . . . . . . . . . . . : Media disconnected Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : Description . . . . . . . . . . . : TeamViewer VPN Adapter Physical Address. . . . . . . . . : 00-FF-5D-13-26-21 DHCP Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . : Yes Autoconfiguration Enabled . . . . : Yes Wireless LAN adapter Local Area Connection* 11: Media State . . . . . . . . . . . : Media disconnected Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : Description . . . . . . . . . . . : Microsoft Wi-Fi Direct Virtual Adapter Physical Address. . . . . . . . . : F6-B7-E2-50-09-38 DHCP Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . : Yes Autoconfiguration Enabled . . . . : Yes Wireless LAN adapter SAMMY McNASTY: Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : Description . . . . . . . . . . . : Broadcom 802.11n Network Adapter Physical Address. . . . . . . . . : F4-B7-E2-50-09-38 DHCP Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . : Yes Autoconfiguration Enabled . . . . : Yes Link-local IPv6 Address . . . . . : fe80::3107:66bc:cf1f:c776%4(Preferred) IPv4 Address. . . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.43.3(Preferred) Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0 Lease Obtained. . . . . . . . . . : Friday, November 1, 2013 9:50:20 PM Lease Expires . . . . . . . . . . : Saturday, November 2, 2013 12:56:46 AM Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.43.1 DHCP Server . . . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.43.1 DHCPv6 IAID . . . . . . . . . . . : 83146722 DHCPv6 Client DUID. . . . . . . . : 00-01-00-01-19-F1-98-B4-20-89-84-84-61-BB DNS Servers . . . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.43.1 NetBIOS over Tcpip. . . . . . . . : Enabled Ethernet adapter Ethernet: Media State . . . . . . . . . . . : Media disconnected Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : Description . . . . . . . . . . . : Broadcom NetLink (TM) Gigabit Ethernet Physical Address. . . . . . . . . : 20-89-84-84-61-BB DHCP Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . : Yes Autoconfiguration Enabled . . . . : Yes Log Name: System Source: Microsoft-Windows-UserPnp Date: 10/26/2013 7:52:23 PM Event ID: 20003 Task Category: (7005) Level: Information Keywords: User: SYSTEM Computer: NastyMcnastyJr Description: Driver Management has concluded the process to add Service vwifibus for Device Instance ID PCI\VEN_14E4&DEV_4727&SUBSYS_E042105B&REV_01\4&3265ADAB&0&00E1 with the following status: 0. Event Xml: 20003 0 4 7005 0 0x8000000000000000 5118 System NastyMcnastyJr vwifibus \SystemRoot\system32\DRIVERS\vwifibus.sys PCI\VEN_14E4&DEV_4727&SUBSYS_E042105B&REV_01\4&3265ADAB&0&00E1 false true 0 Log Name: System Source: Microsoft-Windows-UserPnp Date: 10/19/2013 3:29:12 PM Event ID: 20001 Task Category: (7005) Level: Information Keywords: User: SYSTEM Computer: NastyMcnastyJr Description: Driver Management concluded the process to install driver netbc64.inf_amd64_0df63b5297d0f820\netbc64.inf for Device Instance ID PCI\VEN_14E4&DEV_4727&SUBSYS_E042105B&REV_01\4&3265ADAB&0&00E1 with the following status: 0x0. Event Xml: 20001 0 4 7005 0 0x8000000000000000 2015 System NastyMcnastyJr netbc64.inf_amd64_0df63b5297d0f820\netbc64.inf 6.30.223.102 Microsoft PCI\VEN_14E4&DEV_4727&SUBSYS_E042105B&REV_01\4&3265ADAB&0&00E1 {4D36E972-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318} false false false 0x0 Broadcom 802.11n Network Adapter Log Name: System Source: Microsoft-Windows-DNS-Client Date: 11/2/2013 12:24:59 AM Event ID: 1014 Task Category: (1014) Level: Warning Keywords: (268435456) User: NETWORK SERVICE Computer: NastyMcnastyJr Description: Name resolution for the name www.google.com timed out after none of the configured DNS servers responded. Event Xml: 1014 0 3 1014 0 0x4000000010000000 34771 System NastyMcnastyJr www.google.com 128 02000000C0A82B01000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000

    Read the article

  • Building a better mouse-trap &ndash; Improving the creation of XML Message Requests using Reflection, XML &amp; XSLT

    - by paulschapman
    Introduction The way I previously created messages to send to the GovTalk service I used the XMLDocument to create the request. While this worked it left a number of problems; not least that for every message a special function would need to created. This is OK for the short term but the biggest cost in any software project is maintenance and this would be a headache to maintain. So the following is a somewhat better way of achieving the same thing. For the purposes of this article I am going to be using the CompanyNumberSearch request of the GovTalk service – although this technique would work for any service that accepted XML. The C# functions which send and receive the messages remain the same. The magic sauce in this is the XSLT which defines the structure of the request, and the use of objects in conjunction with reflection to provide the content. It is a bit like Sweet Chilli Sauce added to Chicken on a bed of rice. So on to the Sweet Chilli Sauce The Sweet Chilli Sauce The request to search for a company based on it’s number is as follows; <GovTalkMessage xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope http://xmlgw.companieshouse.gov.uk/v1-0/schema/Egov_ch-v2-0.xsd" xmlns="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope" xmlns:dsig="http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#" xmlns:gt="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/schemas/govtalk/core" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" > <EnvelopeVersion>1.0</EnvelopeVersion> <Header> <MessageDetails> <Class>NumberSearch</Class> <Qualifier>request</Qualifier> <TransactionID>1</TransactionID> </MessageDetails> <SenderDetails> <IDAuthentication> <SenderID>????????????????????????????????</SenderID> <Authentication> <Method>CHMD5</Method> <Value>????????????????????????????????</Value> </Authentication> </IDAuthentication> </SenderDetails> </Header> <GovTalkDetails> <Keys/> </GovTalkDetails> <Body> <NumberSearchRequest xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="http://xmlgw.companieshouse.gov.uk/v1-0/schema/NumberSearch.xsd"> <PartialCompanyNumber>99999999</PartialCompanyNumber> <DataSet>LIVE</DataSet> <SearchRows>1</SearchRows> </NumberSearchRequest> </Body> </GovTalkMessage> This is the XML that we send to the GovTalk Service and we get back a list of companies that match the criteria passed A message is structured in two parts; The envelope which identifies the person sending the request, with the name of the request, and the body which gives the detail of the company we are looking for. The Chilli What makes it possible is the use of XSLT to define the message – and serialization to convert each request object into XML. To start we need to create an object which will represent the contents of the message we are sending. However there is a common properties in all the messages that we send to Companies House. These properties are as follows SenderId – the id of the person sending the message SenderPassword – the password associated with Id TransactionId – Unique identifier for the message AuthenticationValue – authenticates the request Because these properties are unique to the Companies House message, and because they are shared with all messages they are perfect candidates for a base class. The class is as follows; using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Web; using System.Security.Cryptography; using System.Text; using System.Text.RegularExpressions; using Microsoft.WindowsAzure.ServiceRuntime; namespace CompanyHub.Services { public class GovTalkRequest { public GovTalkRequest() { try { SenderID = RoleEnvironment.GetConfigurationSettingValue("SenderId"); SenderPassword = RoleEnvironment.GetConfigurationSettingValue("SenderPassword"); TransactionId = DateTime.Now.Ticks.ToString(); AuthenticationValue = EncodePassword(String.Format("{0}{1}{2}", SenderID, SenderPassword, TransactionId)); } catch (System.Exception ex) { throw ex; } } /// <summary> /// returns the Sender ID to be used when communicating with the GovTalk Service /// </summary> public String SenderID { get; set; } /// <summary> /// return the password to be used when communicating with the GovTalk Service /// </summary> public String SenderPassword { get; set; } // end SenderPassword /// <summary> /// Transaction Id - uses the Time and Date converted to Ticks /// </summary> public String TransactionId { get; set; } // end TransactionId /// <summary> /// calculate the authentication value that will be used when /// communicating with /// </summary> public String AuthenticationValue { get; set; } // end AuthenticationValue property /// <summary> /// encodes password(s) using MD5 /// </summary> /// <param name="clearPassword"></param> /// <returns></returns> public static String EncodePassword(String clearPassword) { MD5CryptoServiceProvider md5Hasher = new MD5CryptoServiceProvider(); byte[] hashedBytes; UTF32Encoding encoder = new UTF32Encoding(); hashedBytes = md5Hasher.ComputeHash(ASCIIEncoding.Default.GetBytes(clearPassword)); String result = Regex.Replace(BitConverter.ToString(hashedBytes), "-", "").ToLower(); return result; } } } There is nothing particularly clever here, except for the EncodePassword method which hashes the value made up of the SenderId, Password and Transaction id. Each message inherits from this object. So for the Company Number Search in addition to the properties above we need a partial number, which dataset to search – for the purposes of the project we only need to search the LIVE set so this can be set in the constructor and the SearchRows. Again all are set as properties. With the SearchRows and DataSet initialized in the constructor. public class CompanyNumberSearchRequest : GovTalkRequest, IDisposable { /// <summary> /// /// </summary> public CompanyNumberSearchRequest() : base() { DataSet = "LIVE"; SearchRows = 1; } /// <summary> /// Company Number to search against /// </summary> public String PartialCompanyNumber { get; set; } /// <summary> /// What DataSet should be searched for the company /// </summary> public String DataSet { get; set; } /// <summary> /// How many rows should be returned /// </summary> public int SearchRows { get; set; } public void Dispose() { DataSet = String.Empty; PartialCompanyNumber = String.Empty; DataSet = "LIVE"; SearchRows = 1; } } As well as inheriting from our base class, I have also inherited from IDisposable – not just because it is just plain good practice to dispose of objects when coding, but it gives also gives us more versatility when using the object. There are four stages in making a request and this is reflected in the four methods we execute in making a call to the Companies House service; Create a request Send a request Check the status If OK then get the results of the request I’ve implemented each of these stages within a static class called Toolbox – which also means I don’t need to create an instance of the class to use it. When making a request there are three stages; Get the template for the message Serialize the object representing the message Transform the serialized object using a predefined XSLT file. Each of my templates I have defined as an embedded resource. When retrieving a resource of this kind we have to include the full namespace to the resource. In making the code re-usable as much as possible I defined the full ‘path’ within the GetRequest method. requestFile = String.Format("CompanyHub.Services.Schemas.{0}", RequestFile); So we now have the full path of the file within the assembly. Now all we need do is retrieve the assembly and get the resource. asm = Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly(); sr = asm.GetManifestResourceStream(requestFile); Once retrieved  So this can be returned to the calling function and we now have a stream of XSLT to define the message. Time now to serialize the request to create the other side of this message. // Serialize object containing Request, Load into XML Document t = Obj.GetType(); ms = new MemoryStream(); serializer = new XmlSerializer(t); xmlTextWriter = new XmlTextWriter(ms, Encoding.ASCII); serializer.Serialize(xmlTextWriter, Obj); ms = (MemoryStream)xmlTextWriter.BaseStream; GovTalkRequest = Toolbox.ConvertByteArrayToString(ms.ToArray()); First off we need the type of the object so we make a call to the GetType method of the object containing the Message properties. Next we need a MemoryStream, XmlSerializer and an XMLTextWriter so these can be initialized. The object is serialized by making the call to the Serialize method of the serializer object. The result of that is then converted into a MemoryStream. That MemoryStream is then converted into a string. ConvertByteArrayToString This is a fairly simple function which uses an ASCIIEncoding object found within the System.Text namespace to convert an array of bytes into a string. public static String ConvertByteArrayToString(byte[] bytes) { System.Text.ASCIIEncoding enc = new System.Text.ASCIIEncoding(); return enc.GetString(bytes); } I only put it into a function because I will be using this in various places. The Sauce When adding support for other messages outside of creating a new object to store the properties of the message, the C# components do not need to change. It is in the XSLT file that the versatility of the technique lies. The XSLT file determines the format of the message. For the CompanyNumberSearch the XSLT file is as follows; <?xml version="1.0"?> <xsl:stylesheet version="1.0" xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"> <xsl:template match="/"> <GovTalkMessage xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope http://xmlgw.companieshouse.gov.uk/v1-0/schema/Egov_ch-v2-0.xsd" xmlns="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope" xmlns:dsig="http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#" xmlns:gt="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/schemas/govtalk/core" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" > <EnvelopeVersion>1.0</EnvelopeVersion> <Header> <MessageDetails> <Class>NumberSearch</Class> <Qualifier>request</Qualifier> <TransactionID> <xsl:value-of select="CompanyNumberSearchRequest/TransactionId"/> </TransactionID> </MessageDetails> <SenderDetails> <IDAuthentication> <SenderID><xsl:value-of select="CompanyNumberSearchRequest/SenderID"/></SenderID> <Authentication> <Method>CHMD5</Method> <Value> <xsl:value-of select="CompanyNumberSearchRequest/AuthenticationValue"/> </Value> </Authentication> </IDAuthentication> </SenderDetails> </Header> <GovTalkDetails> <Keys/> </GovTalkDetails> <Body> <NumberSearchRequest xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="http://xmlgw.companieshouse.gov.uk/v1-0/schema/NumberSearch.xsd"> <PartialCompanyNumber> <xsl:value-of select="CompanyNumberSearchRequest/PartialCompanyNumber"/> </PartialCompanyNumber> <DataSet> <xsl:value-of select="CompanyNumberSearchRequest/DataSet"/> </DataSet> <SearchRows> <xsl:value-of select="CompanyNumberSearchRequest/SearchRows"/> </SearchRows> </NumberSearchRequest> </Body> </GovTalkMessage> </xsl:template> </xsl:stylesheet> The outer two tags define that this is a XSLT stylesheet and the root tag from which the nodes are searched for. The GovTalkMessage is the format of the message that will be sent to Companies House. We first set up the XslCompiledTransform object which will transform the XSLT template and the serialized object into the request to Companies House. xslt = new XslCompiledTransform(); resultStream = new MemoryStream(); writer = new XmlTextWriter(resultStream, Encoding.ASCII); doc = new XmlDocument(); The Serialize method require XmlTextWriter to write the XML (writer) and a stream to place the transferred object into (writer). The XML will be loaded into an XMLDocument object (doc) prior to the transformation. // create XSLT Template xslTemplate = Toolbox.GetRequest(Template); xslTemplate.Seek(0, SeekOrigin.Begin); templateReader = XmlReader.Create(xslTemplate); xslt.Load(templateReader); I have stored all the templates as a series of Embedded Resources and the GetRequestCall takes the name of the template and extracts the relevent XSLT file. /// <summary> /// Gets the framwork XML which makes the request /// </summary> /// <param name="RequestFile"></param> /// <returns></returns> public static Stream GetRequest(String RequestFile) { String requestFile = String.Empty; Stream sr = null; Assembly asm = null; try { requestFile = String.Format("CompanyHub.Services.Schemas.{0}", RequestFile); asm = Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly(); sr = asm.GetManifestResourceStream(requestFile); } catch (Exception) { throw; } finally { asm = null; } return sr; } // end private static stream GetRequest We first take the template name and expand it to include the full namespace to the Embedded Resource I like to keep all my schemas in the same directory and so the namespace reflects this. The rest is the default namespace for the project. Then we get the currently executing assembly (which will contain the resources with the call to GetExecutingAssembly() ) Finally we get a stream which contains the XSLT file. We use this stream and then load an XmlReader with the contents of the template, and that is in turn loaded into the XslCompiledTransform object. We convert the object containing the message properties into Xml by serializing it; calling the Serialize() method of the XmlSerializer object. To set up the object we do the following; t = Obj.GetType(); ms = new MemoryStream(); serializer = new XmlSerializer(t); xmlTextWriter = new XmlTextWriter(ms, Encoding.ASCII); We first determine the type of the object being transferred by calling GetType() We create an XmlSerializer object by passing the type of the object being serialized. The serializer writes to a memory stream and that is linked to an XmlTextWriter. Next job is to serialize the object and load it into an XmlDocument. serializer.Serialize(xmlTextWriter, Obj); ms = (MemoryStream)xmlTextWriter.BaseStream; xmlRequest = new XmlTextReader(ms); GovTalkRequest = Toolbox.ConvertByteArrayToString(ms.ToArray()); doc.LoadXml(GovTalkRequest); Time to transform the XML to construct the full request. xslt.Transform(doc, writer); resultStream.Seek(0, SeekOrigin.Begin); request = Toolbox.ConvertByteArrayToString(resultStream.ToArray()); So that creates the full request to be sent  to Companies House. Sending the request So far we have a string with a request for the Companies House service. Now we need to send the request to the Companies House Service. Configuration within an Azure project There are entire blog entries written about configuration within an Azure project – most of this is out of scope for this article but the following is a summary. Configuration is defined in two files within the parent project *.csdef which contains the definition of configuration setting. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceDefinition name="OnlineCompanyHub" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceDefinition"> <WebRole name="CompanyHub.Host"> <InputEndpoints> <InputEndpoint name="HttpIn" protocol="http" port="80" /> </InputEndpoints> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="DiagnosticsConnectionString" /> <Setting name="DataConnectionString" /> </ConfigurationSettings> </WebRole> <WebRole name="CompanyHub.Services"> <InputEndpoints> <InputEndpoint name="HttpIn" protocol="http" port="8080" /> </InputEndpoints> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="DiagnosticsConnectionString" /> <Setting name="SenderId"/> <Setting name="SenderPassword" /> <Setting name="GovTalkUrl"/> </ConfigurationSettings> </WebRole> <WorkerRole name="CompanyHub.Worker"> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="DiagnosticsConnectionString" /> </ConfigurationSettings> </WorkerRole> </ServiceDefinition>   Above is the configuration definition from the project. What we are interested in however is the ConfigurationSettings tag of the CompanyHub.Services WebRole. There are four configuration settings here, but at the moment we are interested in the second to forth settings; SenderId, SenderPassword and GovTalkUrl The value of these settings are defined in the ServiceDefinition.cscfg file; <?xml version="1.0"?> <ServiceConfiguration serviceName="OnlineCompanyHub" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceConfiguration"> <Role name="CompanyHub.Host"> <Instances count="2" /> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="DiagnosticsConnectionString" value="UseDevelopmentStorage=true" /> <Setting name="DataConnectionString" value="UseDevelopmentStorage=true" /> </ConfigurationSettings> </Role> <Role name="CompanyHub.Services"> <Instances count="2" /> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="DiagnosticsConnectionString" value="UseDevelopmentStorage=true" /> <Setting name="SenderId" value="UserID"/> <Setting name="SenderPassword" value="Password"/> <Setting name="GovTalkUrl" value="http://xmlgw.companieshouse.gov.uk/v1-0/xmlgw/Gateway"/> </ConfigurationSettings> </Role> <Role name="CompanyHub.Worker"> <Instances count="2" /> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="DiagnosticsConnectionString" value="UseDevelopmentStorage=true" /> </ConfigurationSettings> </Role> </ServiceConfiguration>   Look for the Role tag that contains our project name (CompanyHub.Services). Having configured the parameters we can now transmit the request. This is done by ‘POST’ing a stream of XML to the Companies House servers. govTalkUrl = RoleEnvironment.GetConfigurationSettingValue("GovTalkUrl"); request = WebRequest.Create(govTalkUrl); request.Method = "POST"; request.ContentType = "text/xml"; writer = new StreamWriter(request.GetRequestStream()); writer.WriteLine(RequestMessage); writer.Close(); We use the WebRequest object to send the object. Set the method of sending to ‘POST’ and the type of data as text/xml. Once set up all we do is write the request to the writer – this sends the request to Companies House. Did the Request Work Part I – Getting the response Having sent a request – we now need the result of that request. response = request.GetResponse(); reader = response.GetResponseStream(); result = Toolbox.ConvertByteArrayToString(Toolbox.ReadFully(reader));   The WebRequest object has a GetResponse() method which allows us to get the response sent back. Like many of these calls the results come in the form of a stream which we convert into a string. Did the Request Work Part II – Translating the Response Much like XSLT and XML were used to create the original request, so it can be used to extract the response and by deserializing the result we create an object that contains the response. Did it work? It would be really great if everything worked all the time. Of course if it did then I don’t suppose people would pay me and others the big bucks so that our programmes do not a) Collapse in a heap (this is an area of memory) b) Blow every fuse in the place in a shower of sparks (this will probably not happen this being real life and not a Hollywood movie, but it was possible to blow the sound system of a BBC Model B with a poorly coded setting) c) Go nuts and trap everyone outside the airlock (this was from a movie, and unless NASA get a manned moon/mars mission set up unlikely to happen) d) Go nuts and take over the world (this was also from a movie, but please note life has a habit of being of exceeding the wildest imaginations of Hollywood writers (note writers – Hollywood executives have no imagination and judging by recent output of that town have turned plagiarism into an art form). e) Freeze in total confusion because the cleaner pulled the plug to the internet router (this has happened) So anyway – we need to check to see if our request actually worked. Within the GovTalk response there is a section that details the status of the message and a description of what went wrong (if anything did). I have defined an XSLT template which will extract these into an XML document. <?xml version="1.0"?> <xsl:stylesheet version="1.0" xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" xmlns:ev="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope" xmlns:gt="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/schemas/govtalk/core" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"> <xsl:template match="/"> <GovTalkStatus xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"> <Status> <xsl:value-of select="ev:GovTalkMessage/ev:Header/ev:MessageDetails/ev:Qualifier"/> </Status> <Text> <xsl:value-of select="ev:GovTalkMessage/ev:GovTalkDetails/ev:GovTalkErrors/ev:Error/ev:Text"/> </Text> <Location> <xsl:value-of select="ev:GovTalkMessage/ev:GovTalkDetails/ev:GovTalkErrors/ev:Error/ev:Location"/> </Location> <Number> <xsl:value-of select="ev:GovTalkMessage/ev:GovTalkDetails/ev:GovTalkErrors/ev:Error/ev:Number"/> </Number> <Type> <xsl:value-of select="ev:GovTalkMessage/ev:GovTalkDetails/ev:GovTalkErrors/ev:Error/ev:Type"/> </Type> </GovTalkStatus> </xsl:template> </xsl:stylesheet>   Only thing different about previous XSL files is the references to two namespaces ev & gt. These are defined in the GovTalk response at the top of the response; xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope http://xmlgw.companieshouse.gov.uk/v1-0/schema/Egov_ch-v2-0.xsd" xmlns="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope" xmlns:dsig="http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#" xmlns:gt="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/schemas/govtalk/core" If we do not put these references into the XSLT template then  the XslCompiledTransform object will not be able to find the relevant tags. Deserialization is a fairly simple activity. encoder = new ASCIIEncoding(); ms = new MemoryStream(encoder.GetBytes(statusXML)); serializer = new XmlSerializer(typeof(GovTalkStatus)); xmlTextWriter = new XmlTextWriter(ms, Encoding.ASCII); messageStatus = (GovTalkStatus)serializer.Deserialize(ms);   We set up a serialization object using the object type containing the error state and pass to it the results of a transformation between the XSLT above and the GovTalk response. Now we have an object containing any error state, and the error message. All we need to do is check the status. If there is an error then we can flag an error. If not then  we extract the results and pass that as an object back to the calling function. We go this by guess what – defining an XSLT template for the result and using that to create an Xml Stream which can be deserialized into a .Net object. In this instance the XSLT to create the result of a Company Number Search is; <?xml version="1.0" encoding="us-ascii"?> <xsl:stylesheet version="1.0" xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" xmlns:ev="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope" xmlns:sch="http://xmlgw.companieshouse.gov.uk/v1-0/schema" exclude-result-prefixes="ev"> <xsl:template match="/"> <CompanySearchResult xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"> <CompanyNumber> <xsl:value-of select="ev:GovTalkMessage/ev:Body/sch:NumberSearch/sch:CoSearchItem/sch:CompanyNumber"/> </CompanyNumber> <CompanyName> <xsl:value-of select="ev:GovTalkMessage/ev:Body/sch:NumberSearch/sch:CoSearchItem/sch:CompanyName"/> </CompanyName> </CompanySearchResult> </xsl:template> </xsl:stylesheet> and the object definition is; using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Web; namespace CompanyHub.Services { public class CompanySearchResult { public CompanySearchResult() { CompanyNumber = String.Empty; CompanyName = String.Empty; } public String CompanyNumber { get; set; } public String CompanyName { get; set; } } } Our entire code to make calls to send a request, and interpret the results are; String request = String.Empty; String response = String.Empty; GovTalkStatus status = null; fault = null; try { using (CompanyNumberSearchRequest requestObj = new CompanyNumberSearchRequest()) { requestObj.PartialCompanyNumber = CompanyNumber; request = Toolbox.CreateRequest(requestObj, "CompanyNumberSearch.xsl"); response = Toolbox.SendGovTalkRequest(request); status = Toolbox.GetMessageStatus(response); if (status.Status.ToLower() == "error") { fault = new HubFault() { Message = status.Text }; } else { Object obj = Toolbox.GetGovTalkResponse(response, "CompanyNumberSearchResult.xsl", typeof(CompanySearchResult)); } } } catch (FaultException<ArgumentException> ex) { fault = new HubFault() { FaultType = ex.Detail.GetType().FullName, Message = ex.Detail.Message }; } catch (System.Exception ex) { fault = new HubFault() { FaultType = ex.GetType().FullName, Message = ex.Message }; } finally { } Wrap up So there we have it – a reusable set of functions to send and interpret XML results from an internet based service. The code is reusable with a little change with any service which uses XML as a transport mechanism – and as for the Companies House GovTalk service all I need to do is create various objects for the result and message sent and the relevent XSLT files. I might need minor changes for other services but something like 70-90% will be exactly the same.

    Read the article

  • .htaccess not working (mod_rewrite)

    - by Mike Curry
    Edit: I am pretty sure my .htaccess file is NOT being executed, and the problem is NOT with my rewrite rules. I have not having any luck getting my .htaccess with mod_rewrite working. Basically all I am trying to do is remove 'www' from "http://www.site.com" and "https://www.site.com". If there is anything I am missing (conf files, etc let me know I willl update this) I jsut can't see whats wrong here... I am using a 1&1 VPS III Virtual private server... anyone ever have this issue? I am using Ubuntu 8.04 Server LTS. Here is my .htaccess file (located @ /var/www/site/trunk/html/) Options +FollowSymLinks RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^www\.(.*) [NC] RewriteRule (.*) //%1/$1 [L,R=301] My mod_rewrite is enabled: The auto regenerated sym link is there in mods-available and /usr/lib/apache2/modules/ contains mod_rewrite.so root@s15348441:/etc/apache2/mods-available# more rewrite.load LoadModule rewrite_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_rewrite.so root@s15348441:/var/log# apache2ctl -t -D DUMP_MODULES Loaded Modules: core_module (static) log_config_module (static) logio_module (static) mpm_prefork_module (static) http_module (static) so_module (static) alias_module (shared) auth_basic_module (shared) authn_file_module (shared) authz_default_module (shared) authz_groupfile_module (shared) authz_host_module (shared) authz_user_module (shared) autoindex_module (shared) cgi_module (shared) dir_module (shared) env_module (shared) mime_module (shared) negotiation_module (shared) php5_module (shared) rewrite_module (shared) setenvif_module (shared) ssl_module (shared) status_module (shared) Syntax OK My apache config files: apache2.conf # # Based upon the NCSA server configuration files originally by Rob McCool. # # This is the main Apache server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/ for detailed information about # the directives. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # The configuration directives are grouped into three basic sections: # 1. Directives that control the operation of the Apache server process as a # whole (the 'global environment'). # 2. Directives that define the parameters of the 'main' or 'default' server, # which responds to requests that aren't handled by a virtual host. # These directives also provide default values for the settings # of all virtual hosts. # 3. Settings for virtual hosts, which allow Web requests to be sent to # different IP addresses or hostnames and have them handled by the # same Apache server process. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "/var/log/apache2/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "" will be interpreted by the # server as "//var/log/apache2/foo.log". # ### Section 1: Global Environment # # The directives in this section affect the overall operation of Apache, # such as the number of concurrent requests it can handle or where it # can find its configuration files. # # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # NOTE! If you intend to place this on an NFS (or otherwise network) # mounted filesystem then please read the LockFile documentation (available # at <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.1/mod/mpm_common.html#lockfile>); # you will save yourself a lot of trouble. # # Do NOT add a slash at the end of the directory path. # ServerRoot "/etc/apache2" # # The accept serialization lock file MUST BE STORED ON A LOCAL DISK. # #<IfModule !mpm_winnt.c> #<IfModule !mpm_netware.c> LockFile /var/lock/apache2/accept.lock #</IfModule> #</IfModule> # # PidFile: The file in which the server should record its process # identification number when it starts. # This needs to be set in /etc/apache2/envvars # PidFile ${APACHE_PID_FILE} # # Timeout: The number of seconds before receives and sends time out. # Timeout 300 # # KeepAlive: Whether or not to allow persistent connections (more than # one request per connection). Set to "Off" to deactivate. # KeepAlive On # # MaxKeepAliveRequests: The maximum number of requests to allow # during a persistent connection. Set to 0 to allow an unlimited amount. # We recommend you leave this number high, for maximum performance. # MaxKeepAliveRequests 100 # # KeepAliveTimeout: Number of seconds to wait for the next request from the # same client on the same connection. # KeepAliveTimeout 15 ## ## Server-Pool Size Regulation (MPM specific) ## # prefork MPM # StartServers: number of server processes to start # MinSpareServers: minimum number of server processes which are kept spare # MaxSpareServers: maximum number of server processes which are kept spare # MaxClients: maximum number of server processes allowed to start # MaxRequestsPerChild: maximum number of requests a server process serves <IfModule mpm_prefork_module> StartServers 5 MinSpareServers 5 MaxSpareServers 10 MaxClients 150 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> # worker MPM # StartServers: initial number of server processes to start # MaxClients: maximum number of simultaneous client connections # MinSpareThreads: minimum number of worker threads which are kept spare # MaxSpareThreads: maximum number of worker threads which are kept spare # ThreadsPerChild: constant number of worker threads in each server process # MaxRequestsPerChild: maximum number of requests a server process serves <IfModule mpm_worker_module> StartServers 2 MaxClients 150 MinSpareThreads 25 MaxSpareThreads 75 ThreadsPerChild 25 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> # These need to be set in /etc/apache2/envvars User ${APACHE_RUN_USER} Group ${APACHE_RUN_GROUP} # # AccessFileName: The name of the file to look for in each directory # for additional configuration directives. See also the AllowOverride # directive. # AccessFileName .htaccess # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <Files ~ "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all </Files> # # DefaultType is the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain # # HostnameLookups: Log the names of clients or just their IP addresses # e.g., www.apache.org (on) or 204.62.129.132 (off). # The default is off because it'd be overall better for the net if people # had to knowingly turn this feature on, since enabling it means that # each client request will result in AT LEAST one lookup request to the # nameserver. # HostnameLookups Off # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog /var/log/apache2/error.log # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn # Include module configuration: Include /etc/apache2/mods-enabled/*.load Include /etc/apache2/mods-enabled/*.conf # Include all the user configurations: Include /etc/apache2/httpd.conf # Include ports listing Include /etc/apache2/ports.conf # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # If you are behind a reverse proxy, you might want to change %h into %{X-Forwarded-For}i # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common LogFormat "%{Referer}i -> %U" referer LogFormat "%{User-agent}i" agent # # ServerTokens # This directive configures what you return as the Server HTTP response # Header. The default is 'Full' which sends information about the OS-Type # and compiled in modules. # Set to one of: Full | OS | Minor | Minimal | Major | Prod # where Full conveys the most information, and Prod the least. # ServerTokens Full # # Optionally add a line containing the server version and virtual host # name to server-generated pages (internal error documents, FTP directory # listings, mod_status and mod_info output etc., but not CGI generated # documents or custom error documents). # Set to "EMail" to also include a mailto: link to the ServerAdmin. # Set to one of: On | Off | EMail # ServerSignature On # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://www.example.com/subscription_info.html # # # Putting this all together, we can internationalize error responses. # # We use Alias to redirect any /error/HTTP_<error>.html.var response to # our collection of by-error message multi-language collections. We use # includes to substitute the appropriate text. # # You can modify the messages' appearance without changing any of the # default HTTP_<error>.html.var files by adding the line: # # Alias /error/include/ "/your/include/path/" # # which allows you to create your own set of files by starting with the # /usr/share/apache2/error/include/ files and copying them to /your/include/path/, # even on a per-VirtualHost basis. The default include files will display # your Apache version number and your ServerAdmin email address regardless # of the setting of ServerSignature. # # The internationalized error documents require mod_alias, mod_include # and mod_negotiation. To activate them, uncomment the following 30 lines. # Alias /error/ "/usr/share/apache2/error/" # # <Directory "/usr/share/apache2/error"> # AllowOverride None # Options IncludesNoExec # AddOutputFilter Includes html # AddHandler type-map var # Order allow,deny # Allow from all # LanguagePriority en cs de es fr it nl sv pt-br ro # ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback # </Directory> # # ErrorDocument 400 /error/HTTP_BAD_REQUEST.html.var # ErrorDocument 401 /error/HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED.html.var # ErrorDocument 403 /error/HTTP_FORBIDDEN.html.var # ErrorDocument 404 /error/HTTP_NOT_FOUND.html.var # ErrorDocument 405 /error/HTTP_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED.html.var # ErrorDocument 408 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_TIME_OUT.html.var # ErrorDocument 410 /error/HTTP_GONE.html.var # ErrorDocument 411 /error/HTTP_LENGTH_REQUIRED.html.var # ErrorDocument 412 /error/HTTP_PRECONDITION_FAILED.html.var # ErrorDocument 413 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE.html.var # ErrorDocument 414 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_URI_TOO_LARGE.html.var # ErrorDocument 415 /error/HTTP_UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA_TYPE.html.var # ErrorDocument 500 /error/HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR.html.var # ErrorDocument 501 /error/HTTP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED.html.var # ErrorDocument 502 /error/HTTP_BAD_GATEWAY.html.var # ErrorDocument 503 /error/HTTP_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE.html.var # ErrorDocument 506 /error/HTTP_VARIANT_ALSO_VARIES.html.var # Include of directories ignores editors' and dpkg's backup files, # see README.Debian for details. # Include generic snippets of statements Include /etc/apache2/conf.d/ # Include the virtual host configurations: Include /etc/apache2/sites-enabled/ My default config file for www on apache NameVirtualHost *:80 <VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin [email protected] #SSLEnable #SSLVerifyClient none #SSLCertificateFile /usr/local/ssl/crt/public.crt #SSLCertificateKeyFile /usr/local/ssl/private/private.key DocumentRoot /var/www/site/trunk/html <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride all </Directory> <Directory /var/www/site/trunk/html> Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews AllowOverride all Order allow,deny allow from all </Directory> ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ /usr/lib/cgi-bin/ <Directory "/usr/lib/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options +ExecCGI -MultiViews +SymLinksIfOwnerMatch Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> ErrorLog /var/log/apache2/error.log # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. LogLevel warn CustomLog /var/log/apache2/access.log combined ServerSignature On Alias /doc/ "/usr/share/doc/" <Directory "/usr/share/doc/"> Options Indexes MultiViews FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Deny from all Allow from 127.0.0.0/255.0.0.0 ::1/128 </Directory> </VirtualHost> My ssl config file NameVirtualHost *:443 <VirtualHost *:443> ServerAdmin [email protected] #SSLEnable #SSLVerifyClient none #SSLCertificateFile /usr/local/ssl/crt/public.crt #SSLCertificateKeyFile /usr/local/ssl/private/private.key DocumentRoot /var/www/site/trunk/html <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride all </Directory> <Directory /var/www/site/trunk/html> Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews AllowOverride all Order allow,deny allow from all </Directory> ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ /usr/lib/cgi-bin/ <Directory "/usr/lib/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options +ExecCGI -MultiViews +SymLinksIfOwnerMatch Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> ErrorLog /var/log/apache2/error.log # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. LogLevel warn SSLEngine On SSLCertificateFile /usr/local/ssl/crt/public.crt SSLCertificateKeyFile /usr/local/ssl/private/private.key CustomLog /var/log/apache2/access.log combined ServerSignature On Alias /doc/ "/usr/share/doc/" <Directory "/usr/share/doc/"> Options Indexes MultiViews FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Deny from all Allow from 127.0.0.0/255.0.0.0 ::1/128 </Directory> </VirtualHost> My /etc/apache2/httpd.conf is blank The directory /etc/apache2/conf.d has nothing in it but one file (charset) contents of /etc/apache2/conf.dcharset # Read the documentation before enabling AddDefaultCharset. # In general, it is only a good idea if you know that all your files # have this encoding. It will override any encoding given in the files # in meta http-equiv or xml encoding tags. #AddDefaultCharset UTF-8 My apache error.log [Wed Jun 03 00:12:31 2009] [error] [client 216.168.43.234] client sent HTTP/1.1 request without hostname (see RFC2616 section 14.23): /w00tw00t.at.ISC.SANS.DFind:) [Wed Jun 03 05:03:51 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 05:03:54 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 05:13:48 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 05:13:51 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 05:13:54 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 05:13:57 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 05:17:28 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 05:26:23 2009] [notice] caught SIGWINCH, shutting down gracefully [Wed Jun 03 05:26:34 2009] [notice] Apache/2.2.8 (Ubuntu) PHP/5.2.4-2ubuntu5.6 with Suhosin-Patch mod_ssl/2.2.8 OpenSSL/0.9.8g configured -- resuming normal operations [Wed Jun 03 06:03:41 2009] [notice] caught SIGWINCH, shutting down gracefully [Wed Jun 03 06:03:51 2009] [notice] Apache/2.2.8 (Ubuntu) PHP/5.2.4-2ubuntu5.6 with Suhosin-Patch mod_ssl/2.2.8 OpenSSL/0.9.8g configured -- resuming normal operations [Wed Jun 03 06:25:07 2009] [notice] caught SIGWINCH, shutting down gracefully [Wed Jun 03 06:25:17 2009] [notice] Apache/2.2.8 (Ubuntu) PHP/5.2.4-2ubuntu5.6 with Suhosin-Patch mod_ssl/2.2.8 OpenSSL/0.9.8g configured -- resuming normal operations [Wed Jun 03 12:09:25 2009] [error] [client 61.139.105.163] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/fastenv [Wed Jun 03 15:04:42 2009] [notice] Graceful restart requested, doing restart [Wed Jun 03 15:04:43 2009] [notice] Apache/2.2.8 (Ubuntu) PHP/5.2.4-2ubuntu5.6 with Suhosin-Patch mod_ssl/2.2.8 OpenSSL/0.9.8g configured -- resuming normal operations [Wed Jun 03 15:29:51 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 15:29:54 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 15:30:32 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 15:45:54 2009] [notice] caught SIGWINCH, shutting down gracefully [Wed Jun 03 15:46:05 2009] [notice] Apache/2.2.8 (Ubuntu) PHP/5.2.4-2ubuntu5.6 with Suhosin-Patch mod_ssl/2.2.8 OpenSSL/0.9.8g configured -- resuming normal operations

    Read the article

  • How do I send automated e-mails from Drupal using Messaging and Notifications?

    - by Adrian
    I am working on a Notifications plugin, and after starting to write my notes down about how to do this, decided to just post them here. Please feel free to come make modifications and changes. Eventually I hope to post this on the Drupal handbook as well. Thanks. --Adrian Sending automated e-mails from Drupal using Messaging and Notifications To implement a notifications plugin, you must implement the following functions: Use hook_messaging, hook_token_list and hook_token_values to create the messages that will be sent. Use hook_notifications to create the subscription types Add code to fire events (eg in hook_nodeapi) Add all UI elements to allow users to subscribe/unsubscribe Understanding Messaging The Messaging module is used to compose messages that can be delivered using various formats, such as simple mail, HTML mail, Twitter updates, etc. These formats are called "send methods." The backend details do not concern us here; what is important are the following concepts: TOKENS: tokens are provided by the "tokens" module. They allow you to write keywords in square brackets, [like-this], that can be replaced by any arbitrary value. Note: the token groups you create must match the keys you add to the $events-objects[$key] array. MESSAGE KEYS: A key is a part of a message, such as the greetings line. Keys can be different for each send method. For example, a plaintext mail's greeting might be "Hi, [user]," while an HTML greeing might be "Hi, [user]," and Twitter's might just be "[user-firstname]: ". Keys can have any arbitrary name. Keys are very simple and only have a machine-readable name and a user-readable description, the latter of which is only seen by admins. MESSAGE GROUPS: A group is a bunch of keys that often, but not always, might be used together to make up a complete message. For example, a generic group might include keys for a greeting, body, closing and footer. Groups can also be "subclassed" by selecting a "fallback" group that will supply any keys that are missing. Groups are also associated with modules; I'm not sure what these are used for. Understanding Notifications The Notifications module revolves around the following concepts: SUBSCRIPTIONS: Notifications plugins may define one or more types of subscriptions. For example, notifications_content defines subscriptions for: Threads (users are notified whenever a node or its comments change) Content types (users are notified whenever a node of a certain type is created or is changed) Users (users are notified whenever another user is changed) Subscriptions refer to both the user who's subscribed, how often they wish to be notified, the send method (for Messaging) and what's being subscribed to. This last part is defined in two steps. Firstly, a plugin defines several "subscription fields" (through a hook_notifications op of the same name), and secondly, "subscription types" (also an op) defines which fields apply to each type of subscription. For example, notifications_content defines the fields "nid," "author" and "type," and the subscriptions "thread" (nid), "nodetype" (type), "author" (author) and "typeauthor" (type and author), the latter referring to something like "any STORY by JOE." Fields are used to link events to subscriptions; an event must match all fields of a subscription (for all normal subscriptions) to be delivered to the recipient. The $subscriptions object is defined in subsequent sections. Notifications prefers that you don't create these objects yourself, preferring you to call the notifications_get_link() function to create a link that users may click on, but you can also use notifications_save_subscription and notifications_delete_subscription to do it yourself. EVENTS: An event is something that users may be notified about. Plugins create the $event object then call notifications_event($event). This either sends out notifications immediately, queues them to send out later, or both. Events include the type of thing that's changed (eg 'node', 'user'), the ID of the thing that's changed (eg $node-nid, $user-uid) and what's happened to it (eg 'create'). These are, respectively, $event-type, $event-oid (object ID) and $event-action. Warning: notifications_content_nodeapi also adds a $event-node field, referring to the node itself and not just $event-oid = $node-nid. This is not used anywhere in the core notifications module; however, when the $event is passed back to the 'query' op (see below), we assume the node is still present. Events do not refer to the user they will be referred to; instead, Notifications makes the connection between subscriptions and events, using the subscriptions' fields. MATCHING EVENTS TO SUBSCRIPTIONS: An event matches a subscription if it has the same type as the event (eg "node") and if the event matches all the correct fields. This second step is determined by the "query" hook op, which is called with the $event object as a parameter. The query op is responsible for giving Notifications a value for all the fields defined by the plugin. For example, notifications_content defines the 'nid', 'type' and 'author' fields, so its query op looks like this (ignore the case where $event_or_user = 'user' for now): $event_or_user = $arg0; $event_type = $arg1; $event_or_object = $arg2; if ($event_or_user == 'event' && $event_type == 'node' && ($node = $event_or_object->node) || $event_or_user == 'user' && $event_type == 'node' && ($node = $event_or_object)) { $query[]['fields'] = array( 'nid' => $node->nid, 'type' => $node->type, 'author' => $node->uid, ); return $query; After extracting the $node from the $event, we set $query[]['fields'] to a dictionary defining, for this event, all the fields defined by the module. As you can tell from the presence of the $query object, there's way more you can do with this op, but they are not covered here. DIGESTING AND DEDUPING: Understanding the relationship between Messaging and Notifications Usually, the name of a message group doesn't matter, but when being used with Notifications, the names must follow very strict patterns. Firstly, they must start with the name "notifications," and then are followed by either "event" or "digest," depending on whether the message group is being used to represent either a single event or a group of events. For 'events,' the third part of the name is the "type," which we get from Notification's $event-type (eg: notifications_content uses 'node'). The last part of the name is the operation being performed, which comes from Notification's $event-action. For example: notifications-event-node-comment might refer to the message group used when someone comments on a node notifications-event-user-update to a user who's updated their profile Hyphens cannot appear anywhere other than to separate the parts of these words. For 'digest' messages, the third and fourth part of the name come from hook_notification's "event types" callback, specifically this line: $types[] = array( 'type' => 'node', 'action' => 'insert', ... 'digest' => array('node', 'type'), ); $types[] = array( 'type' => 'node', 'action' => 'update', ... 'digest' => array('node', 'nid'), ); In this case, the first event type (node insertion) will be digested with the notifications-digest-node-type message template providing the header and footer, likely saying something like "the following [type] was created." The second event type (node update) will be digested with the notifications-digest-node-nid message template. Data Structure and Callback Reference $event The $event object has the following members: $event-type: The type of event. Must match the type in hook_notification::"event types". {notifications_event} $event-action: The action the event describes. Most events are sorted by [$event-type][$event-action]. {notifications_event}. $event-object[$object_type]: All objects relevant to the event. For example, $event-object['node'] might be the node that the event describes. $object_type can come from the 'event types' hook (see below). The main purpose appears to be to be passed to token_replace_multiple as the second parameter. $event-object[$event-type] is assumed to exist in the short digest processing functions, but this doesn't appear to be used anywhere. Not saved in the database; loaded by hook_notifications::"event load" $event-oid: apparently unused. The id of the primary object relevant to this event (eg the node's nid). $event-module: apparently unused $event-params[$key]: Mainly a place for plugins to save random data. The main module will serialize the contents of this array but does not use it in any way. However, notifications_ui appears to do something weird with it, possibly by using subscriptions' fields as keys into this array. I'm not sure why though. hook_notifications op 'subscription types': returns an array of subscription types provided by the plugin, in the form $key = array(...) with the following members: event_type: this subscription can only match events whose $event-type has this value. Stored in the database as notifications.event_type for every individual subscription. Apparently, this can be overiden in code but I wouldn't try it (see notifications_save_subscription). fields: an unkeyed array of fields that must be matched by an event (in addition to the event_type) for it to match this subscription. Each element of this array must be a key of the array returned by op 'subscription fields' which in turn must be used by op 'query' to actually perform the matching. title: user-readable title for their subscriptions page (eg the 'type' column in user/%uid/notifications/subscriptions) description: a user-readable description. page callback: used to add a supplementary page at user/%uid/notifications/blah. This and the following are used by notifications_ui as a part of hook_menu_alter. Appears to be partially deprecated. user page: user/%uid/notifications/blah. op 'event types': returns an array of event types, with each event type being an array with the following members: type: this will match $event-type action: this will match $event-action digest: an array with two ordered (non-keyed) elements, "type" and "field." 'type' is used as an index into $event-objects. 'field' is also used to group events like so: $event-objects[$type]-$field. For example, 'field' might be 'nid' - if the object is a node, the digest lines will be grouped by node ID. Finally, both are used to find the correct Messaging template; see discussion above. description: used on the admin "Notifications-Events" page name: unused, use Messaging instead line: deprecated, use Messaging instead Other Stuff This is an example of the main query that inserts an event into the queue: INSERT INTO {notifications_queue} (uid, destination, sid, module, eid, send_interval, send_method, cron, created, conditions) SELECT DISTINCT s.uid, s.destination, s.sid, s.module, %d, // event ID s.send_interval, s.send_method, s.cron, %d, // time of the event s.conditions FROM {notifications} s INNER JOIN {notifications_fields} f ON s.sid = f.sid WHERE (s.status = 1) AND (s.event_type = '%s') // subscription type AND (s.send_interval >= 0) AND (s.uid <> %d) AND ( (f.field = '%s' AND f.intval IN (%d)) // everything from 'query' op OR (f.field = '%s' AND f.intval = %d) OR (f.field = '%s' AND f.value = '%s') OR (f.field = '%s' AND f.intval = %d)) GROUP BY s.uid, s.destination, s.sid, s.module, s.send_interval, s.send_method, s.cron, s.conditions HAVING s.conditions = count(f.sid)

    Read the article

  • Cache Simulator in C

    - by DuffDuff
    Ok this is only my second question, and it's quite a doozy. It's for a school assignment, but no one (including the TAs) seems to be able to help me. It's kind of a tall order but I'm not sure where else to turn. Essentially the assignment was to make a cache simulator. This version is direct mapping and is actually only a small portion of the whole project, but if I can't even get this down I have no chance with other associativities. I'm posting my whole code because I don't want to make any assumptions about where the problem is. This is the test case: http://www.mediafire.com/?ty5dnihydnw And you run the following command: ./sims 512 direct 32 fifo wt pinatrace.out You're supposed to get: hits: 604037 misses 138349 writes: 239269 reads: 138349 But I get: Hits: 587148 Misses: 155222 Writes: 239261 Reads: 155222 If anyone could at least point me in the right direction it would be greatly appreciated. I've been stuck on this for about 12 hours. #include <stdio.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <string.h> #include <math.h> struct myCache { int valid; char *tag; char *block; }; /* sim [-h] <cache size> <associativity> <block size> <replace alg> <write policy> <trace file> */ //God willing I come up with a better Hex to Bin convertion that maintains the beginning 0s... void hex2bin(char input[], char output[]) { int i; int a = 0; int b = 1; int c = 2; int d = 3; int x = 4; int size; size = strlen(input); for (i = 0; i < size; i++) { if (input[i] =='0') { output[i*x +a] = '0'; output[i*x +b] = '0'; output[i*x +c] = '0'; output[i*x +d] = '0'; } else if (input[i] =='1') { output[i*x +a] = '0'; output[i*x +b] = '0'; output[i*x +c] = '0'; output[i*x +d] = '1'; } else if (input[i] =='2') { output[i*x +a] = '0'; output[i*x +b] = '0'; output[i*x +c] = '1'; output[i*x +d] = '0'; } else if (input[i] =='3') { output[i*x +a] = '0'; output[i*x +b] = '0'; output[i*x +c] = '1'; output[i*x +d] = '1'; } else if (input[i] =='x') { output[i*x +a] = '0'; output[i*x +b] = '1'; output[i*x +c] = '0'; output[i*x +d] = '0'; } else if (input[i] =='5') { output[i*x +a] = '0'; output[i*x +b] = '1'; output[i*x +c] = '0'; output[i*x +d] = '1'; } else if (input[i] =='6') { output[i*x +a] = '0'; output[i*x +b] = '1'; output[i*x +c] = '1'; output[i*x +d] = '0'; } else if (input[i] =='7') { output[i*x +a] = '0'; output[i*x +b] = '1'; output[i*x +c] = '1'; output[i*x +d] = '1'; } else if (input[i] =='8') { output[i*x +a] = '1'; output[i*x +b] = '0'; output[i*x +c] = '0'; output[i*x +d] = '0'; } else if (input[i] =='9') { output[i*x +a] = '1'; output[i*x +b] = '0'; output[i*x +c] = '0'; output[i*x +d] = '1'; } else if (input[i] =='a') { output[i*x +a] = '1'; output[i*x +b] = '0'; output[i*x +c] = '1'; output[i*x +d] = '0'; } else if (input[i] =='b') { output[i*x +a] = '1'; output[i*x +b] = '0'; output[i*x +c] = '1'; output[i*x +d] = '1'; } else if (input[i] =='c') { output[i*x +a] = '1'; output[i*x +b] = '1'; output[i*x +c] = '0'; output[i*x +d] = '0'; } else if (input[i] =='d') { output[i*x +a] = '1'; output[i*x +b] = '1'; output[i*x +c] = '0'; output[i*x +d] = '1'; } else if (input[i] =='e') { output[i*x +a] = '1'; output[i*x +b] = '1'; output[i*x +c] = '1'; output[i*x +d] = '0'; } else if (input[i] =='f') { output[i*x +a] = '1'; output[i*x +b] = '1'; output[i*x +c] = '1'; output[i*x +d] = '1'; } } output[32] = '\0'; } int main(int argc, char* argv[]) { FILE *tracefile; char readwrite; int trash; int cachesize; int blocksize; int setnumber; int blockbytes; int setbits; int blockbits; int tagsize; int m; int count = 0; int count2 = 0; int count3 = 0; int i; int j; int xindex; int jindex; int kindex; int lindex; int setadd; int totalset; int writeMiss = 0; int writeHit = 0; int cacheMiss = 0; int cacheHit = 0; int read = 0; int write = 0; int size; int extra; char bbits[100]; char sbits[100]; char tbits[100]; char output[100]; char input[100]; char origtag[100]; if (argc != 7) { if (strcmp(argv[0], "-h")) { printf("./sim2 <cache size> <associativity> <block size> <replace alg> <write policy> <trace file>\n"); return 0; } else { fprintf(stderr, "Error: wrong number of parameters.\n"); return -1; } } tracefile = fopen(argv[6], "r"); if(tracefile == NULL) { fprintf(stderr, "Error: File is NULL.\n"); return -1; } //Determining size of sbits, bbits, and tag cachesize = atoi(argv[1]); blocksize = atoi(argv[3]); setnumber = (cachesize/blocksize); printf("setnumber: %d\n", setnumber); setbits = (round((log(setnumber))/(log(2)))); printf("sbits: %d\n", setbits); blockbits = log(blocksize)/log(2); printf("bbits: %d\n", blockbits); tagsize = 32 - (blockbits + setbits); printf("t: %d\n", tagsize); struct myCache newCache[setnumber]; //Allocating Space for Tag Bits, initiating tag and valid to 0s for(i=0;i<setnumber;i++) { newCache[i].tag = (char *)malloc(sizeof(char)*(tagsize+1)); for(j=0;j<tagsize;j++) { newCache[i].tag[j] = '0'; } newCache[i].valid = 0; } while(fgetc(tracefile)!='#') { setadd = 0; totalset = 0; //read in file fseek(tracefile,-1,SEEK_CUR); fscanf(tracefile, "%x: %c %s\n", &trash, &readwrite, origtag); //shift input Hex size = strlen(origtag); extra = (10 - size); for(i=0; i<extra; i++) input[i] = '0'; for(i=extra, j=0; i<(size-(2-extra)); j++, i++) input[i]=origtag[j+2]; input[8] = '\0'; // Convert Hex to Binary hex2bin(input, output); //Resolving the Address into tbits, sbits, bbits for (xindex=0, jindex=(32-blockbits); jindex<32; jindex++, xindex++) { bbits[xindex] = output[jindex]; } bbits[xindex]='\0'; for (xindex=0, kindex=(32-(blockbits+setbits)); kindex<32-(blockbits); kindex++, xindex++){ sbits[xindex] = output[kindex]; } sbits[xindex]='\0'; for (xindex=0, lindex=0; lindex<(32-(blockbits+setbits)); lindex++, xindex++){ tbits[xindex] = output[lindex]; } tbits[xindex]='\0'; //Convert set bits from char array into ints for(xindex = 0, kindex = (setbits -1); xindex < setbits; xindex ++, kindex--) { if (sbits[xindex] == '1') setadd = 1; if (sbits[xindex] == '0') setadd = 0; setadd = setadd * pow(2, kindex); totalset += setadd; } //Calculating Hits and Misses if (newCache[totalset].valid == 0) { newCache[totalset].valid = 1; strcpy(newCache[totalset].tag, tbits); } else if (newCache[totalset].valid == 1) { if(strcmp(newCache[totalset].tag, tbits) == 0) { if (readwrite == 'W') { cacheHit++; write++; } if (readwrite == 'R') cacheHit++; } else { if (readwrite == 'R') { cacheMiss++; read++; } if (readwrite == 'W') { cacheMiss++; read++; write++; } strcpy(newCache[totalset].tag, tbits); } } } printf("Hits: %d\n", cacheHit); printf("Misses: %d\n", cacheMiss); printf("Writes: %d\n", write); printf("Reads: %d\n", read); }

    Read the article

  • Help with Boost Spirit ASTs

    - by Decmac04
    I am writing a small tool for analyzing simple B Machine substitutions as part of a college research work. The code successfully parse test inputs of the form mySubst := var1 + var2. However, I get a pop-up error message saying "This application has requested the Runtime to terminate it in an unusual way. " In the command prompt window, I get an "Assertion failed message". The main program is given below: // BMachineTree.cpp : Defines the entry point for the console application. // /*============================================================================= Copyright (c) 2010 Temitope Onunkun =============================================================================*/ /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // UUsing Boost Spririt Trees (AST) to parse B Machine Substitutions. // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// #define BOOST_SPIRIT_DUMP_PARSETREE_AS_XML #include <boost/spirit/core.hpp> #include <boost/spirit/tree/ast.hpp> #include <boost/spirit/tree/tree_to_xml.hpp> #include "BMachineTreeGrammar.hpp" #include <iostream> #include <stack> #include <functional> #include <string> #include <cassert> #include <vector> #if defined(BOOST_SPIRIT_DUMP_PARSETREE_AS_XML) #include <map> #endif // Using AST to parse B Machine substitutions //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// using namespace std; using namespace boost::spirit; typedef char const* iterator_t; typedef tree_match<iterator_t> parse_tree_match_t; typedef parse_tree_match_t::tree_iterator iter_t; //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// string evaluate(parse_tree_match_t hit); string eval_machine(iter_t const& i); vector<string> dx; string evaluate(tree_parse_info<> info) { return eval_machine(info.trees.begin()); } string eval_machine(iter_t const& i) { cout << "In eval_machine. i->value = " << string(i->value.begin(), i->value.end()) << " i->children.size() = " << i->children.size() << endl; if (i->value.id() == substitution::leafValueID) { assert(i->children.size() == 0); // extract string tokens string leafValue(i->value.begin(), i->value.end()); dx.push_back(leafValue.c_str()); return leafValue.c_str(); } // else if (i->value.id() == substitution::termID) { if ( (*i->value.begin() == '*') || (*i->value.begin() == '/') ) { assert(i->children.size() == 2); dx.push_back( eval_machine(i->children.begin()) ); dx.push_back( eval_machine(i->children.begin()+1) ); return eval_machine(i->children.begin()) + " " + eval_machine(i->children.begin()+1); } // else assert(0); } else if (i->value.id() == substitution::expressionID) { if ( (*i->value.begin() == '+') || (*i->value.begin() == '-') ) { assert(i->children.size() == 2); dx.push_back( eval_machine(i->children.begin()) ); dx.push_back( eval_machine(i->children.begin()+1) ); return eval_machine(i->children.begin()) + " " + eval_machine(i->children.begin()+1); } else assert(0); } // else if (i->value.id() == substitution::simple_substID) { if (*i->value.begin() == (':' >> '=') ) { assert(i->children.size() == 2); dx.push_back( eval_machine(i->children.begin()) ); dx.push_back( eval_machine(i->children.begin()+1) ); return eval_machine(i->children.begin()) + "|->" + eval_machine(i->children.begin()+1); } else assert(0); } else { assert(0); // error } return 0; } //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// int main() { // look in BMachineTreeGrammar for the definition of BMachine substitution BMach_subst; cout << "/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////\n\n"; cout << "\t\tB Machine Substitution...\n\n"; cout << "/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////\n\n"; cout << "Type an expression...or [q or Q] to quit\n\n"; string str; while (getline(cin, str)) { if (str.empty() || str[0] == 'q' || str[0] == 'Q') break; tree_parse_info<> info = ast_parse(str.c_str(), BMach_subst, space_p); if (info.full) { #if defined(BOOST_SPIRIT_DUMP_PARSETREE_AS_XML) // dump parse tree as XML std::map<parser_id, std::string> rule_names; rule_names[substitution::identifierID] = "identifier"; rule_names[substitution::leafValueID] = "leafValue"; rule_names[substitution::factorID] = "factor"; rule_names[substitution::termID] = "term"; rule_names[substitution::expressionID] = "expression"; rule_names[substitution::simple_substID] = "simple_subst"; tree_to_xml(cout, info.trees, str.c_str(), rule_names); #endif // print the result cout << "Variables in Vector dx: " << endl; for(vector<string>::iterator idx = dx.begin(); idx < dx.end(); ++idx) cout << *idx << endl; cout << "parsing succeeded\n"; cout << "result = " << evaluate(info) << "\n\n"; } else { cout << "parsing failed\n"; } } cout << "Bye... :-) \n\n"; return 0; } The grammar, defined in BMachineTreeGrammar.hpp file is given below: /*============================================================================= Copyright (c) 2010 Temitope Onunkun http://www.dcs.kcl.ac.uk/pg/onun Use, modification and distribution is subject to the Boost Software License, Version 1.0. (See accompanying file LICENSE_1_0.txt or copy at http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt) =============================================================================*/ #ifndef BOOST_SPIRIT_BMachineTreeGrammar_HPP_ #define BOOST_SPIRIT_BMachineTreeGrammar_HPP_ using namespace boost::spirit; /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // Using Boost Spririt Trees (AST) to parse B Machine Substitutions. // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // B Machine Grammar // //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// struct substitution : public grammar<substitution> { static const int identifierID = 1; static const int leafValueID = 2; static const int factorID = 3; static const int termID = 4; static const int expressionID = 5; static const int simple_substID = 6; template <typename ScannerT> struct definition { definition(substitution const& ) { // Start grammar definition identifier = alpha_p >> (+alnum_p | ch_p('_') ) ; leafValue = leaf_node_d[ lexeme_d[ identifier | +digit_p ] ] ; factor = leafValue | inner_node_d[ ch_p( '(' ) >> expression >> ch_p(')' ) ] ; term = factor >> *( (root_node_d[ch_p('*') ] >> factor ) | (root_node_d[ch_p('/') ] >> factor ) ); expression = term >> *( (root_node_d[ch_p('+') ] >> term ) | (root_node_d[ch_p('-') ] >> term ) ); simple_subst= leaf_node_d[ lexeme_d[ identifier ] ] >> root_node_d[str_p(":=")] >> expression ; // End grammar definition // turn on the debugging info. BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_RULE(identifier); BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_RULE(leafValue); BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_RULE(factor); BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_RULE(term); BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_RULE(expression); BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_RULE(simple_subst); } rule<ScannerT, parser_context<>, parser_tag<simple_substID> > simple_subst; rule<ScannerT, parser_context<>, parser_tag<expressionID> > expression; rule<ScannerT, parser_context<>, parser_tag<termID> > term; rule<ScannerT, parser_context<>, parser_tag<factorID> > factor; rule<ScannerT, parser_context<>, parser_tag<leafValueID> > leafValue; rule<ScannerT, parser_context<>, parser_tag<identifierID> > identifier; rule<ScannerT, parser_context<>, parser_tag<simple_substID> > const& start() const { return simple_subst; } }; }; #endif The output I get on running the program is: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////// B Machine Substitution... ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////// Type an expression...or [q or Q] to quit mySubst := var1 - var2 parsing succeeded In eval_machine. i->value = := i->children.size() = 2 Assertion failed: 0, file c:\redmound\bmachinetree\bmachinetree\bmachinetree.cpp , line 114 I will appreciate any help in resolving this problem.

    Read the article

  • TabHost disappears after locking the phone and reopening it:

    - by Emil Adz
    I have a weird issue with my TabHost in my FragmentActivity that contains a ViewPager. The problem is that when I close my phone (press the power button) while I use my application, and then I turn back the phone and my application gets reopened, at this point my TabHost is missing. So the closing of my phone is causes the TabHost to disappear. My guess would be that I need to save my tabHost state in the saveInstanceState object, and restore it in onResume I only have no idea how it's done. here is my code for the FragmentActivity: public class TabsViewPagerFragmentActivity extends FragmentActivity implements ViewPager.OnPageChangeListener, TabHost.OnTabChangeListener { static final String TAG = TabsViewPagerFragmentActivity.class.getSimpleName(); private TabHost mTabHost; private ViewPager mViewPager; private HashMap<String, TabInfo> mapTabInfo; public ViewPagerAdapter mPagerAdapter; private TextView tvReportName, tvTabTitle; private Button bBackToParameters; private Dialog progressDialog; private SGRaportManagerAppObj application; private int numberOfTabs = 0; private Display display; public static final int POPUP_MARGIN = 6; LeftSideMenu leftSideMenu; public void NotifyTabActivityViewPagerAdapter() { mPagerAdapter.notifyDataSetChanged(); } public ViewPagerAdapter getTabActivityViewPagerAdapter() { return mPagerAdapter; } public ViewPager getTabActivityViewPager() { return mViewPager; } public void setCurrentTabTitle (String title) { tvTabTitle.setText(title); Log.d(TAG, "set tab title from activity: "+title); } /** * Maintains extrinsic info of a tab's construct */ private class TabInfo { private String tag; private Class<?> clss; private Bundle args; private Fragment fragment; TabInfo(String tag, Class<?> clazz, Bundle args) { this.tag = tag; this.clss = clazz; this.args = args; } } /** * A simple factory that returns dummy views to the Tabhost */ class TabFactory implements TabContentFactory { private final Context mContext; /** * @param context */ public TabFactory(Context context) { mContext = context; } /** (non-Javadoc) * @see android.widget.TabHost.TabContentFactory#createTabContent(java.lang.String) */ public View createTabContent(String tag) { View v = new View(mContext); v.setMinimumWidth(0); v.setMinimumHeight(0); return v; } } /** (non-Javadoc) * @see android.support.v4.app.FragmentActivity#onCreate(android.os.Bundle) */ public void onCreate(Bundle savedInstanceState) { super.onCreate(savedInstanceState); application = SGRaportManagerAppObj.getInstance(); display = ((WindowManager)getSystemService(Context.WINDOW_SERVICE)).getDefaultDisplay(); // Inflate the layout setContentView(R.layout.tabs_screen_activity_layout); tvTabTitle = (TextView) findViewById(R.id.tvTabName); tvReportName = (TextView)findViewById(R.id.tvReportName); tvReportName.setText(application.currentReport.getName()+ " - "); bBackToParameters = (Button) findViewById(R.id.bBackToParameters); leftSideMenu = (LeftSideMenu) findViewById(R.id.leftSideMenu); applyOnClickListenerToLeftSideMenu(); findViewById(R.id.showLeftMenuButton).setOnClickListener(new View.OnClickListener() { @Override public void onClick(View v) { Display d = ((WindowManager)getSystemService(Context.WINDOW_SERVICE)).getDefaultDisplay(); int width = d.getWidth(); View panel = findViewById(R.id.leftSideMenu); View appPanel = findViewById(R.id.appLayout); if (panel.getVisibility() == View.GONE){ appPanel.setLayoutParams(new LinearLayout.LayoutParams(width, LayoutParams.FILL_PARENT)); panel.setVisibility(View.VISIBLE); applyOnClickListenerToLeftSideMenu(); }else{ ToggleButton button = (ToggleButton) findViewById(R.id.showLeftMenuButton); button.setChecked(false); panel.setVisibility(View.GONE); } } }); // Initialise the TabHost progressDialog = DialogUtils.createProgressDialog(this, this.getString(R.string.populating_view_pager)); progressDialog.show(); if (SGRaportManagerAppObj.getInstance().parametersRepository.getParametersRepository().size() == 0) { bBackToParameters.setText(R.string.back_to_report_list); } this.initialiseTabHost(savedInstanceState); if (savedInstanceState != null) { mTabHost.setCurrentTabByTag(savedInstanceState.getString("tab")); //set the tab as per the saved state } // Intialise ViewPager this.intialiseViewPager(); progressDialog.dismiss(); } /** (non-Javadoc) * @see android.support.v4.app.FragmentActivity#onSaveInstanceState(android.os.Bundle) */ protected void onSaveInstanceState(Bundle outState) { outState.putString("tab", mTabHost.getCurrentTabTag()); //save the tab selected super.onSaveInstanceState(outState); } /** * Initialise ViewPager */ public void intialiseViewPager() { List<Fragment> fragments = new Vector<Fragment>(); // TabInfo tabInfo = null; if (application.getCurrentDataSource().equals(DataSource.SSRS)) { numberOfTabs = application.currentReport.getTabsList().size(); } else if (application.getCurrentDataSource().equals(DataSource.SGRDL)) { numberOfTabs = application.currentReport.getODTabsList().size(); Log.d(TAG, "CURRENT REPORT FROM VIEW PAGER: "+ application.currentReport.toString()); } Log.d(TAG,"Current Tabs number from TabsViewPager activity: " +numberOfTabs); if (application.getCurrentDataSource().equals(DataSource.SSRS)) { for (int i = 0; i < numberOfTabs; i++) { Tab tempTab = application.currentReport.getTabsList().get(i); if (tempTab.getTabTemplateId() == 7) { GridFragment gridFragment = new GridFragment(tempTab); fragments.add(gridFragment); } else if (tempTab.getTabTemplateId() == 8) { NewChartFragment chartFragment = new NewChartFragment(tempTab, this); fragments.add(chartFragment); } } } else if (application.getCurrentDataSource().equals(DataSource.SGRDL)) { for (int i = 0; i < numberOfTabs; i++) { ODTab tempTab = application.currentReport.getODTabsList().get(i); if (tempTab.getTabType().equals(ODGrid.XML_GRID_ELEMENT)) { GridFragment gridFragment = GridFragment.newInstance(tempTab.getTabId()); fragments.add(gridFragment); } else if (tempTab.getTabType().equals(ODChart.XML_CHART_ELEMENT)) { NewChartFragment chartFragment = NewChartFragment.newInstance(tempTab.getTabId()); fragments.add(chartFragment); } } } Log.d(TAG, "Current report fragments set to adapter: "+fragments.toString()); /* if (this.mPagerAdapter == null) { this.mPagerAdapter = new ViewPagerAdapter(super.getSupportFragmentManager(), fragments); } else { this.mPagerAdapter.removeAllFragments(); this.mPagerAdapter.addFragmentsListToAdapter(fragments); } */ this.mPagerAdapter = new ViewPagerAdapter(super.getSupportFragmentManager(), fragments); this.mViewPager = (ViewPager)super.findViewById(R.id.pager); // this.mViewPager.setAdapter(null); this.mViewPager.setAdapter(this.mPagerAdapter); this.mViewPager.setOffscreenPageLimit(0); this.mViewPager.setOnPageChangeListener(this); Log.d(TAG, "Adapter initialized!"); } /** * Initialise the Tab Host */ public void initialiseTabHost(Bundle args) { mTabHost = (TabHost)findViewById(android.R.id.tabhost); /* //new edit if (mTabHost.getChildCount() > 0) { mTabHost.removeAllViews(); } */ mTabHost.setup(); TabInfo tabInfo = null; mapTabInfo = new HashMap<String, TabsViewPagerFragmentActivity.TabInfo>(); if (args != null) {} else { if (application.getCurrentDataSource().equals(DataSource.SSRS)) { int numberOfTabs = application.currentReport.getTabsList().size(); for (int i = 0; i < numberOfTabs; i++) { Tab tempTab = application.currentReport.getTabsList().get(i); if (tempTab.getTabTemplateId() == 7) { //GridFragment gridFragment = new GridFragment(tempTab); TabsViewPagerFragmentActivity.AddTab(this, this.mTabHost, this.mTabHost.newTabSpec("Tab "+String.valueOf(i)).setIndicator("Tab "+String.valueOf(i)), ( tabInfo = new TabInfo("Tab "+String.valueOf(i), GridFragment.class, args))); this.mapTabInfo.put(tabInfo.tag, tabInfo); } else if (tempTab.getTabTemplateId() == 8) { TabsViewPagerFragmentActivity.AddTab(this, this.mTabHost, this.mTabHost.newTabSpec("Tab "+String.valueOf(i)).setIndicator("Tab "+String.valueOf(i)), ( tabInfo = new TabInfo("Tab "+String.valueOf(i), NewChartFragment.class, args))); this.mapTabInfo.put(tabInfo.tag, tabInfo); } } } else if (application.getCurrentDataSource().equals(DataSource.SGRDL)) { int numberOfTabs = application.currentReport.getODTabsList().size(); for (int i = 0; i < numberOfTabs; i++) { ODTab tempTab = application.currentReport.getODTabsList().get(i); // Log.d(TAG,"Crashed Tab type: "+ tempTab.getTabType()); if (tempTab.getTabType().equals(ODGrid.XML_GRID_ELEMENT)) { //GridFragment gridFragment = new GridFragment(tempTab); TabsViewPagerFragmentActivity.AddTab(this, this.mTabHost, this.mTabHost.newTabSpec("Tab "+String.valueOf(i)).setIndicator("Tab "+String.valueOf(i)), ( tabInfo = new TabInfo("Tab "+String.valueOf(i), GridFragment.class, args))); this.mapTabInfo.put(tabInfo.tag, tabInfo); } else if (tempTab.getTabType().equals(ODChart.XML_CHART_ELEMENT)) { TabsViewPagerFragmentActivity.AddTab(this, this.mTabHost, this.mTabHost.newTabSpec("Tab "+String.valueOf(i)).setIndicator("Tab "+String.valueOf(i)), ( tabInfo = new TabInfo("Tab "+String.valueOf(i), NewChartFragment.class, args))); this.mapTabInfo.put(tabInfo.tag, tabInfo); } } } } // Default to first tab //this.onTabChanged("Tab1"); // mTabHost.setOnTabChangedListener(this); } /** * Add Tab content to the Tabhost * @param activity * @param tabHost * @param tabSpec * @param clss * @param args */ private static void AddTab(TabsViewPagerFragmentActivity activity, TabHost tabHost, TabHost.TabSpec tabSpec, TabInfo tabInfo) { // Attach a Tab view factory to the spec ImageView indicator = new ImageView(activity.getBaseContext()); indicator.setPadding(10, 10, 10, 10); indicator.setImageResource(R.drawable.tab_select_icon_selector); LinearLayout.LayoutParams lp = new LinearLayout.LayoutParams(LinearLayout.LayoutParams.WRAP_CONTENT, LinearLayout.LayoutParams.WRAP_CONTENT); lp.setMargins(10, 10, 10, 10); indicator.setLayoutParams(lp); tabSpec.setIndicator(indicator); tabSpec.setContent(activity.new TabFactory(activity)); tabHost.addTab(tabSpec); } /** (non-Javadoc) * @see android.widget.TabHost.OnTabChangeListener#onTabChanged(java.lang.String) */ public void onTabChanged(String tag) { //TabInfo newTab = this.mapTabInfo.get(tag); int pos = this.mTabHost.getCurrentTab(); this.mViewPager.setCurrentItem(pos); } /* (non-Javadoc) * @see android.support.v4.view.ViewPager.OnPageChangeListener#onPageScrolled(int, float, int) */ @Override public void onPageScrolled(int position, float positionOffset, int positionOffsetPixels) { // TODO Auto-generated method stub } /* (non-Javadoc) * @see android.support.v4.view.ViewPager.OnPageChangeListener#onPageSelected(int) */ @Override public void onPageSelected(int position) { // TODO Auto-generated method stub this.mTabHost.setCurrentTab(position); } /* (non-Javadoc) * @see android.support.v4.view.ViewPager.OnPageChangeListener#onPageScrollStateChanged(int) */ @Override public void onPageScrollStateChanged(int state) { // TODO Auto-generated method stub } How would one save the state of the TabHost and restore it in onResume? Any help would be very appreciated.

    Read the article

  • GridView does not display correcty sorted Data when i click column

    - by user329419
    Date column does not display in sorted in GridView using vb.net. In sql server the select query is returning records in sorted manner or in order by. But for some reason GridView does not display properly. it goes to an event preRenderComplete then it binds automatically Protected Sub Page_PreRenderComplete(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Handles Me.PreRenderComplete 'Force the selections made in page_load to be shown in the gridview by causing a postback GridView1.DataBind() If GridView1.Rows.Count > 0 Then 'this is not counting correctly disable until i get it figured out '' lblMsg.Text = GridView1.Rows.Count.ToString + " Referrals" Else lblMsg.Text() = "No referrals to be processed" End If 'Turn off the Background Contolls 'If Not IsPostBack Then PanelBackendControls.Visible = False End Sub End Region _ Public Shared Function A02WF01_AdminView(ByVal strUserID As String, ByVal strTestMode As String, ByVal strSearchFieldValue As String, ByVal strDate As String) As DataTable Dim sel As String Dim conn As SqlConnection = New SqlConnection(WF01ConnectionString) If strSearchFieldValue <> "" And strTestMode = "ON" Then sel = "SELECT DISTINCT Since, WorkFlow_Step, " sel = sel & " Started_By, Client_FullName, Product_Desc, " sel = sel & " Branch_List, Event_AssignedID, DaysElapsed, Status,Instance_ID,Seq_ID,Form_Code " sel = sel & " FROM A02W01ViewAllTest " Dim WhereClause As String Dim OrderClause As String WhereClause = " WHERE ( Event_IsLatest = 1)" If strUserID <> "Admin" Then End If 'WhereClause = WhereClause + " AND WF_Start_UserID like " + "'" + strUserID + "')" WhereClause = WhereClause + " And( Started_By Like " + "'%" + strSearchFieldValue + "%'" WhereClause = WhereClause + " OR Client_FullName Like " + "'%" + strSearchFieldValue + "%'" 'WhereClause = WhereClause + " OR FullName Like " + "'%" + strSearchFieldValue + "%'" WhereClause = WhereClause + " OR Product_Desc Like " + "'%" + strSearchFieldValue + "%'" WhereClause = WhereClause + " OR Branch_List Like " + "'%" + strSearchFieldValue + "%'" WhereClause = WhereClause + " OR DaysElapsed Like " + "'%" + strSearchFieldValue + "%')" 'WhereClause = WhereClause + " OR Form_Code Like " + "'%" + strSearchFieldValue + "%')" OrderClause = " ORDER BY Since DESC" sel = sel + WhereClause + OrderClause ElseIf strSearchFieldValue <> "" And strTestMode <> "ON" Then sel = "SELECT DISTINCT Since, WorkFlow_Step, " sel = sel & " Started_By, Client_FullName, Product_Desc, " sel = sel & " Branch_List, Event_AssignedID, DaysElapsed, Status " sel = sel & " FROM A02W01ViewAll " Dim WhereClause As String Dim OrderClause As String WhereClause = " WHERE ( Event_IsLatest = 1)" If strUserID <> "Admin" Then End If 'WhereClause = WhereClause + " AND WF_Start_UserID like " + "'" + strUserID + "')" WhereClause = WhereClause + " AND( Started_By Like " + "'%" + strSearchFieldValue + "%'" WhereClause = WhereClause + " OR Client_FullName Like " + "'%" + strSearchFieldValue + "%'" 'WhereClause = WhereClause + " OR Client_LastName Like " + "'%" + strSearchFieldValue + "%'" WhereClause = WhereClause + " OR Product_Desc Like " + "'%" + strSearchFieldValue + "%'" WhereClause = WhereClause + " OR Branch_List Like " + "'%" + strSearchFieldValue + "%'" WhereClause = WhereClause + " OR DaysElapsed Like " + "'%" + strSearchFieldValue + "%'))" 'WhereClause = WhereClause + " OR Form_Code Like " + "'%" + strSearchFieldValue + "%'))" OrderClause = " ORDER BY Since DESC" sel = sel + WhereClause + OrderClause End If If strTestMode <> "ON" And strSearchFieldValue = "" Then sel = "SELECT DISTINCT Since, WorkFlow_Step, " sel = sel & " Started_By, Client_LastName, Client_FullName, Product_Desc, " sel = sel & " Branch_List, Event_AssignedID, DaysElapsed, Status " sel = sel & " FROM A02W01ViewAll " Dim WhereClause As String Dim OrderClause As String WhereClause = " WHERE Event_IsLatest = 1" 'WhereClause = WhereClause + " AND (Event_IsLatest = 1) " OrderClause = " ORDER BY Since DESC" sel = sel + WhereClause + OrderClause Else If strSearchFieldValue = "" And strTestMode = "ON" And strDate = "" Then sel = "SELECT DISTINCT Since, WorkFlow_Step, " sel = sel & " Started_By, Client_FullName, Product_Desc, " sel = sel & " Branch_List, Event_AssignedID, DaysElapsed, Status, Instance_ID,Seq_ID,Form_Code " sel = sel & " FROM A02W01ViewAllTest " Dim WhereClause As String Dim OrderClause As String WhereClause = " WHERE Event_IsLatest = 1" 'Display everything for Admin ' Comment below code 'If strUserID <> "Admin" Then WhereClause = WhereClause + " AND WF_Start_UserID like " + "'" + strUserID + "'" OrderClause = " ORDER BY Since DESC" sel = sel + WhereClause + OrderClause ElseIf strSearchFieldValue = "" And strTestMode = "ON" And strDate <> "" Then sel = "" sel = sel & "SELECT TOP 100 PERCENT Since, WorkFlow_Step, " sel = sel & "Started_By, Client_Fullname, Product_Desc, " sel = sel & "Branch_List, Event_AssignedID, DaysElapsed, Status, " sel = sel & "Instance_ID, Seq_ID, Form_Code " sel = sel & " FROM A02W01ViewDistinct " Dim WhereClause As String Dim OrderClause As String WhereClause = " WHERE Event_IsLatest = 1" 'Display everything for Admin ' Comment below code 'If strUserID <> "Admin" Then WhereClause = WhereClause + " AND WF_Start_UserID like " + "'" + strUserID + "'" OrderClause = " ORDER BY YEAR(Since) DESC, MONTH(Since) DESC, DAY(Since) DESC" sel = sel + WhereClause + OrderClause End If End If Dim da As SqlDataAdapter = New SqlDataAdapter(sel, conn) Dim ds As DataSet = New DataSet() Try conn.Open() da.Fill(ds, "odsA02_Tracking") conn.Close() Catch e As SqlException WFClassLib.PageError() Finally conn.Close() End Try If ds.Tables("odsA02_Tracking") IsNot Nothing Then _ Return ds.Tables("odsA02_Tracking") 'Return ds 'If ds.Tables("odsA02_Tracking") Is Nothing Then Return Nothing 'End If End Function BorderStyle="Outset" CellPadding="4" DataSourceID="odsA02_Tracking" ForeColor="#333333" GridLines="Vertical" Style="border-right: #0000ff thin solid; table-layout: auto; border-top: #0000ff thin solid; font-size: x-small; border-left: #0000ff thin solid; border-bottom: #0000ff thin solid; font-family: Arial; border-collapse: separate" Font-Size="Small" PageSize="30" <Columns> <asp:CommandField ShowSelectButton="True" /> <asp:boundfield datafield="Since" HeaderText="Submit Date" ReadOnly=True SortExpression="Since" /> <asp:BoundField DataField="Started_By" HeaderText="Submitted By" SortExpression="Started_By" /> <asp:BoundField DataField="Client_FullName" HeaderText="Client Name" ReadOnly="True" SortExpression="Client_FullName" /> <asp:BoundField DataField="Product_Desc" HeaderText="Product" ReadOnly="True" SortExpression="Product_Desc" /> <asp:BoundField DataField="Branch_List" HeaderText="Branch" ReadOnly="True" SortExpression="Branch_List" /> <asp:BoundField DataField="Event_AssignedID" HeaderText="Assigned To" ReadOnly="True" SortExpression="Event_AssignedID" /> <asp:BoundField DataField="DaysElapsed" HeaderText="Days Open" ReadOnly="True" SortExpression="DaysElapsed" /> <asp:BoundField DataField="Status" HeaderText="Status" SortExpression="Status" /> <asp:TemplateField> <ItemTemplate> <asp:HiddenField ID=hdnInstanceID Value='<%#Eval("Instance_ID") %>' runat=server> </asp:HiddenField> </ItemTemplate> </asp:TemplateField> <asp:TemplateField> <ItemTemplate> <asp:HiddenField ID=hdnSeqID Value='<%#Eval("Seq_ID") %>' runat=server/> </ItemTemplate> </asp:TemplateField> <asp:TemplateField> <ItemTemplate> <asp:HiddenField ID=hdnFormCode Value='<%#Eval("Form_Code") %>' runat=server/> </ItemTemplate> </asp:TemplateField> </Columns> </asp:GridView> &nbsp;&nbsp; <asp:Label ID="lblMsg" runat="server" Style="font-size: small; color: red; font-family: Arial" Width="525px" Font-Bold="True"></asp:Label><br /> <br /> <asp:Button ID="btnReturn" runat="server" Text="Return" /><br /> <br /> <asp:Label ID="lbltxtUserID" runat="server" Text="txtUserID" Visible="False"></asp:Label> <asp:TextBox ID="txtUserID" runat="server" Visible="False" Width="226px"></asp:TextBox><br /> <asp:Label ID="label4" runat="server" Text="TestModeOn" Visible="false"></asp:Label> <asp:TextBox ID="TestModeOn" runat="server" Visible="False" Width="226px"></asp:TextBox><br /> <br /> <asp:Label ID="lblSearchUserEntered" runat="server" Visible="false" Text="searchText" ></asp:Label> <asp:TextBox ID="searchText" runat="server" Visible="False" Width ="226px" ></asp:TextBox> <br /> <asp:Label ID="Label1" runat="server" Text="txtInstance_ID" Visible="False"></asp:Label> <asp:TextBox ID="txtInstance_ID" runat="server" Visible="False" Width="226px"></asp:TextBox><br /> <asp:Label ID="Label2" runat="server" Text="txtSeq_ID" Visible="False"></asp:Label> <asp:TextBox ID="txtSeq_ID" runat="server" Visible="False" Width="226px"></asp:TextBox><br /> <asp:Label ID="Label3" runat="server" Text="txtForm_Code" Visible="False"></asp:Label> <asp:TextBox ID="txtForm_Code" runat="server" Visible="False" Width="226px"></asp:TextBox><br /> <br /> <asp:Label ID="lblSince" runat="server" Visible="false" Text="Since" ></asp:Label> <asp:TextBox ID="SortSince" runat="server" Visible="False" Width ="226px" ></asp:TextBox> <br /> <br /> <asp:ObjectDataSource ID="odsA02_Tracking" runat="server" OldValuesParameterFormatString="original_{0}" SelectMethod="A02WF01_AdminView" TypeName="WFA02DataObjects"> <SelectParameters> <asp:ControlParameter ControlID="txtUserID" Name="strUserID" PropertyName="Text" Type="String" /> <asp:ControlParameter ControlID="TestModeOn" Name="strTestMode" PropertyName="Text" Type="String" /> <asp:ControlParameter ControlID="searchText" Name="strSearchFieldValue" PropertyName="Text" Type="String" /> <asp:ControlParameter ControlID="SortSince" Name="strDate" PropertyName="Text" Type="String" /> </SelectParameters> </asp:ObjectDataSource> </div> </form>

    Read the article

  • can someone help me fix my code?

    - by user267490
    Hi, I have this code I been working on but I'm having a hard time for it to work. I did one but it only works in php 5.3 and I realized my host only supports php 5.0! do I was trying to see if I could get it to work on my sever correctly, I'm just lost and tired lol <?php //Temporarily turn on error reporting @ini_set('display_errors', 1); error_reporting(E_ALL); // Set default timezone (New PHP versions complain without this!) date_default_timezone_set("GMT"); // Common set_time_limit(0); require_once('dbc.php'); require_once('sessions.php'); page_protect(); // Image settings define('IMG_FIELD_NAME', 'cons_image'); // Max upload size in bytes (for form) define ('MAX_SIZE_IN_BYTES', '512000'); // Width and height for the thumbnail define ('THUMB_WIDTH', '150'); define ('THUMB_HEIGHT', '150'); ?> <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> <head> <title>whatever</title> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1" /> <style type="text\css"> .validationerrorText { color:red; font-size:85%; font-weight:bold; } </style> </head> <body> <h1>Change image</h1> <?php $errors = array(); // Process form if (isset($_POST['submit'])) { // Get filename $filename = stripslashes($_FILES['cons_image']['name']); // Validation of image file upload $allowedFileTypes = array('image/gif', 'image/jpg', 'image/jpeg', 'image/png'); if ($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['error'] == UPLOAD_ERR_NO_FILE) { $errors['img_empty'] = true; } elseif (($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['type'] != '') && (!in_array($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['type'], $allowedFileTypes))) { $errors['img_type'] = true; } elseif (($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['error'] == UPLOAD_ERR_INI_SIZE) || ($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['error'] == UPLOAD_ERR_FORM_SIZE) || ($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['size'] > MAX_SIZE_IN_BYTES)) { $errors['img_size'] = true; } elseif ($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['error'] != UPLOAD_ERR_OK) { $errors['img_error'] = true; } elseif (strlen($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['name']) > 200) { $errors['img_nametoolong'] = true; } elseif ( (file_exists("\\uploads\\{$username}\\images\\banner\\{$filename}")) || (file_exists("\\uploads\\{$username}\\images\\banner\\thumbs\\{$filename}")) ) { $errors['img_fileexists'] = true; } if (! empty($errors)) { unlink($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['tmp_name']); //cleanup: delete temp file } // Create thumbnail if (empty($errors)) { // Make directory if it doesn't exist if (!is_dir("\\uploads\\{$username}\\images\\banner\\thumbs\\")) { // Take directory and break it down into folders $dir = "uploads\\{$username}\\images\\banner\\thumbs"; $folders = explode("\\", $dir); // Create directory, adding folders as necessary as we go (ignore mkdir() errors, we'll check existance of full dir in a sec) $dirTmp = ''; foreach ($folders as $fldr) { if ($dirTmp != '') { $dirTmp .= "\\"; } $dirTmp .= $fldr; mkdir("\\".$dirTmp); //ignoring errors deliberately! } // Check again whether it exists if (!is_dir("\\uploads\\$username\\images\\banner\\thumbs\\")) { $errors['move_source'] = true; unlink($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['tmp_name']); //cleanup: delete temp file } } if (empty($errors)) { // Move uploaded file to final destination if (! move_uploaded_file($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['tmp_name'], "/uploads/$username/images/banner/$filename")) { $errors['move_source'] = true; unlink($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['tmp_name']); //cleanup: delete temp file } else { // Create thumbnail in new dir if (! make_thumb("/uploads/$username/images/banner/$filename", "/uploads/$username/images/banner/thumbs/$filename")) { $errors['thumb'] = true; unlink("/uploads/$username/images/banner/$filename"); //cleanup: delete source file } } } } // Record in database if (empty($errors)) { // Find existing record and delete existing images $sql = "SELECT `bannerORIGINAL`, `bannerTHUMB` FROM `agent_settings` WHERE (`agent_id`={$user_id}) LIMIT 1"; $result = mysql_query($sql); if (!$result) { unlink("/uploads/$username/images/banner/$filename"); //cleanup: delete source file unlink("/uploads/$username/images/banner/thumbs/$filename"); //cleanup: delete thumbnail file die("<div><b>Error: Problem occurred with Database Query!</b><br /><br /><b>File:</b> " . __FILE__ . "<br /><b>Line:</b> " . __LINE__ . "<br /><b>MySQL Error Num:</b> " . mysql_errno() . "<br /><b>MySQL Error:</b> " . mysql_error() . "</div>"); } $numResults = mysql_num_rows($result); if ($numResults == 1) { $row = mysql_fetch_assoc($result); // Delete old files unlink("/uploads/$username/images/banner/" . $row['bannerORIGINAL']); //delete OLD source file unlink("/uploads/$username/images/banner/thumbs/" . $row['bannerTHUMB']); //delete OLD thumbnail file } // Update/create record with new images if ($numResults == 1) { $sql = "INSERT INTO `agent_settings` (`agent_id`, `bannerORIGINAL`, `bannerTHUMB`) VALUES ({$user_id}, '/uploads/$username/images/banner/$filename', '/uploads/$username/images/banner/thumbs/$filename')"; } else { $sql = "UPDATE `agent_settings` SET `bannerORIGINAL`='/uploads/$username/images/banner/$filename', `bannerTHUMB`='/uploads/$username/images/banner/thumbs/$filename' WHERE (`agent_id`={$user_id})"; } $result = mysql_query($sql); if (!$result) { unlink("/uploads/$username/images/banner/$filename"); //cleanup: delete source file unlink("/uploads/$username/images/banner/thumbs/$filename"); //cleanup: delete thumbnail file die("<div><b>Error: Problem occurred with Database Query!</b><br /><br /><b>File:</b> " . __FILE__ . "<br /><b>Line:</b> " . __LINE__ . "<br /><b>MySQL Error Num:</b> " . mysql_errno() . "<br /><b>MySQL Error:</b> " . mysql_error() . "</div>"); } } // Print success message and how the thumbnail image created if (empty($errors)) { echo "<p>Thumbnail created Successfully!</p>\n"; echo "<img src=\"/uploads/$username/images/banner/thumbs/$filename\" alt=\"New image thumbnail\" />\n"; echo "<br />\n"; } } if (isset($errors['move_source'])) { echo "\t\t<div>Error: Failure occurred moving uploaded source image!</div>\n"; } if (isset($errors['thumb'])) { echo "\t\t<div>Error: Failure occurred creating thumbnail!</div>\n"; } ?> <form action="" enctype="multipart/form-data" method="post"> <input type="hidden" name="MAX_FILE_SIZE" value="<?php echo MAX_SIZE_IN_BYTES; ?>" /> <label for="<?php echo IMG_FIELD_NAME; ?>">Image:</label> <input type="file" name="<?php echo IMG_FIELD_NAME; ?>" id="<?php echo IMG_FIELD_NAME; ?>" /> <?php if (isset($errors['img_empty'])) { echo "\t\t<div class=\"validationerrorText\">Required!</div>\n"; } if (isset($errors['img_type'])) { echo "\t\t<div class=\"validationerrorText\">File type not allowed! GIF/JPEG/PNG only!</div>\n"; } if (isset($errors['img_size'])) { echo "\t\t<div class=\"validationerrorText\">File size too large! Maximum size should be " . MAX_SIZE_IN_BYTES . "bytes!</div>\n"; } if (isset($errors['img_error'])) { echo "\t\t<div class=\"validationerrorText\">File upload error occured! Error code: {$_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['error']}</div>\n"; } if (isset($errors['img_nametoolong'])) { echo "\t\t<div class=\"validationerrorText\">Filename too long! 200 Chars max!</div>\n"; } if (isset($errors['img_fileexists'])) { echo "\t\t<div class=\"validationerrorText\">An image file already exists with that name!</div>\n"; } ?> <br /><input type="submit" name="submit" id="image1" value="Upload image" /> </form> </body> </html> <?php ################################# # # F U N C T I O N S # ################################# /* * Function: make_thumb * * Creates the thumbnail image from the uploaded image * the resize will be done considering the width and * height defined, but without deforming the image * * @param $sourceFile Path anf filename of source image * @param $destFile Path and filename to save thumbnail as * @param $new_w the new width to use * @param $new_h the new height to use */ function make_thumb($sourceFile, $destFile, $new_w=false, $new_h=false) { if ($new_w === false) { $new_w = THUMB_WIDTH; } if ($new_h === false) { $new_h = THUMB_HEIGHT; } // Get image extension $ext = strtolower(getExtension($sourceFile)); // Copy source switch($ext) { case 'jpg': case 'jpeg': $src_img = imagecreatefromjpeg($sourceFile); break; case 'png': $src_img = imagecreatefrompng($sourceFile); break; case 'gif': $src_img = imagecreatefromgif($sourceFile); break; default: return false; } if (!$src_img) { return false; } // Get dimmensions of the source image $old_x = imageSX($src_img); $old_y = imageSY($src_img); // Calculate the new dimmensions for the thumbnail image // 1. calculate the ratio by dividing the old dimmensions with the new ones // 2. if the ratio for the width is higher, the width will remain the one define in WIDTH variable // and the height will be calculated so the image ratio will not change // 3. otherwise we will use the height ratio for the image // as a result, only one of the dimmensions will be from the fixed ones $ratio1 = $old_x / $new_w; $ratio2 = $old_y / $new_h; if ($ratio1 > $ratio2) { $thumb_w = $new_w; $thumb_h = $old_y / $ratio1; } else { $thumb_h = $new_h; $thumb_w = $old_x / $ratio2; } // Create a new image with the new dimmensions $dst_img = ImageCreateTrueColor($thumb_w, $thumb_h); // Resize the big image to the new created one imagecopyresampled($dst_img, $src_img, 0, 0, 0, 0, $thumb_w, $thumb_h, $old_x, $old_y); // Output the created image to the file. Now we will have the thumbnail into the file named by $filename switch($ext) { case 'jpg': case 'jpeg': $result = imagepng($dst_img, $destFile); break; case 'png': $result = imagegif($dst_img, $destFile); break; case 'gif': $result = imagejpeg($dst_img, $destFile); break; default: //should never occur! } if (!$result) { return false; } // Destroy source and destination images imagedestroy($dst_img); imagedestroy($src_img); return true; } /* * Function: getExtension * * Returns the file extension from a given filename/path * * @param $str the filename to get the extension from */ function getExtension($str) { return pathinfo($str, PATHINFO_EXTENSION); } ?>

    Read the article

  • Wordpress issue with footer

    - by Raelona
    I've been trying to turn my simple html/css site into a wordpress site. my big issue which no one seem to be able to solve appears in my footer. The footer is pretty much ignoring everything and just staying in the top of the site ( like it was a part of my header). All my files is split into 3 files. A header.php a footer.php and the page.php (one for each site). Header! <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" <?php language_attributes(); ?>> <head profile="http://gmpg.org/xfn/11"> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="<?php bloginfo('html_type'); ?>; charset=<?php bloginfo('charset'); ?>" /> <?php if (is_search()) { ?> <meta name="robots" content="noindex, nofollow" /> <?php } ?> <title> <?php if (function_exists('is_tag') && is_tag()) { single_tag_title("Tag Archive for &quot;"); echo '&quot; - '; } elseif (is_archive()) { wp_title(''); echo ' Archive - '; } elseif (is_search()) { echo 'Search for &quot;'.wp_specialchars($s).'&quot; - '; } elseif (!(is_404()) && (is_single()) || (is_page())) { wp_title(''); echo ' - '; } elseif (is_404()) { echo 'Not Found - '; } if (is_home()) { bloginfo('name'); echo ' - '; bloginfo('description'); } else { bloginfo('name'); } if ($paged>1) { echo ' - page '. $paged; } ?> </title> <link rel="shortcut icon" href="/favicon.ico" type="image/x-icon" /> <link rel="stylesheet" href="<?php bloginfo('stylesheet_url'); ?>" type="text/css" /> <link rel="pingback" href="<?php bloginfo('pingback_url'); ?>" /> <?php if ( is_singular() ) wp_enqueue_script( 'comment-reply' ); ?> <?php wp_head(); ?> </head> <body <?php body_class(); ?>> <div id="Menu" ></div> <div id="Mainbody"> <div id="Portfolio"><a href="<?php echo get_option('home'); ?>"><?php bloginfo('name'); ?></a> </div> <div id="Slogan"><a href="index.html"><?php bloginfo('description'); ?></a></div> <div id="nav-menu"> <?php $defaults = array( 'theme_location' => '', 'menu' => '', 'container' => 'div', 'container_class' => 'menu-{menu slug}-container', 'container_id' => '', 'menu_class' => 'menu', 'menu_id' => '', 'echo' => true, 'fallback_cb' => 'wp_page_menu', 'before' => '', 'after' => '', 'link_before' => '', 'link_after' => '', 'items_wrap' => '<ul id="%1$s" class="%2$s">%3$s</ul>', 'depth' => 0, 'walker' => '' ); ?> <?php wp_nav_menu( $defaults ); ?> </div> <div class="Box"> <div id="Mainindhold"> page ! <?php get_header(); ?> <div id="Arbejde"> <h2>Uddrag af mine webdesigns</h2> <br /> <br /> <?php if (have_posts()) : while (have_posts()) : the_post(); ?> <?php $key='link'; $custom = get_post_meta($post->ID, $key, true); ?> <?php $key2='brugt'; $custom2 = get_post_meta($post->ID, $key2, true); ?> <?php $key3='linkexternal'; $custom3 = get_post_meta($post->ID, $key3, true); ?> <?php $billede = get_the_post_thumbnail($post->ID, 'full'); ?> <div class="Raekke"> <div class="Arbejds_Billede"> <a href="<?php echo $custom; ?>" rel="lightbox"> <?php print $billede; ?></a> </div> <div class="Arbejdsbeskrivelse"> <h3><?php the_title(); ?></h3> <?php the_content(); ?> <div id="program"> <img src="<?php echo $custom2; ?>" /> </div> <div class="Knap"><a href="<?php echo $custom3; ?>"><p>Besøg siden</p></a> </div> </div> </div> <div class="clear"></div> <?php endwhile; else: ?> <?php _e('No posts were fond. Sorry!'); ?> <?php endif; ?> </div> <?php get_footer();?> footer ! </div> </div> </div> <div id="footer"> &copy;<?php echo date("Y"); echo " "; bloginfo('name'); ?> 4000 Roskilde </div> <script type="text/javascript"> var _gaq = _gaq || []; _gaq.push(['_setAccount', 'UA-31920214-1']); _gaq.push(['_trackPageview']); (function() { var ga = document.createElement('script'); ga.type = 'text/javascript'; ga.async = true; ga.src = ('https:' == document.location.protocol ? 'https://ssl' : 'http://www') + '.google-analytics.com/ga.js'; var s = document.getElementsByTagName('script')[0]; s.parentNode.insertBefore(ga, s); })(); </script> <?php wp_footer(); ?> </body> </html>

    Read the article

  • How to solve "403 Forbidden" on CentOS6 with SELinux Disabled?

    - by André
    I have a machine on Linode that is driving me crazy. Linode does not have SELinux on CentOS6... I'm trying to configure to put my website in "/home/websites/public_html/mysite.com/public" As I don´t have SELinux enable, how can I avoid the "403 Forbidden" that I get when trying to access the webpage? Sorry for my english. Best Regards, Update1, ERROR_LOG [Mon Oct 17 14:04:16 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 14:08:07 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 14:10:25 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 14:10:41 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 14:32:35 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 14:34:45 2011] [error] [client 58.218.199.227] (13)Permission denied: access to /proxy-1.php denied [Mon Oct 17 15:32:25 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 15:37:26 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 15:37:43 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 15:38:32 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 15:42:56 2011] [crit] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: /home/websites/.htaccess pcfg_openfile: unable to check htaccess file, ensure it is readable [Mon Oct 17 15:43:12 2011] [crit] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: /home/websites/.htaccess pcfg_openfile: unable to check htaccess file, ensure it is readable [Mon Oct 17 15:45:34 2011] [crit] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: /home/websites/.htaccess pcfg_openfile: unable to check htaccess file, ensure it is readable [Mon Oct 17 15:51:25 2011] [crit] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: /home/websites/.htaccess pcfg_openfile: unable to check htaccess file, ensure it is readable Upadate2, /home/websites directory drwx------ 3 websites websites 4096 Oct 17 14:52 . drwxr-xr-x. 3 root root 4096 Oct 17 13:42 .. -rw------- 1 websites websites 372 Oct 17 14:52 .bash_history -rw-r--r-- 1 websites websites 18 May 30 11:46 .bash_logout -rw-r--r-- 1 websites websites 176 May 30 11:46 .bash_profile -rw-r--r-- 1 websites websites 124 May 30 11:46 .bashrc drwxrwxr-x 3 websites apache 4096 Oct 17 13:45 public_html Update3, httpd.conf ### Section 1: Global Environment ServerTokens OS ServerRoot "/etc/httpd" PidFile run/httpd.pid Timeout 60 KeepAlive Off MaxKeepAliveRequests 100 KeepAliveTimeout 15 <IfModule prefork.c> StartServers 8 MinSpareServers 5 MaxSpareServers 20 ServerLimit 256 MaxClients 256 MaxRequestsPerChild 4000 </IfModule> <IfModule worker.c> StartServers 4 MaxClients 300 MinSpareThreads 25 MaxSpareThreads 75 ThreadsPerChild 25 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so LoadModule authn_alias_module modules/mod_authn_alias.so LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_default_module modules/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_default_module modules/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule substitute_module modules/mod_substitute.so LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so LoadModule suexec_module modules/mod_suexec.so LoadModule disk_cache_module modules/mod_disk_cache.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so LoadModule version_module modules/mod_version.so Include conf.d/*.conf #ExtendedStatus On User apache Group apache ServerAdmin root@localhost #ServerName www.example.com:80 UseCanonicalName Off DocumentRoot "/var/www/html" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "/home/websites/public_html"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride None # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # UserDir: The name of the directory that is appended onto a user's home # directory if a ~user request is received. # # The path to the end user account 'public_html' directory must be # accessible to the webserver userid. This usually means that ~userid # must have permissions of 711, ~userid/public_html must have permissions # of 755, and documents contained therein must be world-readable. # Otherwise, the client will only receive a "403 Forbidden" message. # # See also: http://httpd.apache.org/docs/misc/FAQ.html#forbidden # <IfModule mod_userdir.c> # # UserDir is disabled by default since it can confirm the presence # of a username on the system (depending on home directory # permissions). # UserDir disabled # # To enable requests to /~user/ to serve the user's public_html # directory, remove the "UserDir disabled" line above, and uncomment # the following line instead: # #UserDir public_html </IfModule> # # Control access to UserDir directories. The following is an example # for a site where these directories are restricted to read-only. # #<Directory /home/*/public_html> # AllowOverride FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # Options MultiViews Indexes SymLinksIfOwnerMatch IncludesNoExec # <Limit GET POST OPTIONS> # Order allow,deny # Allow from all # </Limit> # <LimitExcept GET POST OPTIONS> # Order deny,allow # Deny from all # </LimitExcept> #</Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # # The index.html.var file (a type-map) is used to deliver content- # negotiated documents. The MultiViews Option can be used for the # same purpose, but it is much slower. # DirectoryIndex index.html index.html.var # # AccessFileName: The name of the file to look for in each directory # for additional configuration directives. See also the AllowOverride # directive. # AccessFileName .htaccess # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <Files ~ "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </Files> # # TypesConfig describes where the mime.types file (or equivalent) is # to be found. # TypesConfig /etc/mime.types # # DefaultType is the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # <IfModule mod_mime_magic.c> # MIMEMagicFile /usr/share/magic.mime MIMEMagicFile conf/magic </IfModule> # # HostnameLookups: Log the names of clients or just their IP addresses # e.g., www.apache.org (on) or 204.62.129.132 (off). # The default is off because it'd be overall better for the net if people # had to knowingly turn this feature on, since enabling it means that # each client request will result in AT LEAST one lookup request to the # nameserver. # HostnameLookups Off #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog logs/error_log LogLevel warn # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common LogFormat "%{Referer}i -> %U" referer LogFormat "%{User-agent}i" agent # "combinedio" includes actual counts of actual bytes received (%I) and sent (%O); this # requires the mod_logio module to be loaded. #LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # #CustomLog logs/access_log common # # If you would like to have separate agent and referer logfiles, uncomment # the following directives. # #CustomLog logs/referer_log referer #CustomLog logs/agent_log agent # # For a single logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format), use the following directive: # CustomLog logs/access_log combined ServerSignature On Alias /icons/ "/var/www/icons/" <Directory "/var/www/icons"> Options Indexes MultiViews FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # WebDAV module configuration section. # <IfModule mod_dav_fs.c> # Location of the WebDAV lock database. DAVLockDB /var/lib/dav/lockdb </IfModule> # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the realname directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the client. # The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias directives as to # Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "/var/www/cgi-bin/" # # "/var/www/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "/var/www/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> IndexOptions FancyIndexing VersionSort NameWidth=* HTMLTable Charset=UTF-8 AddIconByEncoding (CMP,/icons/compressed.gif) x-compress x-gzip AddIconByType (TXT,/icons/text.gif) text/* AddIconByType (IMG,/icons/image2.gif) image/* AddIconByType (SND,/icons/sound2.gif) audio/* AddIconByType (VID,/icons/movie.gif) video/* AddIcon /icons/binary.gif .bin .exe AddIcon /icons/binhex.gif .hqx AddIcon /icons/tar.gif .tar AddIcon /icons/world2.gif .wrl .wrl.gz .vrml .vrm .iv AddIcon /icons/compressed.gif .Z .z .tgz .gz .zip AddIcon /icons/a.gif .ps .ai .eps AddIcon /icons/layout.gif .html .shtml .htm .pdf AddIcon /icons/text.gif .txt AddIcon /icons/c.gif .c AddIcon /icons/p.gif .pl .py AddIcon /icons/f.gif .for AddIcon /icons/dvi.gif .dvi AddIcon /icons/uuencoded.gif .uu AddIcon /icons/script.gif .conf .sh .shar .csh .ksh .tcl AddIcon /icons/tex.gif .tex AddIcon /icons/bomb.gif core AddIcon /icons/back.gif .. AddIcon /icons/hand.right.gif README AddIcon /icons/folder.gif ^^DIRECTORY^^ AddIcon /icons/blank.gif ^^BLANKICON^^ # # DefaultIcon is which icon to show for files which do not have an icon # explicitly set. # DefaultIcon /icons/unknown.gif # # AddDescription allows you to place a short description after a file in # server-generated indexes. These are only displayed for FancyIndexed # directories. # Format: AddDescription "description" filename # #AddDescription "GZIP compressed document" .gz #AddDescription "tar archive" .tar #AddDescription "GZIP compressed tar archive" .tgz # # ReadmeName is the name of the README file the server will look for by # default, and append to directory listings. # # HeaderName is the name of a file which should be prepended to # directory indexes. ReadmeName README.html HeaderName HEADER.html # # IndexIgnore is a set of filenames which directory indexing should ignore # and not include in the listing. Shell-style wildcarding is permitted. # IndexIgnore .??* *~ *# HEADER* README* RCS CVS *,v *,t # # DefaultLanguage and AddLanguage allows you to specify the language of # a document. You can then use content negotiation to give a browser a # file in a language the user can understand. # # Specify a default language. This means that all data # going out without a specific language tag (see below) will # be marked with this one. You probably do NOT want to set # this unless you are sure it is correct for all cases. # # * It is generally better to not mark a page as # * being a certain language than marking it with the wrong # * language! # # DefaultLanguage nl # # Note 1: The suffix does not have to be the same as the language # keyword --- those with documents in Polish (whose net-standard # language code is pl) may wish to use "AddLanguage pl .po" to # avoid the ambiguity with the common suffix for perl scripts. # # Note 2: The example entries below illustrate that in some cases # the two character 'Language' abbreviation is not identical to # the two character 'Country' code for its country, # E.g. 'Danmark/dk' versus 'Danish/da'. # # Note 3: In the case of 'ltz' we violate the RFC by using a three char # specifier. There is 'work in progress' to fix this and get # the reference data for rfc1766 cleaned up. # # Catalan (ca) - Croatian (hr) - Czech (cs) - Danish (da) - Dutch (nl) # English (en) - Esperanto (eo) - Estonian (et) - French (fr) - German (de) # Greek-Modern (el) - Hebrew (he) - Italian (it) - Japanese (ja) # Korean (ko) - Luxembourgeois* (ltz) - Norwegian Nynorsk (nn) # Norwegian (no) - Polish (pl) - Portugese (pt) # Brazilian Portuguese (pt-BR) - Russian (ru) - Swedish (sv) # Simplified Chinese (zh-CN) - Spanish (es) - Traditional Chinese (zh-TW) # AddLanguage ca .ca AddLanguage cs .cz .cs AddLanguage da .dk AddLanguage de .de AddLanguage el .el AddLanguage en .en AddLanguage eo .eo AddLanguage es .es AddLanguage et .et AddLanguage fr .fr AddLanguage he .he AddLanguage hr .hr AddLanguage it .it AddLanguage ja .ja AddLanguage ko .ko AddLanguage ltz .ltz AddLanguage nl .nl AddLanguage nn .nn AddLanguage no .no AddLanguage pl .po AddLanguage pt .pt AddLanguage pt-BR .pt-br AddLanguage ru .ru AddLanguage sv .sv AddLanguage zh-CN .zh-cn AddLanguage zh-TW .zh-tw # # LanguagePriority allows you to give precedence to some languages # in case of a tie during content negotiation. # # Just list the languages in decreasing order of preference. We have # more or less alphabetized them here. You probably want to change this. # LanguagePriority en ca cs da de el eo es et fr he hr it ja ko ltz nl nn no pl pt pt-BR ru sv zh-CN zh-TW # # ForceLanguagePriority allows you to serve a result page rather than # MULTIPLE CHOICES (Prefer) [in case of a tie] or NOT ACCEPTABLE (Fallback) # [in case no accepted languages matched the available variants] # ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback # # Specify a default charset for all content served; this enables # interpretation of all content as UTF-8 by default. To use the # default browser choice (ISO-8859-1), or to allow the META tags # in HTML content to override this choice, comment out this # directive: # AddDefaultCharset UTF-8 # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file mime.types for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-tar .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # Despite the name similarity, the following Add* directives have nothing # to do with the FancyIndexing customization directives above. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # MIME-types for downloading Certificates and CRLs # AddType application/x-x509-ca-cert .crt AddType application/x-pkcs7-crl .crl # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # # For files that include their own HTTP headers: # #AddHandler send-as-is asis # # For type maps (negotiated resources): # (This is enabled by default to allow the Apache "It Worked" page # to be distributed in multiple languages.) # AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # AddType text/html .shtml AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml # # Action lets you define media types that will execute a script whenever # a matching file is called. This eliminates the need for repeated URL # pathnames for oft-used CGI file processors. # Format: Action media/type /cgi-script/location # Format: Action handler-name /cgi-script/location # # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://www.example.com/subscription_info.html # # # Putting this all together, we can internationalize error responses. # # We use Alias to redirect any /error/HTTP_<error>.html.var response to # our collection of by-error message multi-language collections. We use # includes to substitute the appropriate text. # # You can modify the messages' appearance without changing any of the # default HTTP_<error>.html.var files by adding the line: # # Alias /error/include/ "/your/include/path/" # # which allows you to create your own set of files by starting with the # /var/www/error/include/ files and # copying them to /your/include/path/, even on a per-VirtualHost basis. # Alias /error/ "/var/www/error/" <IfModule mod_negotiation.c> <IfModule mod_include.c> <Directory "/var/www/error"> AllowOverride None Options IncludesNoExec AddOutputFilter Includes html AddHandler type-map var Order allow,deny Allow from all LanguagePriority en es de fr ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback </Directory> # ErrorDocument 400 /error/HTTP_BAD_REQUEST.html.var # ErrorDocument 401 /error/HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED.html.var # ErrorDocument 403 /error/HTTP_FORBIDDEN.html.var # ErrorDocument 404 /error/HTTP_NOT_FOUND.html.var # ErrorDocument 405 /error/HTTP_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED.html.var # ErrorDocument 408 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_TIME_OUT.html.var # ErrorDocument 410 /error/HTTP_GONE.html.var # ErrorDocument 411 /error/HTTP_LENGTH_REQUIRED.html.var # ErrorDocument 412 /error/HTTP_PRECONDITION_FAILED.html.var # ErrorDocument 413 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE.html.var # ErrorDocument 414 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_URI_TOO_LARGE.html.var # ErrorDocument 415 /error/HTTP_UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA_TYPE.html.var # ErrorDocument 500 /error/HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR.html.var # ErrorDocument 501 /error/HTTP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED.html.var # ErrorDocument 502 /error/HTTP_BAD_GATEWAY.html.var # ErrorDocument 503 /error/HTTP_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE.html.var # ErrorDocument 506 /error/HTTP_VARIANT_ALSO_VARIES.html.var </IfModule> </IfModule> # # The following directives modify normal HTTP response behavior to # handle known problems with browser implementations. # BrowserMatch "Mozilla/2" nokeepalive BrowserMatch "MSIE 4\.0b2;" nokeepalive downgrade-1.0 force-response-1.0 BrowserMatch "RealPlayer 4\.0" force-response-1.0 BrowserMatch "Java/1\.0" force-response-1.0 BrowserMatch "JDK/1\.0" force-response-1.0 # # The following directive disables redirects on non-GET requests for # a directory that does not include the trailing slash. This fixes a # problem with Microsoft WebFolders which does not appropriately handle # redirects for folders with DAV methods. # Same deal with Apple's DAV filesystem and Gnome VFS support for DAV. # BrowserMatch "Microsoft Data Access Internet Publishing Provider" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "MS FrontPage" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "^WebDrive" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "^WebDAVFS/1.[0123]" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "^gnome-vfs/1.0" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "^XML Spy" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "^Dreamweaver-WebDAV-SCM1" redirect-carefully # # Allow server status reports generated by mod_status, # with the URL of http://servername/server-status # Change the ".example.com" to match your domain to enable. # #<Location /server-status> # SetHandler server-status # Order deny,allow # Deny from all # Allow from .example.com #</Location> # # Allow remote server configuration reports, with the URL of # http://servername/server-info (requires that mod_info.c be loaded). # Change the ".example.com" to match your domain to enable. # #<Location /server-info> # SetHandler server-info # Order deny,allow # Deny from all # Allow from .example.com #</Location> # # Proxy Server directives. Uncomment the following lines to # enable the proxy server: # #<IfModule mod_proxy.c> #ProxyRequests On # #<Proxy *> # Order deny,allow # Deny from all # Allow from .example.com #</Proxy> # # Enable/disable the handling of HTTP/1.1 "Via:" headers. # ("Full" adds the server version; "Block" removes all outgoing Via: headers) # Set to one of: Off | On | Full | Block # #ProxyVia On # # To enable a cache of proxied content, uncomment the following lines. # See http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/mod_cache.html for more details. # #<IfModule mod_disk_cache.c> # CacheEnable disk / # CacheRoot "/var/cache/mod_proxy" #</IfModule> # #</IfModule> # End of proxy directives. ### Section 3: Virtual Hosts # # VirtualHost: If you want to maintain multiple domains/hostnames on your # machine you can setup VirtualHost containers for them. Most configurations # use only name-based virtual hosts so the server doesn't need to worry about # IP addresses. This is indicated by the asterisks in the directives below. # # Please see the documentation at # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/vhosts/> # for further details before you try to setup virtual hosts. # # You may use the command line option '-S' to verify your virtual host # configuration. # # Use name-based virtual hosting. # NameVirtualHost *:80 # # NOTE: NameVirtualHost cannot be used without a port specifier # (e.g. :80) if mod_ssl is being used, due to the nature of the # SSL protocol. # # # VirtualHost example: # Almost any Apache directive may go into a VirtualHost container. # The first VirtualHost section is used for requests without a known # server name. # #<VirtualHost *:80> # ServerAdmin [email protected] # DocumentRoot /www/docs/dummy-host.example.com # ServerName dummy-host.example.com # ErrorLog logs/dummy-host.example.com-error_log # CustomLog logs/dummy-host.example.com-access_log common #</VirtualHost> # domain: mysite.com # public: /home/websites/public_html/mysite.com/ <VirtualHost *:80> # Admin email, Server Name (domain name) and any aliases ServerAdmin [email protected] ServerName mysite.com ServerAlias www.mysite.com # Index file and Document Root (where the public files are located) DirectoryIndex index.html DocumentRoot /home/websites/public_html/mysite.com/public # Custom log file locations LogLevel warn ErrorLog /home/websites/public_html/mysite.com/log/error.log CustomLog /home/websites/public_html/mysite.com/log/access.log combined </VirtualHost>

    Read the article

  • Zen and the Art of File and Folder Organization

    - by Mark Virtue
    Is your desk a paragon of neatness, or does it look like a paper-bomb has gone off? If you’ve been putting off getting organized because the task is too huge or daunting, or you don’t know where to start, we’ve got 40 tips to get you on the path to zen mastery of your filing system. For all those readers who would like to get their files and folders organized, or, if they’re already organized, better organized—we have compiled a complete guide to getting organized and staying organized, a comprehensive article that will hopefully cover every possible tip you could want. Signs that Your Computer is Poorly Organized If your computer is a mess, you’re probably already aware of it.  But just in case you’re not, here are some tell-tale signs: Your Desktop has over 40 icons on it “My Documents” contains over 300 files and 60 folders, including MP3s and digital photos You use the Windows’ built-in search facility whenever you need to find a file You can’t find programs in the out-of-control list of programs in your Start Menu You save all your Word documents in one folder, all your spreadsheets in a second folder, etc Any given file that you’re looking for may be in any one of four different sets of folders But before we start, here are some quick notes: We’re going to assume you know what files and folders are, and how to create, save, rename, copy and delete them The organization principles described in this article apply equally to all computer systems.  However, the screenshots here will reflect how things look on Windows (usually Windows 7).  We will also mention some useful features of Windows that can help you get organized. Everyone has their own favorite methodology of organizing and filing, and it’s all too easy to get into “My Way is Better than Your Way” arguments.  The reality is that there is no perfect way of getting things organized.  When I wrote this article, I tried to keep a generalist and objective viewpoint.  I consider myself to be unusually well organized (to the point of obsession, truth be told), and I’ve had 25 years experience in collecting and organizing files on computers.  So I’ve got a lot to say on the subject.  But the tips I have described here are only one way of doing it.  Hopefully some of these tips will work for you too, but please don’t read this as any sort of “right” way to do it. At the end of the article we’ll be asking you, the reader, for your own organization tips. Why Bother Organizing At All? For some, the answer to this question is self-evident. And yet, in this era of powerful desktop search software (the search capabilities built into the Windows Vista and Windows 7 Start Menus, and third-party programs like Google Desktop Search), the question does need to be asked, and answered. I have a friend who puts every file he ever creates, receives or downloads into his My Documents folder and doesn’t bother filing them into subfolders at all.  He relies on the search functionality built into his Windows operating system to help him find whatever he’s looking for.  And he always finds it.  He’s a Search Samurai.  For him, filing is a waste of valuable time that could be spent enjoying life! It’s tempting to follow suit.  On the face of it, why would anyone bother to take the time to organize their hard disk when such excellent search software is available?  Well, if all you ever want to do with the files you own is to locate and open them individually (for listening, editing, etc), then there’s no reason to ever bother doing one scrap of organization.  But consider these common tasks that are not achievable with desktop search software: Find files manually.  Often it’s not convenient, speedy or even possible to utilize your desktop search software to find what you want.  It doesn’t work 100% of the time, or you may not even have it installed.  Sometimes its just plain faster to go straight to the file you want, if you know it’s in a particular sub-folder, rather than trawling through hundreds of search results. Find groups of similar files (e.g. all your “work” files, all the photos of your Europe holiday in 2008, all your music videos, all the MP3s from Dark Side of the Moon, all your letters you wrote to your wife, all your tax returns).  Clever naming of the files will only get you so far.  Sometimes it’s the date the file was created that’s important, other times it’s the file format, and other times it’s the purpose of the file.  How do you name a collection of files so that they’re easy to isolate based on any of the above criteria?  Short answer, you can’t. Move files to a new computer.  It’s time to upgrade your computer.  How do you quickly grab all the files that are important to you?  Or you decide to have two computers now – one for home and one for work.  How do you quickly isolate only the work-related files to move them to the work computer? Synchronize files to other computers.  If you have more than one computer, and you need to mirror some of your files onto the other computer (e.g. your music collection), then you need a way to quickly determine which files are to be synced and which are not.  Surely you don’t want to synchronize everything? Choose which files to back up.  If your backup regime calls for multiple backups, or requires speedy backups, then you’ll need to be able to specify which files are to be backed up, and which are not.  This is not possible if they’re all in the same folder. Finally, if you’re simply someone who takes pleasure in being organized, tidy and ordered (me! me!), then you don’t even need a reason.  Being disorganized is simply unthinkable. Tips on Getting Organized Here we present our 40 best tips on how to get organized.  Or, if you’re already organized, to get better organized. Tip #1.  Choose Your Organization System Carefully The reason that most people are not organized is that it takes time.  And the first thing that takes time is deciding upon a system of organization.  This is always a matter of personal preference, and is not something that a geek on a website can tell you.  You should always choose your own system, based on how your own brain is organized (which makes the assumption that your brain is, in fact, organized). We can’t instruct you, but we can make suggestions: You may want to start off with a system based on the users of the computer.  i.e. “My Files”, “My Wife’s Files”, My Son’s Files”, etc.  Inside “My Files”, you might then break it down into “Personal” and “Business”.  You may then realize that there are overlaps.  For example, everyone may want to share access to the music library, or the photos from the school play.  So you may create another folder called “Family”, for the “common” files. You may decide that the highest-level breakdown of your files is based on the “source” of each file.  In other words, who created the files.  You could have “Files created by ME (business or personal)”, “Files created by people I know (family, friends, etc)”, and finally “Files created by the rest of the world (MP3 music files, downloaded or ripped movies or TV shows, software installation files, gorgeous desktop wallpaper images you’ve collected, etc).”  This system happens to be the one I use myself.  See below:  Mark is for files created by meVC is for files created by my company (Virtual Creations)Others is for files created by my friends and familyData is the rest of the worldAlso, Settings is where I store the configuration files and other program data files for my installed software (more on this in tip #34, below). Each folder will present its own particular set of requirements for further sub-organization.  For example, you may decide to organize your music collection into sub-folders based on the artist’s name, while your digital photos might get organized based on the date they were taken.  It can be different for every sub-folder! Another strategy would be based on “currentness”.  Files you have yet to open and look at live in one folder.  Ones that have been looked at but not yet filed live in another place.  Current, active projects live in yet another place.  All other files (your “archive”, if you like) would live in a fourth folder. (And of course, within that last folder you’d need to create a further sub-system based on one of the previous bullet points). Put some thought into this – changing it when it proves incomplete can be a big hassle!  Before you go to the trouble of implementing any system you come up with, examine a wide cross-section of the files you own and see if they will all be able to find a nice logical place to sit within your system. Tip #2.  When You Decide on Your System, Stick to It! There’s nothing more pointless than going to all the trouble of creating a system and filing all your files, and then whenever you create, receive or download a new file, you simply dump it onto your Desktop.  You need to be disciplined – forever!  Every new file you get, spend those extra few seconds to file it where it belongs!  Otherwise, in just a month or two, you’ll be worse off than before – half your files will be organized and half will be disorganized – and you won’t know which is which! Tip #3.  Choose the Root Folder of Your Structure Carefully Every data file (document, photo, music file, etc) that you create, own or is important to you, no matter where it came from, should be found within one single folder, and that one single folder should be located at the root of your C: drive (as a sub-folder of C:\).  In other words, do not base your folder structure in standard folders like “My Documents”.  If you do, then you’re leaving it up to the operating system engineers to decide what folder structure is best for you.  And every operating system has a different system!  In Windows 7 your files are found in C:\Users\YourName, whilst on Windows XP it was C:\Documents and Settings\YourName\My Documents.  In UNIX systems it’s often /home/YourName. These standard default folders tend to fill up with junk files and folders that are not at all important to you.  “My Documents” is the worst offender.  Every second piece of software you install, it seems, likes to create its own folder in the “My Documents” folder.  These folders usually don’t fit within your organizational structure, so don’t use them!  In fact, don’t even use the “My Documents” folder at all.  Allow it to fill up with junk, and then simply ignore it.  It sounds heretical, but: Don’t ever visit your “My Documents” folder!  Remove your icons/links to “My Documents” and replace them with links to the folders you created and you care about! Create your own file system from scratch!  Probably the best place to put it would be on your D: drive – if you have one.  This way, all your files live on one drive, while all the operating system and software component files live on the C: drive – simply and elegantly separated.  The benefits of that are profound.  Not only are there obvious organizational benefits (see tip #10, below), but when it comes to migrate your data to a new computer, you can (sometimes) simply unplug your D: drive and plug it in as the D: drive of your new computer (this implies that the D: drive is actually a separate physical disk, and not a partition on the same disk as C:).  You also get a slight speed improvement (again, only if your C: and D: drives are on separate physical disks). Warning:  From tip #12, below, you will see that it’s actually a good idea to have exactly the same file system structure – including the drive it’s filed on – on all of the computers you own.  So if you decide to use the D: drive as the storage system for your own files, make sure you are able to use the D: drive on all the computers you own.  If you can’t ensure that, then you can still use a clever geeky trick to store your files on the D: drive, but still access them all via the C: drive (see tip #17, below). If you only have one hard disk (C:), then create a dedicated folder that will contain all your files – something like C:\Files.  The name of the folder is not important, but make it a single, brief word. There are several reasons for this: When creating a backup regime, it’s easy to decide what files should be backed up – they’re all in the one folder! If you ever decide to trade in your computer for a new one, you know exactly which files to migrate You will always know where to begin a search for any file If you synchronize files with other computers, it makes your synchronization routines very simple.   It also causes all your shortcuts to continue to work on the other machines (more about this in tip #24, below). Once you’ve decided where your files should go, then put all your files in there – Everything!  Completely disregard the standard, default folders that are created for you by the operating system (“My Music”, “My Pictures”, etc).  In fact, you can actually relocate many of those folders into your own structure (more about that below, in tip #6). The more completely you get all your data files (documents, photos, music, etc) and all your configuration settings into that one folder, then the easier it will be to perform all of the above tasks. Once this has been done, and all your files live in one folder, all the other folders in C:\ can be thought of as “operating system” folders, and therefore of little day-to-day interest for us. Here’s a screenshot of a nicely organized C: drive, where all user files are located within the \Files folder:   Tip #4.  Use Sub-Folders This would be our simplest and most obvious tip.  It almost goes without saying.  Any organizational system you decide upon (see tip #1) will require that you create sub-folders for your files.  Get used to creating folders on a regular basis. Tip #5.  Don’t be Shy About Depth Create as many levels of sub-folders as you need.  Don’t be scared to do so.  Every time you notice an opportunity to group a set of related files into a sub-folder, do so.  Examples might include:  All the MP3s from one music CD, all the photos from one holiday, or all the documents from one client. It’s perfectly okay to put files into a folder called C:\Files\Me\From Others\Services\WestCo Bank\Statements\2009.  That’s only seven levels deep.  Ten levels is not uncommon.  Of course, it’s possible to take this too far.  If you notice yourself creating a sub-folder to hold only one file, then you’ve probably become a little over-zealous.  On the other hand, if you simply create a structure with only two levels (for example C:\Files\Work) then you really haven’t achieved any level of organization at all (unless you own only six files!).  Your “Work” folder will have become a dumping ground, just like your Desktop was, with most likely hundreds of files in it. Tip #6.  Move the Standard User Folders into Your Own Folder Structure Most operating systems, including Windows, create a set of standard folders for each of its users.  These folders then become the default location for files such as documents, music files, digital photos and downloaded Internet files.  In Windows 7, the full list is shown below: Some of these folders you may never use nor care about (for example, the Favorites folder, if you’re not using Internet Explorer as your browser).  Those ones you can leave where they are.  But you may be using some of the other folders to store files that are important to you.  Even if you’re not using them, Windows will still often treat them as the default storage location for many types of files.  When you go to save a standard file type, it can become annoying to be automatically prompted to save it in a folder that’s not part of your own file structure. But there’s a simple solution:  Move the folders you care about into your own folder structure!  If you do, then the next time you go to save a file of the corresponding type, Windows will prompt you to save it in the new, moved location. Moving the folders is easy.  Simply drag-and-drop them to the new location.  Here’s a screenshot of the default My Music folder being moved to my custom personal folder (Mark): Tip #7.  Name Files and Folders Intelligently This is another one that almost goes without saying, but we’ll say it anyway:  Do not allow files to be created that have meaningless names like Document1.doc, or folders called New Folder (2).  Take that extra 20 seconds and come up with a meaningful name for the file/folder – one that accurately divulges its contents without repeating the entire contents in the name. Tip #8.  Watch Out for Long Filenames Another way to tell if you have not yet created enough depth to your folder hierarchy is that your files often require really long names.  If you need to call a file Johnson Sales Figures March 2009.xls (which might happen to live in the same folder as Abercrombie Budget Report 2008.xls), then you might want to create some sub-folders so that the first file could be simply called March.xls, and living in the Clients\Johnson\Sales Figures\2009 folder. A well-placed file needs only a brief filename! Tip #9.  Use Shortcuts!  Everywhere! This is probably the single most useful and important tip we can offer.  A shortcut allows a file to be in two places at once. Why would you want that?  Well, the file and folder structure of every popular operating system on the market today is hierarchical.  This means that all objects (files and folders) always live within exactly one parent folder.  It’s a bit like a tree.  A tree has branches (folders) and leaves (files).  Each leaf, and each branch, is supported by exactly one parent branch, all the way back to the root of the tree (which, incidentally, is exactly why C:\ is called the “root folder” of the C: drive). That hard disks are structured this way may seem obvious and even necessary, but it’s only one way of organizing data.  There are others:  Relational databases, for example, organize structured data entirely differently.  The main limitation of hierarchical filing structures is that a file can only ever be in one branch of the tree – in only one folder – at a time.  Why is this a problem?  Well, there are two main reasons why this limitation is a problem for computer users: The “correct” place for a file, according to our organizational rationale, is very often a very inconvenient place for that file to be located.  Just because it’s correctly filed doesn’t mean it’s easy to get to.  Your file may be “correctly” buried six levels deep in your sub-folder structure, but you may need regular and speedy access to this file every day.  You could always move it to a more convenient location, but that would mean that you would need to re-file back to its “correct” location it every time you’d finished working on it.  Most unsatisfactory. A file may simply “belong” in two or more different locations within your file structure.  For example, say you’re an accountant and you have just completed the 2009 tax return for John Smith.  It might make sense to you to call this file 2009 Tax Return.doc and file it under Clients\John Smith.  But it may also be important to you to have the 2009 tax returns from all your clients together in the one place.  So you might also want to call the file John Smith.doc and file it under Tax Returns\2009.  The problem is, in a purely hierarchical filing system, you can’t put it in both places.  Grrrrr! Fortunately, Windows (and most other operating systems) offers a way for you to do exactly that:  It’s called a “shortcut” (also known as an “alias” on Macs and a “symbolic link” on UNIX systems).  Shortcuts allow a file to exist in one place, and an icon that represents the file to be created and put anywhere else you please.  In fact, you can create a dozen such icons and scatter them all over your hard disk.  Double-clicking on one of these icons/shortcuts opens up the original file, just as if you had double-clicked on the original file itself. Consider the following two icons: The one on the left is the actual Word document, while the one on the right is a shortcut that represents the Word document.  Double-clicking on either icon will open the same file.  There are two main visual differences between the icons: The shortcut will have a small arrow in the lower-left-hand corner (on Windows, anyway) The shortcut is allowed to have a name that does not include the file extension (the “.docx” part, in this case) You can delete the shortcut at any time without losing any actual data.  The original is still intact.  All you lose is the ability to get to that data from wherever the shortcut was. So why are shortcuts so great?  Because they allow us to easily overcome the main limitation of hierarchical file systems, and put a file in two (or more) places at the same time.  You will always have files that don’t play nice with your organizational rationale, and can’t be filed in only one place.  They demand to exist in two places.  Shortcuts allow this!  Furthermore, they allow you to collect your most often-opened files and folders together in one spot for convenient access.  The cool part is that the original files stay where they are, safe forever in their perfectly organized location. So your collection of most often-opened files can – and should – become a collection of shortcuts! If you’re still not convinced of the utility of shortcuts, consider the following well-known areas of a typical Windows computer: The Start Menu (and all the programs that live within it) The Quick Launch bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) The “Favorite folders” area in the top-left corner of the Windows Explorer window (in Windows Vista or Windows 7) Your Internet Explorer Favorites or Firefox Bookmarks Each item in each of these areas is a shortcut!  Each of those areas exist for one purpose only:  For convenience – to provide you with a collection of the files and folders you access most often. It should be easy to see by now that shortcuts are designed for one single purpose:  To make accessing your files more convenient.  Each time you double-click on a shortcut, you are saved the hassle of locating the file (or folder, or program, or drive, or control panel icon) that it represents. Shortcuts allow us to invent a golden rule of file and folder organization: “Only ever have one copy of a file – never have two copies of the same file.  Use a shortcut instead” (this rule doesn’t apply to copies created for backup purposes, of course!) There are also lesser rules, like “don’t move a file into your work area – create a shortcut there instead”, and “any time you find yourself frustrated with how long it takes to locate a file, create a shortcut to it and place that shortcut in a convenient location.” So how to we create these massively useful shortcuts?  There are two main ways: “Copy” the original file or folder (click on it and type Ctrl-C, or right-click on it and select Copy):  Then right-click in an empty area of the destination folder (the place where you want the shortcut to go) and select Paste shortcut: Right-drag (drag with the right mouse button) the file from the source folder to the destination folder.  When you let go of the mouse button at the destination folder, a menu pops up: Select Create shortcuts here. Note that when shortcuts are created, they are often named something like Shortcut to Budget Detail.doc (windows XP) or Budget Detail – Shortcut.doc (Windows 7).   If you don’t like those extra words, you can easily rename the shortcuts after they’re created, or you can configure Windows to never insert the extra words in the first place (see our article on how to do this). And of course, you can create shortcuts to folders too, not just to files! Bottom line: Whenever you have a file that you’d like to access from somewhere else (whether it’s convenience you’re after, or because the file simply belongs in two places), create a shortcut to the original file in the new location. Tip #10.  Separate Application Files from Data Files Any digital organization guru will drum this rule into you.  Application files are the components of the software you’ve installed (e.g. Microsoft Word, Adobe Photoshop or Internet Explorer).  Data files are the files that you’ve created for yourself using that software (e.g. Word Documents, digital photos, emails or playlists). Software gets installed, uninstalled and upgraded all the time.  Hopefully you always have the original installation media (or downloaded set-up file) kept somewhere safe, and can thus reinstall your software at any time.  This means that the software component files are of little importance.  Whereas the files you have created with that software is, by definition, important.  It’s a good rule to always separate unimportant files from important files. So when your software prompts you to save a file you’ve just created, take a moment and check out where it’s suggesting that you save the file.  If it’s suggesting that you save the file into the same folder as the software itself, then definitely don’t follow that suggestion.  File it in your own folder!  In fact, see if you can find the program’s configuration option that determines where files are saved by default (if it has one), and change it. Tip #11.  Organize Files Based on Purpose, Not on File Type If you have, for example a folder called Work\Clients\Johnson, and within that folder you have two sub-folders, Word Documents and Spreadsheets (in other words, you’re separating “.doc” files from “.xls” files), then chances are that you’re not optimally organized.  It makes little sense to organize your files based on the program that created them.  Instead, create your sub-folders based on the purpose of the file.  For example, it would make more sense to create sub-folders called Correspondence and Financials.  It may well be that all the files in a given sub-folder are of the same file-type, but this should be more of a coincidence and less of a design feature of your organization system. Tip #12.  Maintain the Same Folder Structure on All Your Computers In other words, whatever organizational system you create, apply it to every computer that you can.  There are several benefits to this: There’s less to remember.  No matter where you are, you always know where to look for your files If you copy or synchronize files from one computer to another, then setting up the synchronization job becomes very simple Shortcuts can be copied or moved from one computer to another with ease (assuming the original files are also copied/moved).  There’s no need to find the target of the shortcut all over again on the second computer Ditto for linked files (e.g Word documents that link to data in a separate Excel file), playlists, and any files that reference the exact file locations of other files. This applies even to the drive that your files are stored on.  If your files are stored on C: on one computer, make sure they’re stored on C: on all your computers.  Otherwise all your shortcuts, playlists and linked files will stop working! Tip #13.  Create an “Inbox” Folder Create yourself a folder where you store all files that you’re currently working on, or that you haven’t gotten around to filing yet.  You can think of this folder as your “to-do” list.  You can call it “Inbox” (making it the same metaphor as your email system), or “Work”, or “To-Do”, or “Scratch”, or whatever name makes sense to you.  It doesn’t matter what you call it – just make sure you have one! Once you have finished working on a file, you then move it from the “Inbox” to its correct location within your organizational structure. You may want to use your Desktop as this “Inbox” folder.  Rightly or wrongly, most people do.  It’s not a bad place to put such files, but be careful:  If you do decide that your Desktop represents your “to-do” list, then make sure that no other files find their way there.  In other words, make sure that your “Inbox”, wherever it is, Desktop or otherwise, is kept free of junk – stray files that don’t belong there. So where should you put this folder, which, almost by definition, lives outside the structure of the rest of your filing system?  Well, first and foremost, it has to be somewhere handy.  This will be one of your most-visited folders, so convenience is key.  Putting it on the Desktop is a great option – especially if you don’t have any other folders on your Desktop:  the folder then becomes supremely easy to find in Windows Explorer: You would then create shortcuts to this folder in convenient spots all over your computer (“Favorite Links”, “Quick Launch”, etc). Tip #14.  Ensure You have Only One “Inbox” Folder Once you’ve created your “Inbox” folder, don’t use any other folder location as your “to-do list”.  Throw every incoming or created file into the Inbox folder as you create/receive it.  This keeps the rest of your computer pristine and free of randomly created or downloaded junk.  The last thing you want to be doing is checking multiple folders to see all your current tasks and projects.  Gather them all together into one folder. Here are some tips to help ensure you only have one Inbox: Set the default “save” location of all your programs to this folder. Set the default “download” location for your browser to this folder. If this folder is not your desktop (recommended) then also see if you can make a point of not putting “to-do” files on your desktop.  This keeps your desktop uncluttered and Zen-like: (the Inbox folder is in the bottom-right corner) Tip #15.  Be Vigilant about Clearing Your “Inbox” Folder This is one of the keys to staying organized.  If you let your “Inbox” overflow (i.e. allow there to be more than, say, 30 files or folders in there), then you’re probably going to start feeling like you’re overwhelmed:  You’re not keeping up with your to-do list.  Once your Inbox gets beyond a certain point (around 30 files, studies have shown), then you’ll simply start to avoid it.  You may continue to put files in there, but you’ll be scared to look at it, fearing the “out of control” feeling that all overworked, chaotic or just plain disorganized people regularly feel. So, here’s what you can do: Visit your Inbox/to-do folder regularly (at least five times per day). Scan the folder regularly for files that you have completed working on and are ready for filing.  File them immediately. Make it a source of pride to keep the number of files in this folder as small as possible.  If you value peace of mind, then make the emptiness of this folder one of your highest (computer) priorities If you know that a particular file has been in the folder for more than, say, six weeks, then admit that you’re not actually going to get around to processing it, and move it to its final resting place. Tip #16.  File Everything Immediately, and Use Shortcuts for Your Active Projects As soon as you create, receive or download a new file, store it away in its “correct” folder immediately.  Then, whenever you need to work on it (possibly straight away), create a shortcut to it in your “Inbox” (“to-do”) folder or your desktop.  That way, all your files are always in their “correct” locations, yet you still have immediate, convenient access to your current, active files.  When you finish working on a file, simply delete the shortcut. Ideally, your “Inbox” folder – and your Desktop – should contain no actual files or folders.  They should simply contain shortcuts. Tip #17.  Use Directory Symbolic Links (or Junctions) to Maintain One Unified Folder Structure Using this tip, we can get around a potential hiccup that we can run into when creating our organizational structure – the issue of having more than one drive on our computer (C:, D:, etc).  We might have files we need to store on the D: drive for space reasons, and yet want to base our organized folder structure on the C: drive (or vice-versa). Your chosen organizational structure may dictate that all your files must be accessed from the C: drive (for example, the root folder of all your files may be something like C:\Files).  And yet you may still have a D: drive and wish to take advantage of the hundreds of spare Gigabytes that it offers.  Did you know that it’s actually possible to store your files on the D: drive and yet access them as if they were on the C: drive?  And no, we’re not talking about shortcuts here (although the concept is very similar). By using the shell command mklink, you can essentially take a folder that lives on one drive and create an alias for it on a different drive (you can do lots more than that with mklink – for a full rundown on this programs capabilities, see our dedicated article).  These aliases are called directory symbolic links (and used to be known as junctions).  You can think of them as “virtual” folders.  They function exactly like regular folders, except they’re physically located somewhere else. For example, you may decide that your entire D: drive contains your complete organizational file structure, but that you need to reference all those files as if they were on the C: drive, under C:\Files.  If that was the case you could create C:\Files as a directory symbolic link – a link to D:, as follows: mklink /d c:\files d:\ Or it may be that the only files you wish to store on the D: drive are your movie collection.  You could locate all your movie files in the root of your D: drive, and then link it to C:\Files\Media\Movies, as follows: mklink /d c:\files\media\movies d:\ (Needless to say, you must run these commands from a command prompt – click the Start button, type cmd and press Enter) Tip #18. Customize Your Folder Icons This is not strictly speaking an organizational tip, but having unique icons for each folder does allow you to more quickly visually identify which folder is which, and thus saves you time when you’re finding files.  An example is below (from my folder that contains all files downloaded from the Internet): To learn how to change your folder icons, please refer to our dedicated article on the subject. Tip #19.  Tidy Your Start Menu The Windows Start Menu is usually one of the messiest parts of any Windows computer.  Every program you install seems to adopt a completely different approach to placing icons in this menu.  Some simply put a single program icon.  Others create a folder based on the name of the software.  And others create a folder based on the name of the software manufacturer.  It’s chaos, and can make it hard to find the software you want to run. Thankfully we can avoid this chaos with useful operating system features like Quick Launch, the Superbar or pinned start menu items. Even so, it would make a lot of sense to get into the guts of the Start Menu itself and give it a good once-over.  All you really need to decide is how you’re going to organize your applications.  A structure based on the purpose of the application is an obvious candidate.  Below is an example of one such structure: In this structure, Utilities means software whose job it is to keep the computer itself running smoothly (configuration tools, backup software, Zip programs, etc).  Applications refers to any productivity software that doesn’t fit under the headings Multimedia, Graphics, Internet, etc. In case you’re not aware, every icon in your Start Menu is a shortcut and can be manipulated like any other shortcut (copied, moved, deleted, etc). With the Windows Start Menu (all version of Windows), Microsoft has decided that there be two parallel folder structures to store your Start Menu shortcuts.  One for you (the logged-in user of the computer) and one for all users of the computer.  Having two parallel structures can often be redundant:  If you are the only user of the computer, then having two parallel structures is totally redundant.  Even if you have several users that regularly log into the computer, most of your installed software will need to be made available to all users, and should thus be moved out of the “just you” version of the Start Menu and into the “all users” area. To take control of your Start Menu, so you can start organizing it, you’ll need to know how to access the actual folders and shortcut files that make up the Start Menu (both versions of it).  To find these folders and files, click the Start button and then right-click on the All Programs text (Windows XP users should right-click on the Start button itself): The Open option refers to the “just you” version of the Start Menu, while the Open All Users option refers to the “all users” version.  Click on the one you want to organize. A Windows Explorer window then opens with your chosen version of the Start Menu selected.  From there it’s easy.  Double-click on the Programs folder and you’ll see all your folders and shortcuts.  Now you can delete/rename/move until it’s just the way you want it. Note:  When you’re reorganizing your Start Menu, you may want to have two Explorer windows open at the same time – one showing the “just you” version and one showing the “all users” version.  You can drag-and-drop between the windows. Tip #20.  Keep Your Start Menu Tidy Once you have a perfectly organized Start Menu, try to be a little vigilant about keeping it that way.  Every time you install a new piece of software, the icons that get created will almost certainly violate your organizational structure. So to keep your Start Menu pristine and organized, make sure you do the following whenever you install a new piece of software: Check whether the software was installed into the “just you” area of the Start Menu, or the “all users” area, and then move it to the correct area. Remove all the unnecessary icons (like the “Read me” icon, the “Help” icon (you can always open the help from within the software itself when it’s running), the “Uninstall” icon, the link(s)to the manufacturer’s website, etc) Rename the main icon(s) of the software to something brief that makes sense to you.  For example, you might like to rename Microsoft Office Word 2010 to simply Word Move the icon(s) into the correct folder based on your Start Menu organizational structure And don’t forget:  when you uninstall a piece of software, the software’s uninstall routine is no longer going to be able to remove the software’s icon from the Start Menu (because you moved and/or renamed it), so you’ll need to remove that icon manually. Tip #21.  Tidy C:\ The root of your C: drive (C:\) is a common dumping ground for files and folders – both by the users of your computer and by the software that you install on your computer.  It can become a mess. There’s almost no software these days that requires itself to be installed in C:\.  99% of the time it can and should be installed into C:\Program Files.  And as for your own files, well, it’s clear that they can (and almost always should) be stored somewhere else. In an ideal world, your C:\ folder should look like this (on Windows 7): Note that there are some system files and folders in C:\ that are usually and deliberately “hidden” (such as the Windows virtual memory file pagefile.sys, the boot loader file bootmgr, and the System Volume Information folder).  Hiding these files and folders is a good idea, as they need to stay where they are and are almost never needed to be opened or even seen by you, the user.  Hiding them prevents you from accidentally messing with them, and enhances your sense of order and well-being when you look at your C: drive folder. Tip #22.  Tidy Your Desktop The Desktop is probably the most abused part of a Windows computer (from an organization point of view).  It usually serves as a dumping ground for all incoming files, as well as holding icons to oft-used applications, plus some regularly opened files and folders.  It often ends up becoming an uncontrolled mess.  See if you can avoid this.  Here’s why… Application icons (Word, Internet Explorer, etc) are often found on the Desktop, but it’s unlikely that this is the optimum place for them.  The “Quick Launch” bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) is always visible and so represents a perfect location to put your icons.  You’ll only be able to see the icons on your Desktop when all your programs are minimized.  It might be time to get your application icons off your desktop… You may have decided that the Inbox/To-do folder on your computer (see tip #13, above) should be your Desktop.  If so, then enough said.  Simply be vigilant about clearing it and preventing it from being polluted by junk files (see tip #15, above).  On the other hand, if your Desktop is not acting as your “Inbox” folder, then there’s no reason for it to have any data files or folders on it at all, except perhaps a couple of shortcuts to often-opened files and folders (either ongoing or current projects).  Everything else should be moved to your “Inbox” folder. In an ideal world, it might look like this: Tip #23.  Move Permanent Items on Your Desktop Away from the Top-Left Corner When files/folders are dragged onto your desktop in a Windows Explorer window, or when shortcuts are created on your Desktop from Internet Explorer, those icons are always placed in the top-left corner – or as close as they can get.  If you have other files, folders or shortcuts that you keep on the Desktop permanently, then it’s a good idea to separate these permanent icons from the transient ones, so that you can quickly identify which ones the transients are.  An easy way to do this is to move all your permanent icons to the right-hand side of your Desktop.  That should keep them separated from incoming items. Tip #24.  Synchronize If you have more than one computer, you’ll almost certainly want to share files between them.  If the computers are permanently attached to the same local network, then there’s no need to store multiple copies of any one file or folder – shortcuts will suffice.  However, if the computers are not always on the same network, then you will at some point need to copy files between them.  For files that need to permanently live on both computers, the ideal way to do this is to synchronize the files, as opposed to simply copying them. We only have room here to write a brief summary of synchronization, not a full article.  In short, there are several different types of synchronization: Where the contents of one folder are accessible anywhere, such as with Dropbox Where the contents of any number of folders are accessible anywhere, such as with Windows Live Mesh Where any files or folders from anywhere on your computer are synchronized with exactly one other computer, such as with the Windows “Briefcase”, Microsoft SyncToy, or (much more powerful, yet still free) SyncBack from 2BrightSparks.  This only works when both computers are on the same local network, at least temporarily. A great advantage of synchronization solutions is that once you’ve got it configured the way you want it, then the sync process happens automatically, every time.  Click a button (or schedule it to happen automatically) and all your files are automagically put where they’re supposed to be. If you maintain the same file and folder structure on both computers, then you can also sync files depend upon the correct location of other files, like shortcuts, playlists and office documents that link to other office documents, and the synchronized files still work on the other computer! Tip #25.  Hide Files You Never Need to See If you have your files well organized, you will often be able to tell if a file is out of place just by glancing at the contents of a folder (for example, it should be pretty obvious if you look in a folder that contains all the MP3s from one music CD and see a Word document in there).  This is a good thing – it allows you to determine if there are files out of place with a quick glance.  Yet sometimes there are files in a folder that seem out of place but actually need to be there, such as the “folder art” JPEGs in music folders, and various files in the root of the C: drive.  If such files never need to be opened by you, then a good idea is to simply hide them.  Then, the next time you glance at the folder, you won’t have to remember whether that file was supposed to be there or not, because you won’t see it at all! To hide a file, simply right-click on it and choose Properties: Then simply tick the Hidden tick-box:   Tip #26.  Keep Every Setup File These days most software is downloaded from the Internet.  Whenever you download a piece of software, keep it.  You’ll never know when you need to reinstall the software. Further, keep with it an Internet shortcut that links back to the website where you originally downloaded it, in case you ever need to check for updates. See tip #33 below for a full description of the excellence of organizing your setup files. Tip #27.  Try to Minimize the Number of Folders that Contain Both Files and Sub-folders Some of the folders in your organizational structure will contain only files.  Others will contain only sub-folders.  And you will also have some folders that contain both files and sub-folders.  You will notice slight improvements in how long it takes you to locate a file if you try to avoid this third type of folder.  It’s not always possible, of course – you’ll always have some of these folders, but see if you can avoid it. One way of doing this is to take all the leftover files that didn’t end up getting stored in a sub-folder and create a special “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder for them. Tip #28.  Starting a Filename with an Underscore Brings it to the Top of a List Further to the previous tip, if you name that “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder in such a way that its name begins with an underscore “_”, then it will appear at the top of the list of files/folders. The screenshot below is an example of this.  Each folder in the list contains a set of digital photos.  The folder at the top of the list, _Misc, contains random photos that didn’t deserve their own dedicated folder: Tip #29.  Clean Up those CD-ROMs and (shudder!) Floppy Disks Have you got a pile of CD-ROMs stacked on a shelf of your office?  Old photos, or files you archived off onto CD-ROM (or even worse, floppy disks!) because you didn’t have enough disk space at the time?  In the meantime have you upgraded your computer and now have 500 Gigabytes of space you don’t know what to do with?  If so, isn’t it time you tidied up that stack of disks and filed them into your gorgeous new folder structure? So what are you waiting for?  Bite the bullet, copy them all back onto your computer, file them in their appropriate folders, and then back the whole lot up onto a shiny new 1000Gig external hard drive! Useful Folders to Create This next section suggests some useful folders that you might want to create within your folder structure.  I’ve personally found them to be indispensable. The first three are all about convenience – handy folders to create and then put somewhere that you can always access instantly.  For each one, it’s not so important where the actual folder is located, but it’s very important where you put the shortcut(s) to the folder.  You might want to locate the shortcuts: On your Desktop In your “Quick Launch” area (or pinned to your Windows 7 Superbar) In your Windows Explorer “Favorite Links” area Tip #30.  Create an “Inbox” (“To-Do”) Folder This has already been mentioned in depth (see tip #13), but we wanted to reiterate its importance here.  This folder contains all the recently created, received or downloaded files that you have not yet had a chance to file away properly, and it also may contain files that you have yet to process.  In effect, it becomes a sort of “to-do list”.  It doesn’t have to be called “Inbox” – you can call it whatever you want. Tip #31.  Create a Folder where Your Current Projects are Collected Rather than going hunting for them all the time, or dumping them all on your desktop, create a special folder where you put links (or work folders) for each of the projects you’re currently working on. You can locate this folder in your “Inbox” folder, on your desktop, or anywhere at all – just so long as there’s a way of getting to it quickly, such as putting a link to it in Windows Explorer’s “Favorite Links” area: Tip #32.  Create a Folder for Files and Folders that You Regularly Open You will always have a few files that you open regularly, whether it be a spreadsheet of your current accounts, or a favorite playlist.  These are not necessarily “current projects”, rather they’re simply files that you always find yourself opening.  Typically such files would be located on your desktop (or even better, shortcuts to those files).  Why not collect all such shortcuts together and put them in their own special folder? As with the “Current Projects” folder (above), you would want to locate that folder somewhere convenient.  Below is an example of a folder called “Quick links”, with about seven files (shortcuts) in it, that is accessible through the Windows Quick Launch bar: See tip #37 below for a full explanation of the power of the Quick Launch bar. Tip #33.  Create a “Set-ups” Folder A typical computer has dozens of applications installed on it.  For each piece of software, there are often many different pieces of information you need to keep track of, including: The original installation setup file(s).  This can be anything from a simple 100Kb setup.exe file you downloaded from a website, all the way up to a 4Gig ISO file that you copied from a DVD-ROM that you purchased. The home page of the software manufacturer (in case you need to look up something on their support pages, their forum or their online help) The page containing the download link for your actual file (in case you need to re-download it, or download an upgraded version) The serial number Your proof-of-purchase documentation Any other template files, plug-ins, themes, etc that also need to get installed For each piece of software, it’s a great idea to gather all of these files together and put them in a single folder.  The folder can be the name of the software (plus possibly a very brief description of what it’s for – in case you can’t remember what the software does based in its name).  Then you would gather all of these folders together into one place, and call it something like “Software” or “Setups”. If you have enough of these folders (I have several hundred, being a geek, collected over 20 years), then you may want to further categorize them.  My own categorization structure is based on “platform” (operating system): The last seven folders each represents one platform/operating system, while _Operating Systems contains set-up files for installing the operating systems themselves.  _Hardware contains ROMs for hardware I own, such as routers. Within the Windows folder (above), you can see the beginnings of the vast library of software I’ve compiled over the years: An example of a typical application folder looks like this: Tip #34.  Have a “Settings” Folder We all know that our documents are important.  So are our photos and music files.  We save all of these files into folders, and then locate them afterwards and double-click on them to open them.  But there are many files that are important to us that can’t be saved into folders, and then searched for and double-clicked later on.  These files certainly contain important information that we need, but are often created internally by an application, and saved wherever that application feels is appropriate. A good example of this is the “PST” file that Outlook creates for us and uses to store all our emails, contacts, appointments and so forth.  Another example would be the collection of Bookmarks that Firefox stores on your behalf. And yet another example would be the customized settings and configuration files of our all our software.  Granted, most Windows programs store their configuration in the Registry, but there are still many programs that use configuration files to store their settings. Imagine if you lost all of the above files!  And yet, when people are backing up their computers, they typically only back up the files they know about – those that are stored in the “My Documents” folder, etc.  If they had a hard disk failure or their computer was lost or stolen, their backup files would not include some of the most vital files they owned.  Also, when migrating to a new computer, it’s vital to ensure that these files make the journey. It can be a very useful idea to create yourself a folder to store all your “settings” – files that are important to you but which you never actually search for by name and double-click on to open them.  Otherwise, next time you go to set up a new computer just the way you want it, you’ll need to spend hours recreating the configuration of your previous computer! So how to we get our important files into this folder?  Well, we have a few options: Some programs (such as Outlook and its PST files) allow you to place these files wherever you want.  If you delve into the program’s options, you will find a setting somewhere that controls the location of the important settings files (or “personal storage” – PST – when it comes to Outlook) Some programs do not allow you to change such locations in any easy way, but if you get into the Registry, you can sometimes find a registry key that refers to the location of the file(s).  Simply move the file into your Settings folder and adjust the registry key to refer to the new location. Some programs stubbornly refuse to allow their settings files to be placed anywhere other then where they stipulate.  When faced with programs like these, you have three choices:  (1) You can ignore those files, (2) You can copy the files into your Settings folder (let’s face it – settings don’t change very often), or (3) you can use synchronization software, such as the Windows Briefcase, to make synchronized copies of all your files in your Settings folder.  All you then have to do is to remember to run your sync software periodically (perhaps just before you run your backup software!). There are some other things you may decide to locate inside this new “Settings” folder: Exports of registry keys (from the many applications that store their configurations in the Registry).  This is useful for backup purposes or for migrating to a new computer Notes you’ve made about all the specific customizations you have made to a particular piece of software (so that you’ll know how to do it all again on your next computer) Shortcuts to webpages that detail how to tweak certain aspects of your operating system or applications so they are just the way you like them (such as how to remove the words “Shortcut to” from the beginning of newly created shortcuts).  In other words, you’d want to create shortcuts to half the pages on the How-To Geek website! Here’s an example of a “Settings” folder: Windows Features that Help with Organization This section details some of the features of Microsoft Windows that are a boon to anyone hoping to stay optimally organized. Tip #35.  Use the “Favorite Links” Area to Access Oft-Used Folders Once you’ve created your great new filing system, work out which folders you access most regularly, or which serve as great starting points for locating the rest of the files in your folder structure, and then put links to those folders in your “Favorite Links” area of the left-hand side of the Windows Explorer window (simply called “Favorites” in Windows 7):   Some ideas for folders you might want to add there include: Your “Inbox” folder (or whatever you’ve called it) – most important! The base of your filing structure (e.g. C:\Files) A folder containing shortcuts to often-accessed folders on other computers around the network (shown above as Network Folders) A folder containing shortcuts to your current projects (unless that folder is in your “Inbox” folder) Getting folders into this area is very simple – just locate the folder you’re interested in and drag it there! Tip #36.  Customize the Places Bar in the File/Open and File/Save Boxes Consider the screenshot below: The highlighted icons (collectively known as the “Places Bar”) can be customized to refer to any folder location you want, allowing instant access to any part of your organizational structure. Note:  These File/Open and File/Save boxes have been superseded by new versions that use the Windows Vista/Windows 7 “Favorite Links”, but the older versions (shown above) are still used by a surprisingly large number of applications. The easiest way to customize these icons is to use the Group Policy Editor, but not everyone has access to this program.  If you do, open it up and navigate to: User Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Windows Explorer > Common Open File Dialog If you don’t have access to the Group Policy Editor, then you’ll need to get into the Registry.  Navigate to: HKEY_CURRENT_USER \ Software \ Microsoft  \ Windows \ CurrentVersion \ Policies \ comdlg32 \ Placesbar It should then be easy to make the desired changes.  Log off and log on again to allow the changes to take effect. Tip #37.  Use the Quick Launch Bar as a Application and File Launcher That Quick Launch bar (to the right of the Start button) is a lot more useful than people give it credit for.  Most people simply have half a dozen icons in it, and use it to start just those programs.  But it can actually be used to instantly access just about anything in your filing system: For complete instructions on how to set this up, visit our dedicated article on this topic. Tip #38.  Put a Shortcut to Windows Explorer into Your Quick Launch Bar This is only necessary in Windows Vista and Windows XP.  The Microsoft boffins finally got wise and added it to the Windows 7 Superbar by default. Windows Explorer – the program used for managing your files and folders – is one of the most useful programs in Windows.  Anyone who considers themselves serious about being organized needs instant access to this program at any time.  A great place to create a shortcut to this program is in the Windows XP and Windows Vista “Quick Launch” bar: To get it there, locate it in your Start Menu (usually under “Accessories”) and then right-drag it down into your Quick Launch bar (and create a copy). Tip #39.  Customize the Starting Folder for Your Windows 7 Explorer Superbar Icon If you’re on Windows 7, your Superbar will include a Windows Explorer icon.  Clicking on the icon will launch Windows Explorer (of course), and will start you off in your “Libraries” folder.  Libraries may be fine as a starting point, but if you have created yourself an “Inbox” folder, then it would probably make more sense to start off in this folder every time you launch Windows Explorer. To change this default/starting folder location, then first right-click the Explorer icon in the Superbar, and then right-click Properties:Then, in Target field of the Windows Explorer Properties box that appears, type %windir%\explorer.exe followed by the path of the folder you wish to start in.  For example: %windir%\explorer.exe C:\Files If that folder happened to be on the Desktop (and called, say, “Inbox”), then you would use the following cleverness: %windir%\explorer.exe shell:desktop\Inbox Then click OK and test it out. Tip #40.  Ummmmm…. No, that’s it.  I can’t think of another one.  That’s all of the tips I can come up with.  I only created this one because 40 is such a nice round number… Case Study – An Organized PC To finish off the article, I have included a few screenshots of my (main) computer (running Vista).  The aim here is twofold: To give you a sense of what it looks like when the above, sometimes abstract, tips are applied to a real-life computer, and To offer some ideas about folders and structure that you may want to steal to use on your own PC. Let’s start with the C: drive itself.  Very minimal.  All my files are contained within C:\Files.  I’ll confine the rest of the case study to this folder: That folder contains the following: Mark: My personal files VC: My business (Virtual Creations, Australia) Others contains files created by friends and family Data contains files from the rest of the world (can be thought of as “public” files, usually downloaded from the Net) Settings is described above in tip #34 The Data folder contains the following sub-folders: Audio:  Radio plays, audio books, podcasts, etc Development:  Programmer and developer resources, sample source code, etc (see below) Humour:  Jokes, funnies (those emails that we all receive) Movies:  Downloaded and ripped movies (all legal, of course!), their scripts, DVD covers, etc. Music:  (see below) Setups:  Installation files for software (explained in full in tip #33) System:  (see below) TV:  Downloaded TV shows Writings:  Books, instruction manuals, etc (see below) The Music folder contains the following sub-folders: Album covers:  JPEG scans Guitar tabs:  Text files of guitar sheet music Lists:  e.g. “Top 1000 songs of all time” Lyrics:  Text files MIDI:  Electronic music files MP3 (representing 99% of the Music folder):  MP3s, either ripped from CDs or downloaded, sorted by artist/album name Music Video:  Video clips Sheet Music:  usually PDFs The Data\Writings folder contains the following sub-folders: (all pretty self-explanatory) The Data\Development folder contains the following sub-folders: Again, all pretty self-explanatory (if you’re a geek) The Data\System folder contains the following sub-folders: These are usually themes, plug-ins and other downloadable program-specific resources. The Mark folder contains the following sub-folders: From Others:  Usually letters that other people (friends, family, etc) have written to me For Others:  Letters and other things I have created for other people Green Book:  None of your business Playlists:  M3U files that I have compiled of my favorite songs (plus one M3U playlist file for every album I own) Writing:  Fiction, philosophy and other musings of mine Mark Docs:  Shortcut to C:\Users\Mark Settings:  Shortcut to C:\Files\Settings\Mark The Others folder contains the following sub-folders: The VC (Virtual Creations, my business – I develop websites) folder contains the following sub-folders: And again, all of those are pretty self-explanatory. Conclusion These tips have saved my sanity and helped keep me a productive geek, but what about you? What tips and tricks do you have to keep your files organized?  Please share them with us in the comments.  Come on, don’t be shy… Similar Articles Productive Geek Tips Fix For When Windows Explorer in Vista Stops Showing File NamesWhy Did Windows Vista’s Music Folder Icon Turn Yellow?Print or Create a Text File List of the Contents in a Directory the Easy WayCustomize the Windows 7 or Vista Send To MenuAdd Copy To / Move To on Windows 7 or Vista Right-Click Menu TouchFreeze Alternative in AutoHotkey The Icy Undertow Desktop Windows Home Server – Backup to LAN The Clear & Clean Desktop Use This Bookmarklet to Easily Get Albums Use AutoHotkey to Assign a Hotkey to a Specific Window Latest Software Reviews Tinyhacker Random Tips Acronis Online Backup DVDFab 6 Revo Uninstaller Pro Registry Mechanic 9 for Windows Track Daily Goals With 42Goals Video Toolbox is a Superb Online Video Editor Fun with 47 charts and graphs Tomorrow is Mother’s Day Check the Average Speed of YouTube Videos You’ve Watched OutlookStatView Scans and Displays General Usage Statistics

    Read the article

  • Agile Development

    - by James Oloo Onyango
    Alot of literature has and is being written about agile developement and its surrounding philosophies. In my quest to find the best way to express the importance of agile methodologies, i have found Robert C. Martin's "A Satire Of Two Companies" to be both the most concise and thorough! Enjoy the read! Rufus Inc Project Kick Off Your name is Bob. The date is January 3, 2001, and your head still aches from the recent millennial revelry. You are sitting in a conference room with several managers and a group of your peers. You are a project team leader. Your boss is there, and he has brought along all of his team leaders. His boss called the meeting. "We have a new project to develop," says your boss's boss. Call him BB. The points in his hair are so long that they scrape the ceiling. Your boss's points are just starting to grow, but he eagerly awaits the day when he can leave Brylcream stains on the acoustic tiles. BB describes the essence of the new market they have identified and the product they want to develop to exploit this market. "We must have this new project up and working by fourth quarter October 1," BB demands. "Nothing is of higher priority, so we are cancelling your current project." The reaction in the room is stunned silence. Months of work are simply going to be thrown away. Slowly, a murmur of objection begins to circulate around the conference table.   His points give off an evil green glow as BB meets the eyes of everyone in the room. One by one, that insidious stare reduces each attendee to quivering lumps of protoplasm. It is clear that he will brook no discussion on this matter. Once silence has been restored, BB says, "We need to begin immediately. How long will it take you to do the analysis?" You raise your hand. Your boss tries to stop you, but his spitwad misses you and you are unaware of his efforts.   "Sir, we can't tell you how long the analysis will take until we have some requirements." "The requirements document won't be ready for 3 or 4 weeks," BB says, his points vibrating with frustration. "So, pretend that you have the requirements in front of you now. How long will you require for analysis?" No one breathes. Everyone looks around to see whether anyone has some idea. "If analysis goes beyond April 1, we have a problem. Can you finish the analysis by then?" Your boss visibly gathers his courage: "We'll find a way, sir!" His points grow 3 mm, and your headache increases by two Tylenol. "Good." BB smiles. "Now, how long will it take to do the design?" "Sir," you say. Your boss visibly pales. He is clearly worried that his 3 mms are at risk. "Without an analysis, it will not be possible to tell you how long design will take." BB's expression shifts beyond austere.   "PRETEND you have the analysis already!" he says, while fixing you with his vacant, beady little eyes. "How long will it take you to do the design?" Two Tylenol are not going to cut it. Your boss, in a desperate attempt to save his new growth, babbles: "Well, sir, with only six months left to complete the project, design had better take no longer than 3 months."   "I'm glad you agree, Smithers!" BB says, beaming. Your boss relaxes. He knows his points are secure. After a while, he starts lightly humming the Brylcream jingle. BB continues, "So, analysis will be complete by April 1, design will be complete by July 1, and that gives you 3 months to implement the project. This meeting is an example of how well our new consensus and empowerment policies are working. Now, get out there and start working. I'll expect to see TQM plans and QIT assignments on my desk by next week. Oh, and don't forget that your crossfunctional team meetings and reports will be needed for next month's quality audit." "Forget the Tylenol," you think to yourself as you return to your cubicle. "I need bourbon."   Visibly excited, your boss comes over to you and says, "Gosh, what a great meeting. I think we're really going to do some world shaking with this project." You nod in agreement, too disgusted to do anything else. "Oh," your boss continues, "I almost forgot." He hands you a 30-page document. "Remember that the SEI is coming to do an evaluation next week. This is the evaluation guide. You need to read through it, memorize it, and then shred it. It tells you how to answer any questions that the SEI auditors ask you. It also tells you what parts of the building you are allowed to take them to and what parts to avoid. We are determined to be a CMM level 3 organization by June!"   You and your peers start working on the analysis of the new project. This is difficult because you have no requirements. But from the 10-minute introduction given by BB on that fateful morning, you have some idea of what the product is supposed to do.   Corporate process demands that you begin by creating a use case document. You and your team begin enumerating use cases and drawing oval and stick diagrams. Philosophical debates break out among the team members. There is disagreement as to whether certain use cases should be connected with <<extends>> or <<includes>> relationships. Competing models are created, but nobody knows how to evaluate them. The debate continues, effectively paralyzing progress.   After a week, somebody finds the iceberg.com Web site, which recommends disposing entirely of <<extends>> and <<includes>> and replacing them with <<precedes>> and <<uses>>. The documents on this Web site, authored by Don Sengroiux, describes a method known as stalwart-analysis, which claims to be a step-by-step method for translating use cases into design diagrams. More competing use case models are created using this new scheme, but again, people can't agree on how to evaluate them. The thrashing continues. More and more, the use case meetings are driven by emotion rather than by reason. If it weren't for the fact that you don't have requirements, you'd be pretty upset by the lack of progress you are making. The requirements document arrives on February 15. And then again on February 20, 25, and every week thereafter. Each new version contradicts the previous one. Clearly, the marketing folks who are writing the requirements, empowered though they might be, are not finding consensus.   At the same time, several new competing use case templates have been proposed by the various team members. Each template presents its own particularly creative way of delaying progress. The debates rage on. On March 1, Prudence Putrigence, the process proctor, succeeds in integrating all the competing use case forms and templates into a single, all-encompassing form. Just the blank form is 15 pages long. She has managed to include every field that appeared on all the competing templates. She also presents a 159- page document describing how to fill out the use case form. All current use cases must be rewritten according to the new standard.   You marvel to yourself that it now requires 15 pages of fill-in-the-blank and essay questions to answer the question: What should the system do when the user presses Return? The corporate process (authored by L. E. Ott, famed author of "Holistic Analysis: A Progressive Dialectic for Software Engineers") insists that you discover all primary use cases, 87 percent of all secondary use cases, and 36.274 percent of all tertiary use cases before you can complete analysis and enter the design phase. You have no idea what a tertiary use case is. So in an attempt to meet this requirement, you try to get your use case document reviewed by the marketing department, which you hope will know what a tertiary use case is.   Unfortunately, the marketing folks are too busy with sales support to talk to you. Indeed, since the project started, you have not been able to get a single meeting with marketing, which has provided a never-ending stream of changing and contradictory requirements documents.   While one team has been spinning endlessly on the use case document, another team has been working out the domain model. Endless variations of UML documents are pouring out of this team. Every week, the model is reworked.   The team members can't decide whether to use <<interfaces>> or <<types>> in the model. A huge disagreement has been raging on the proper syntax and application of OCL. Others on the team just got back from a 5-day class on catabolism, and have been producing incredibly detailed and arcane diagrams that nobody else can fathom.   On March 27, with one week to go before analysis is to be complete, you have produced a sea of documents and diagrams but are no closer to a cogent analysis of the problem than you were on January 3. **** And then, a miracle happens.   **** On Saturday, April 1, you check your e-mail from home. You see a memo from your boss to BB. It states unequivocally that you are done with the analysis! You phone your boss and complain. "How could you have told BB that we were done with the analysis?" "Have you looked at a calendar lately?" he responds. "It's April 1!" The irony of that date does not escape you. "But we have so much more to think about. So much more to analyze! We haven't even decided whether to use <<extends>> or <<precedes>>!" "Where is your evidence that you are not done?" inquires your boss, impatiently. "Whaaa . . . ." But he cuts you off. "Analysis can go on forever; it has to be stopped at some point. And since this is the date it was scheduled to stop, it has been stopped. Now, on Monday, I want you to gather up all existing analysis materials and put them into a public folder. Release that folder to Prudence so that she can log it in the CM system by Monday afternoon. Then get busy and start designing."   As you hang up the phone, you begin to consider the benefits of keeping a bottle of bourbon in your bottom desk drawer. They threw a party to celebrate the on-time completion of the analysis phase. BB gave a colon-stirring speech on empowerment. And your boss, another 3 mm taller, congratulated his team on the incredible show of unity and teamwork. Finally, the CIO takes the stage to tell everyone that the SEI audit went very well and to thank everyone for studying and shredding the evaluation guides that were passed out. Level 3 now seems assured and will be awarded by June. (Scuttlebutt has it that managers at the level of BB and above are to receive significant bonuses once the SEI awards level 3.)   As the weeks flow by, you and your team work on the design of the system. Of course, you find that the analysis that the design is supposedly based on is flawedno, useless; no, worse than useless. But when you tell your boss that you need to go back and work some more on the analysis to shore up its weaker sections, he simply states, "The analysis phase is over. The only allowable activity is design. Now get back to it."   So, you and your team hack the design as best you can, unsure of whether the requirements have been properly analyzed. Of course, it really doesn't matter much, since the requirements document is still thrashing with weekly revisions, and the marketing department still refuses to meet with you.     The design is a nightmare. Your boss recently misread a book named The Finish Line in which the author, Mark DeThomaso, blithely suggested that design documents should be taken down to code-level detail. "If we are going to be working at that level of detail," you ask, "why don't we simply write the code instead?" "Because then you wouldn't be designing, of course. And the only allowable activity in the design phase is design!" "Besides," he continues, "we have just purchased a companywide license for Dandelion! This tool enables 'Round the Horn Engineering!' You are to transfer all design diagrams into this tool. It will automatically generate our code for us! It will also keep the design diagrams in sync with the code!" Your boss hands you a brightly colored shrinkwrapped box containing the Dandelion distribution. You accept it numbly and shuffle off to your cubicle. Twelve hours, eight crashes, one disk reformatting, and eight shots of 151 later, you finally have the tool installed on your server. You consider the week your team will lose while attending Dandelion training. Then you smile and think, "Any week I'm not here is a good week." Design diagram after design diagram is created by your team. Dandelion makes it very difficult to draw these diagrams. There are dozens and dozens of deeply nested dialog boxes with funny text fields and check boxes that must all be filled in correctly. And then there's the problem of moving classes between packages. At first, these diagram are driven from the use cases. But the requirements are changing so often that the use cases rapidly become meaningless. Debates rage about whether VISITOR or DECORATOR design patterns should be used. One developer refuses to use VISITOR in any form, claiming that it's not a properly object-oriented construct. Someone refuses to use multiple inheritance, since it is the spawn of the devil. Review meetings rapidly degenerate into debates about the meaning of object orientation, the definition of analysis versus design, or when to use aggregation versus association. Midway through the design cycle, the marketing folks announce that they have rethought the focus of the system. Their new requirements document is completely restructured. They have eliminated several major feature areas and replaced them with feature areas that they anticipate customer surveys will show to be more appropriate. You tell your boss that these changes mean that you need to reanalyze and redesign much of the system. But he says, "The analysis phase is system. But he says, "The analysis phase is over. The only allowable activity is design. Now get back to it."   You suggest that it might be better to create a simple prototype to show to the marketing folks and even some potential customers. But your boss says, "The analysis phase is over. The only allowable activity is design. Now get back to it." Hack, hack, hack, hack. You try to create some kind of a design document that might reflect the new requirements documents. However, the revolution of the requirements has not caused them to stop thrashing. Indeed, if anything, the wild oscillations of the requirements document have only increased in frequency and amplitude.   You slog your way through them.   On June 15, the Dandelion database gets corrupted. Apparently, the corruption has been progressive. Small errors in the DB accumulated over the months into bigger and bigger errors. Eventually, the CASE tool just stopped working. Of course, the slowly encroaching corruption is present on all the backups. Calls to the Dandelion technical support line go unanswered for several days. Finally, you receive a brief e-mail from Dandelion, informing you that this is a known problem and that the solution is to purchase the new version, which they promise will be ready some time next quarter, and then reenter all the diagrams by hand.   ****   Then, on July 1 another miracle happens! You are done with the design!   Rather than go to your boss and complain, you stock your middle desk drawer with some vodka.   **** They threw a party to celebrate the on-time completion of the design phase and their graduation to CMM level 3. This time, you find BB's speech so stirring that you have to use the restroom before it begins. New banners and plaques are all over your workplace. They show pictures of eagles and mountain climbers, and they talk about teamwork and empowerment. They read better after a few scotches. That reminds you that you need to clear out your file cabinet to make room for the brandy. You and your team begin to code. But you rapidly discover that the design is lacking in some significant areas. Actually, it's lacking any significance at all. You convene a design session in one of the conference rooms to try to work through some of the nastier problems. But your boss catches you at it and disbands the meeting, saying, "The design phase is over. The only allowable activity is coding. Now get back to it."   ****   The code generated by Dandelion is really hideous. It turns out that you and your team were using association and aggregation the wrong way, after all. All the generated code has to be edited to correct these flaws. Editing this code is extremely difficult because it has been instrumented with ugly comment blocks that have special syntax that Dandelion needs in order to keep the diagrams in sync with the code. If you accidentally alter one of these comments, the diagrams will be regenerated incorrectly. It turns out that "Round the Horn Engineering" requires an awful lot of effort. The more you try to keep the code compatible with Dandelion, the more errors Dandelion generates. In the end, you give up and decide to keep the diagrams up to date manually. A second later, you decide that there's no point in keeping the diagrams up to date at all. Besides, who has time?   Your boss hires a consultant to build tools to count the number of lines of code that are being produced. He puts a big thermometer graph on the wall with the number 1,000,000 on the top. Every day, he extends the red line to show how many lines have been added. Three days after the thermometer appears on the wall, your boss stops you in the hall. "That graph isn't growing quickly enough. We need to have a million lines done by October 1." "We aren't even sh-sh-sure that the proshect will require a m-million linezh," you blather. "We have to have a million lines done by October 1," your boss reiterates. His points have grown again, and the Grecian formula he uses on them creates an aura of authority and competence. "Are you sure your comment blocks are big enough?" Then, in a flash of managerial insight, he says, "I have it! I want you to institute a new policy among the engineers. No line of code is to be longer than 20 characters. Any such line must be split into two or more preferably more. All existing code needs to be reworked to this standard. That'll get our line count up!"   You decide not to tell him that this will require two unscheduled work months. You decide not to tell him anything at all. You decide that intravenous injections of pure ethanol are the only solution. You make the appropriate arrangements. Hack, hack, hack, and hack. You and your team madly code away. By August 1, your boss, frowning at the thermometer on the wall, institutes a mandatory 50-hour workweek.   Hack, hack, hack, and hack. By September 1st, the thermometer is at 1.2 million lines and your boss asks you to write a report describing why you exceeded the coding budget by 20 percent. He institutes mandatory Saturdays and demands that the project be brought back down to a million lines. You start a campaign of remerging lines. Hack, hack, hack, and hack. Tempers are flaring; people are quitting; QA is raining trouble reports down on you. Customers are demanding installation and user manuals; salespeople are demanding advance demonstrations for special customers; the requirements document is still thrashing, the marketing folks are complaining that the product isn't anything like they specified, and the liquor store won't accept your credit card anymore. Something has to give.    On September 15, BB calls a meeting. As he enters the room, his points are emitting clouds of steam. When he speaks, the bass overtones of his carefully manicured voice cause the pit of your stomach to roll over. "The QA manager has told me that this project has less than 50 percent of the required features implemented. He has also informed me that the system crashes all the time, yields wrong results, and is hideously slow. He has also complained that he cannot keep up with the continuous train of daily releases, each more buggy than the last!" He stops for a few seconds, visibly trying to compose himself. "The QA manager estimates that, at this rate of development, we won't be able to ship the product until December!" Actually, you think it's more like March, but you don't say anything. "December!" BB roars with such derision that people duck their heads as though he were pointing an assault rifle at them. "December is absolutely out of the question. Team leaders, I want new estimates on my desk in the morning. I am hereby mandating 65-hour work weeks until this project is complete. And it better be complete by November 1."   As he leaves the conference room, he is heard to mutter: "Empowermentbah!" * * * Your boss is bald; his points are mounted on BB's wall. The fluorescent lights reflecting off his pate momentarily dazzle you. "Do you have anything to drink?" he asks. Having just finished your last bottle of Boone's Farm, you pull a bottle of Thunderbird from your bookshelf and pour it into his coffee mug. "What's it going to take to get this project done? " he asks. "We need to freeze the requirements, analyze them, design them, and then implement them," you say callously. "By November 1?" your boss exclaims incredulously. "No way! Just get back to coding the damned thing." He storms out, scratching his vacant head.   A few days later, you find that your boss has been transferred to the corporate research division. Turnover has skyrocketed. Customers, informed at the last minute that their orders cannot be fulfilled on time, have begun to cancel their orders. Marketing is re-evaluating whether this product aligns with the overall goals of the company. Memos fly, heads roll, policies change, and things are, overall, pretty grim. Finally, by March, after far too many sixty-five hour weeks, a very shaky version of the software is ready. In the field, bug-discovery rates are high, and the technical support staff are at their wits' end, trying to cope with the complaints and demands of the irate customers. Nobody is happy.   In April, BB decides to buy his way out of the problem by licensing a product produced by Rupert Industries and redistributing it. The customers are mollified, the marketing folks are smug, and you are laid off.     Rupert Industries: Project Alpha   Your name is Robert. The date is January 3, 2001. The quiet hours spent with your family this holiday have left you refreshed and ready for work. You are sitting in a conference room with your team of professionals. The manager of the division called the meeting. "We have some ideas for a new project," says the division manager. Call him Russ. He is a high-strung British chap with more energy than a fusion reactor. He is ambitious and driven but understands the value of a team. Russ describes the essence of the new market opportunity the company has identified and introduces you to Jane, the marketing manager, who is responsible for defining the products that will address it. Addressing you, Jane says, "We'd like to start defining our first product offering as soon as possible. When can you and your team meet with me?" You reply, "We'll be done with the current iteration of our project this Friday. We can spare a few hours for you between now and then. After that, we'll take a few people from the team and dedicate them to you. We'll begin hiring their replacements and the new people for your team immediately." "Great," says Russ, "but I want you to understand that it is critical that we have something to exhibit at the trade show coming up this July. If we can't be there with something significant, we'll lose the opportunity."   "I understand," you reply. "I don't yet know what it is that you have in mind, but I'm sure we can have something by July. I just can't tell you what that something will be right now. In any case, you and Jane are going to have complete control over what we developers do, so you can rest assured that by July, you'll have the most important things that can be accomplished in that time ready to exhibit."   Russ nods in satisfaction. He knows how this works. Your team has always kept him advised and allowed him to steer their development. He has the utmost confidence that your team will work on the most important things first and will produce a high-quality product.   * * *   "So, Robert," says Jane at their first meeting, "How does your team feel about being split up?" "We'll miss working with each other," you answer, "but some of us were getting pretty tired of that last project and are looking forward to a change. So, what are you people cooking up?" Jane beams. "You know how much trouble our customers currently have . . ." And she spends a half hour or so describing the problem and possible solution. "OK, wait a second" you respond. "I need to be clear about this." And so you and Jane talk about how this system might work. Some of her ideas aren't fully formed. You suggest possible solutions. She likes some of them. You continue discussing.   During the discussion, as each new topic is addressed, Jane writes user story cards. Each card represents something that the new system has to do. The cards accumulate on the table and are spread out in front of you. Both you and Jane point at them, pick them up, and make notes on them as you discuss the stories. The cards are powerful mnemonic devices that you can use to represent complex ideas that are barely formed.   At the end of the meeting, you say, "OK, I've got a general idea of what you want. I'm going to talk to the team about it. I imagine they'll want to run some experiments with various database structures and presentation formats. Next time we meet, it'll be as a group, and we'll start identifying the most important features of the system."   A week later, your nascent team meets with Jane. They spread the existing user story cards out on the table and begin to get into some of the details of the system. The meeting is very dynamic. Jane presents the stories in the order of their importance. There is much discussion about each one. The developers are concerned about keeping the stories small enough to estimate and test. So they continually ask Jane to split one story into several smaller stories. Jane is concerned that each story have a clear business value and priority, so as she splits them, she makes sure that this stays true.   The stories accumulate on the table. Jane writes them, but the developers make notes on them as needed. Nobody tries to capture everything that is said; the cards are not meant to capture everything but are simply reminders of the conversation.   As the developers become more comfortable with the stories, they begin writing estimates on them. These estimates are crude and budgetary, but they give Jane an idea of what the story will cost.   At the end of the meeting, it is clear that many more stories could be discussed. It is also clear that the most important stories have been addressed and that they represent several months worth of work. Jane closes the meeting by taking the cards with her and promising to have a proposal for the first release in the morning.   * * *   The next morning, you reconvene the meeting. Jane chooses five cards and places them on the table. "According to your estimates, these cards represent about one perfect team-week's worth of work. The last iteration of the previous project managed to get one perfect team-week done in 3 real weeks. If we can get these five stories done in 3 weeks, we'll be able to demonstrate them to Russ. That will make him feel very comfortable about our progress." Jane is pushing it. The sheepish look on her face lets you know that she knows it too. You reply, "Jane, this is a new team, working on a new project. It's a bit presumptuous to expect that our velocity will be the same as the previous team's. However, I met with the team yesterday afternoon, and we all agreed that our initial velocity should, in fact, be set to one perfectweek for every 3 real-weeks. So you've lucked out on this one." "Just remember," you continue, "that the story estimates and the story velocity are very tentative at this point. We'll learn more when we plan the iteration and even more when we implement it."   Jane looks over her glasses at you as if to say "Who's the boss around here, anyway?" and then smiles and says, "Yeah, don't worry. I know the drill by now."Jane then puts 15 more cards on the table. She says, "If we can get all these cards done by the end of March, we can turn the system over to our beta test customers. And we'll get good feedback from them."   You reply, "OK, so we've got our first iteration defined, and we have the stories for the next three iterations after that. These four iterations will make our first release."   "So," says Jane, can you really do these five stories in the next 3 weeks?" "I don't know for sure, Jane," you reply. "Let's break them down into tasks and see what we get."   So Jane, you, and your team spend the next several hours taking each of the five stories that Jane chose for the first iteration and breaking them down into small tasks. The developers quickly realize that some of the tasks can be shared between stories and that other tasks have commonalities that can probably be taken advantage of. It is clear that potential designs are popping into the developers' heads. From time to time, they form little discussion knots and scribble UML diagrams on some cards.   Soon, the whiteboard is filled with the tasks that, once completed, will implement the five stories for this iteration. You start the sign-up process by saying, "OK, let's sign up for these tasks." "I'll take the initial database generation." Says Pete. "That's what I did on the last project, and this doesn't look very different. I estimate it at two of my perfect workdays." "OK, well, then, I'll take the login screen," says Joe. "Aw, darn," says Elaine, the junior member of the team, "I've never done a GUI, and kinda wanted to try that one."   "Ah, the impatience of youth," Joe says sagely, with a wink in your direction. "You can assist me with it, young Jedi." To Jane: "I think it'll take me about three of my perfect workdays."   One by one, the developers sign up for tasks and estimate them in terms of their own perfect workdays. Both you and Jane know that it is best to let the developers volunteer for tasks than to assign the tasks to them. You also know full well that you daren't challenge any of the developers' estimates. You know these people, and you trust them. You know that they are going to do the very best they can.   The developers know that they can't sign up for more perfect workdays than they finished in the last iteration they worked on. Once each developer has filled his or her schedule for the iteration, they stop signing up for tasks.   Eventually, all the developers have stopped signing up for tasks. But, of course, tasks are still left on the board.   "I was worried that that might happen," you say, "OK, there's only one thing to do, Jane. We've got too much to do in this iteration. What stories or tasks can we remove?" Jane sighs. She knows that this is the only option. Working overtime at the beginning of a project is insane, and projects where she's tried it have not fared well.   So Jane starts to remove the least-important functionality. "Well, we really don't need the login screen just yet. We can simply start the system in the logged-in state." "Rats!" cries Elaine. "I really wanted to do that." "Patience, grasshopper." says Joe. "Those who wait for the bees to leave the hive will not have lips too swollen to relish the honey." Elaine looks confused. Everyone looks confused. "So . . .," Jane continues, "I think we can also do away with . . ." And so, bit by bit, the list of tasks shrinks. Developers who lose a task sign up for one of the remaining ones.   The negotiation is not painless. Several times, Jane exhibits obvious frustration and impatience. Once, when tensions are especially high, Elaine volunteers, "I'll work extra hard to make up some of the missing time." You are about to correct her when, fortunately, Joe looks her in the eye and says, "When once you proceed down the dark path, forever will it dominate your destiny."   In the end, an iteration acceptable to Jane is reached. It's not what Jane wanted. Indeed, it is significantly less. But it's something the team feels that can be achieved in the next 3 weeks.   And, after all, it still addresses the most important things that Jane wanted in the iteration. "So, Jane," you say when things had quieted down a bit, "when can we expect acceptance tests from you?" Jane sighs. This is the other side of the coin. For every story the development team implements,   Jane must supply a suite of acceptance tests that prove that it works. And the team needs these long before the end of the iteration, since they will certainly point out differences in the way Jane and the developers imagine the system's behaviour.   "I'll get you some example test scripts today," Jane promises. "I'll add to them every day after that. You'll have the entire suite by the middle of the iteration."   * * *   The iteration begins on Monday morning with a flurry of Class, Responsibilities, Collaborators sessions. By midmorning, all the developers have assembled into pairs and are rapidly coding away. "And now, my young apprentice," Joe says to Elaine, "you shall learn the mysteries of test-first design!"   "Wow, that sounds pretty rad," Elaine replies. "How do you do it?" Joe beams. It's clear that he has been anticipating this moment. "OK, what does the code do right now?" "Huh?" replied Elaine, "It doesn't do anything at all; there is no code."   "So, consider our task; can you think of something the code should do?" "Sure," Elaine said with youthful assurance, "First, it should connect to the database." "And thereupon, what must needs be required to connecteth the database?" "You sure talk weird," laughed Elaine. "I think we'd have to get the database object from some registry and call the Connect() method. "Ah, astute young wizard. Thou perceives correctly that we requireth an object within which we can cacheth the database object." "Is 'cacheth' really a word?" "It is when I say it! So, what test can we write that we know the database registry should pass?" Elaine sighs. She knows she'll just have to play along. "We should be able to create a database object and pass it to the registry in a Store() method. And then we should be able to pull it out of the registry with a Get() method and make sure it's the same object." "Oh, well said, my prepubescent sprite!" "Hay!" "So, now, let's write a test function that proves your case." "But shouldn't we write the database object and registry object first?" "Ah, you've much to learn, my young impatient one. Just write the test first." "But it won't even compile!" "Are you sure? What if it did?" "Uh . . ." "Just write the test, Elaine. Trust me." And so Joe, Elaine, and all the other developers began to code their tasks, one test case at a time. The room in which they worked was abuzz with the conversations between the pairs. The murmur was punctuated by an occasional high five when a pair managed to finish a task or a difficult test case.   As development proceeded, the developers changed partners once or twice a day. Each developer got to see what all the others were doing, and so knowledge of the code spread generally throughout the team.   Whenever a pair finished something significant whether a whole task or simply an important part of a task they integrated what they had with the rest of the system. Thus, the code base grew daily, and integration difficulties were minimized.   The developers communicated with Jane on a daily basis. They'd go to her whenever they had a question about the functionality of the system or the interpretation of an acceptance test case.   Jane, good as her word, supplied the team with a steady stream of acceptance test scripts. The team read these carefully and thereby gained a much better understanding of what Jane expected the system to do. By the beginning of the second week, there was enough functionality to demonstrate to Jane. She watched eagerly as the demonstration passed test case after test case. "This is really cool," Jane said as the demonstration finally ended. "But this doesn't seem like one-third of the tasks. Is your velocity slower than anticipated?"   You grimace. You'd been waiting for a good time to mention this to Jane but now she was forcing the issue. "Yes, unfortunately, we are going more slowly than we had expected. The new application server we are using is turning out to be a pain to configure. Also, it takes forever to reboot, and we have to reboot it whenever we make even the slightest change to its configuration."   Jane eyes you with suspicion. The stress of last Monday's negotiations had still not entirely dissipated. She says, "And what does this mean to our schedule? We can't slip it again, we just can't. Russ will have a fit! He'll haul us all into the woodshed and ream us some new ones."   You look Jane right in the eyes. There's no pleasant way to give someone news like this. So you just blurt out, "Look, if things keep going like they're going, we're not going to be done with everything by next Friday. Now it's possible that we'll figure out a way to go faster. But, frankly, I wouldn't depend on that. You should start thinking about one or two tasks that could be removed from the iteration without ruining the demonstration for Russ. Come hell or high water, we are going to give that demonstration on Friday, and I don't think you want us to choose which tasks to omit."   "Aw forchrisakes!" Jane barely manages to stifle yelling that last word as she stalks away, shaking her head. Not for the first time, you say to yourself, "Nobody ever promised me project management would be easy." You are pretty sure it won't be the last time, either.   Actually, things went a bit better than you had hoped. The team did, in fact, have to drop one task from the iteration, but Jane had chosen wisely, and the demonstration for Russ went without a hitch. Russ was not impressed with the progress, but neither was he dismayed. He simply said, "This is pretty good. But remember, we have to be able to demonstrate this system at the trade show in July, and at this rate, it doesn't look like you'll have all that much to show." Jane, whose attitude had improved dramatically with the completion of the iteration, responded to Russ by saying, "Russ, this team is working hard, and well. When July comes around, I am confident that we'll have something significant to demonstrate. It won't be everything, and some of it may be smoke and mirrors, but we'll have something."   Painful though the last iteration was, it had calibrated your velocity numbers. The next iteration went much better. Not because your team got more done than in the last iteration but simply because the team didn't have to remove any tasks or stories in the middle of the iteration.   By the start of the fourth iteration, a natural rhythm has been established. Jane, you, and the team know exactly what to expect from one another. The team is running hard, but the pace is sustainable. You are confident that the team can keep up this pace for a year or more.   The number of surprises in the schedule diminishes to near zero; however, the number of surprises in the requirements does not. Jane and Russ frequently look over the growing system and make recommendations or changes to the existing functionality. But all parties realize that these changes take time and must be scheduled. So the changes do not cause anyone's expectations to be violated. In March, there is a major demonstration of the system to the board of directors. The system is very limited and is not yet in a form good enough to take to the trade show, but progress is steady, and the board is reasonably impressed.   The second release goes even more smoothly than the first. By now, the team has figured out a way to automate Jane's acceptance test scripts. The team has also refactored the design of the system to the point that it is really easy to add new features and change old ones. The second release was done by the end of June and was taken to the trade show. It had less in it than Jane and Russ would have liked, but it did demonstrate the most important features of the system. Although customers at the trade show noticed that certain features were missing, they were very impressed overall. You, Russ, and Jane all returned from the trade show with smiles on your faces. You all felt as though this project was a winner.   Indeed, many months later, you are contacted by Rufus Inc. That company had been working on a system like this for its internal operations. Rufus has canceled the development of that system after a death-march project and is negotiating to license your technology for its environment.   Indeed, things are looking up!

    Read the article

  • Can't connect to SSL web service with WS-Security using PHP SOAP extension - certificate, complex WSDL

    - by BillF
    Using the PHP5 SOAP extension I have been unable to connect to a web service having an https endpoint, with client certificate and using WS-Security, although I can connect using soapUI with the exact same wsdl and client certificate, and obtain the normal response to the request. There is no HTTP authentication and no proxy is involved. The message I get is 'Could not connect to host'. Have been able to verify that I am NOT hitting the host server. (Earlier I wrongly said that I was hitting the server.) The self-signed client SSL certificate is a .pem file converted by openssl from a .p12 keystore which in turn was converted by keytool from a .jks keystore having a single entry consisting of private key and client certificate. In soapUI I did not need to supply a server private certificate, the only two files I gave it were the wdsl and pem. I did have to supply the pem and its passphrase to be able to connect. I am speculating that despite the error message my problem might actually be in the formation of the XML request rather than the SSL connection itself. The wsdl I have been given has nested complex types. The php server is on my Windows XP laptop with IIS. The code, data values and WSDL extracts are shown below. (The WSSoapClient class simply extends SoapClient, adding a WS-Security Username Token header with mustUnderstand = true and including a nonce, both of which the soapUI call had required.) Would so much appreciate any help. I'm a newbie thrown in at the deep end, and how! Have done vast amounts of Googling on this over many days, following many suggestions and have read Pro PHP by Kevin McArthur. An attempt to use classmaps in place of nested arrays also fell flat. The Code class STEeService { public function invokeWebService(array $connection, $operation, array $request) { try { $localCertificateFilespec = $connection['localCertificateFilespec']; $localCertificatePassphrase = $connection['localCertificatePassphrase']; $sslOptions = array( 'ssl' => array( 'local_cert' => $localCertificateFilespec, 'passphrase' => $localCertificatePassphrase, 'allow_self-signed' => true, 'verify_peer' => false ) ); $sslContext = stream_context_create($sslOptions); $clientArguments = array( 'stream_context' => $sslContext, 'local_cert' => $localCertificateFilespec, 'passphrase' => $localCertificatePassphrase, 'trace' => true, 'exceptions' => true, 'encoding' => 'UTF-8', 'soap_version' => SOAP_1_1 ); $oClient = new WSSoapClient($connection['wsdlFilespec'], $clientArguments); $oClient->__setUsernameToken($connection['username'], $connection['password']); return $oClient->__soapCall($operation, $request); } catch (exception $e) { throw new Exception("Exception in eServices " . $operation . " ," . $e->getMessage(), "\n"); } } } $connection is as follows: array(5) { ["username"]=> string(8) "DFU00050" ["password"]=> string(10) "Fabricate1" ["wsdlFilespec"]=> string (63) "c:/inetpub/wwwroot/DMZExternalService_Concrete_WSDL_Staging.xml" ["localCertificateFilespec"]=> string(37) "c:/inetpub/wwwroot/ClientKeystore.pem" ["localCertificatePassphrase"]=> string(14) "password123456" } $clientArguments is as follows: array(7) { ["stream_context"]=> resource(8) of type (stream-context) ["local_cert"]=> string(37) "c:/inetpub/wwwroot/ClientKeystore.pem" ["passphrase"]=> string(14) "password123456" ["trace"]=> bool(true) ["exceptions"]=> bool(true) ["encoding"]=> string(5) "UTF-8" ["soap_version"]=> int(1) } $operation is as follows: 'getConsignmentDetails' $request is as follows: array(1) { [0]=> array(2) { ["header"]=> array(2) { ["source"]=> string(9) "customerA" ["accountNo"]=> string(8) "10072906" } ["consignmentId"]=> string(11) "GKQ00000085" } } Note how there is an extra level of nesting, an array wrapping the request which is itself an array. This was suggested in a post although I don't see the reason, but it seems to help avoid other exceptions. The exception thrown by ___soapCall is as follows: object(SoapFault)#6 (9) { ["message":protected]=> string(25) "Could not connect to host" ["string":"Exception":private]=> string(0) "" ["code":protected]=> int(0) ["file":protected]=> string(43) "C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\eServices\WSSecurity.php" ["line":protected]=> int(85) ["trace":"Exception":private]=> array(5) { [0]=> array(6) { ["file"]=> string(43) "C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\eServices\WSSecurity.php" ["line"]=> int(85) ["function"]=> string(11) "__doRequest" ["class"]=> string(10) "SoapClient" ["type"]=> string(2) "->" ["args"]=> array(4) { [0]=> string(1240) " DFU00050 Fabricate1 E0ByMUA= 2010-10-28T13:13:52Z customerA10072906GKQ00000085 " [1]=> string(127) "https://services.startrackexpress.com.au:7560/DMZExternalService/InterfaceServices/ExternalOps.serviceagent/OperationsEndpoint1" [2]=> string(104) "/DMZExternalService/InterfaceServices/ExternalOps.serviceagent/OperationsEndpoint1/getConsignmentDetails" [3]=> int(1) } } [1]=> array(4) { ["function"]=> string(11) "__doRequest" ["class"]=> string(39) "startrackexpress\eservices\WSSoapClient" ["type"]=> string(2) "->" ["args"]=> array(5) { [0]=> string(1240) " DFU00050 Fabricate1 E0ByMUA= 2010-10-28T13:13:52Z customerA10072906GKQ00000085 " [1]=> string(127) "https://services.startrackexpress.com.au:7560/DMZExternalService/InterfaceServices/ExternalOps.serviceagent/OperationsEndpoint1" [2]=> string(104) "/DMZExternalService/InterfaceServices/ExternalOps.serviceagent/OperationsEndpoint1/getConsignmentDetails" [3]=> int(1) [4]=> int(0) } } [2]=> array(6) { ["file"]=> string(43) "C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\eServices\WSSecurity.php" ["line"]=> int(70) ["function"]=> string(10) "__soapCall" ["class"]=> string(10) "SoapClient" ["type"]=> string(2) "->" ["args"]=> array(4) { [0]=> string(21) "getConsignmentDetails" [1]=> array(1) { [0]=> array(2) { ["header"]=> array(2) { ["source"]=> string(9) "customerA" ["accountNo"]=> string(8) "10072906" } ["consignmentId"]=> string(11) "GKQ00000085" } } [2]=> NULL [3]=> object(SoapHeader)#5 (4) { ["namespace"]=> string(81) "http://docs.oasis-open.org/wss/2004/01/oasis-200401-wss-wssecurity-secext-1.0.xsd" ["name"]=> string(8) "Security" ["data"]=> object(SoapVar)#4 (2) { ["enc_type"]=> int(147) ["enc_value"]=> string(594) " DFU00050 Fabricate1 E0ByMUA= 2010-10-28T13:13:52Z " } ["mustUnderstand"]=> bool(true) } } } [3]=> array(6) { ["file"]=> string(42) "C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\eServices\eServices.php" ["line"]=> int(87) ["function"]=> string(10) "__soapCall" ["class"]=> string(39) "startrackexpress\eservices\WSSoapClient" ["type"]=> string(2) "->" ["args"]=> array(2) { [0]=> string(21) "getConsignmentDetails" [1]=> array(1) { [0]=> array(2) { ["header"]=> array(2) { ["source"]=> string(9) "customerA" ["accountNo"]=> string(8) "10072906" } ["consignmentId"]=> string(11) "GKQ00000085" } } } } [4]=> array(6) { ["file"]=> string(58) "C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\eServices\EnquireConsignmentDetails.php" ["line"]=> int(44) ["function"]=> string(16) "invokeWebService" ["class"]=> string(38) "startrackexpress\eservices\STEeService" ["type"]=> string(2) "->" ["args"]=> array(3) { [0]=> array(5) { ["username"]=> string(10) "DFU00050 " ["password"]=> string(12) "Fabricate1 " ["wsdlFilespec"]=> string(63) "c:/inetpub/wwwroot/DMZExternalService_Concrete_WSDL_Staging.xml" ["localCertificateFilespec"]=> string(37) "c:/inetpub/wwwroot/ClientKeystore.pem" ["localCertificatePassphrase"]=> string(14) "password123456" } [1]=> string(21) "getConsignmentDetails" [2]=> array(1) { [0]=> array(2) { ["header"]=> array(2) { ["source"]=> string(9) "customerA" ["accountNo"]=> string(8) "10072906" } ["consignmentId"]=> string(11) "GKQ00000085" } } } } } ["previous":"Exception":private]=> NULL ["faultstring"]=> string(25) "Could not connect to host" ["faultcode"]=> string(4) "HTTP" } Here are some WSDL extracts (TIBCO BusinessWorks): <xsd:complexType name="TransactionHeaderType"> <xsd:sequence> <xsd:element name="source" type="xsd:string"/> <xsd:element name="accountNo" type="xsd:integer"/> <xsd:element name="userId" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0"/> <xsd:element name="transactionId" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0"/> <xsd:element name="transactionDatetime" type="xsd:dateTime" minOccurs="0"/> </xsd:sequence> </xsd:complexType> <xsd:element name="getConsignmentDetailRequest"> <xsd:complexType> <xsd:sequence> <xsd:element name="header" type="prim:TransactionHeaderType"/> <xsd:element name="consignmentId" type="prim:ID" maxOccurs="unbounded"/> </xsd:sequence> </xsd:complexType> </xsd:element> <xsd:element name="getConsignmentDetailResponse"> <xsd:complexType> <xsd:sequence> <xsd:element name="consignment" type="freight:consignmentType" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/> </xsd:sequence> </xsd:complexType> </xsd:element> <xsd:element name="getConsignmentDetailRequest"> <xsd:complexType> <xsd:sequence> <xsd:element name="header" type="prim:TransactionHeaderType"/> <xsd:element name="consignmentId" type="prim:ID" maxOccurs="unbounded"/> </xsd:sequence> </xsd:complexType> </xsd:element> <xsd:element name="getConsignmentDetailResponse"> <xsd:complexType> <xsd:sequence> <xsd:element name="consignment" type="freight:consignmentType" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/> </xsd:sequence> </xsd:complexType> </xsd:element> <wsdl:operation name="getConsignmentDetails"> <wsdl:input message="tns:getConsignmentDetailsRequest"/> <wsdl:output message="tns:getConsignmentDetailsResponse"/> <wsdl:fault name="fault1" message="tns:fault"/> </wsdl:operation> <wsdl:service name="ExternalOps"> <wsdl:port name="OperationsEndpoint1" binding="tns:OperationsEndpoint1Binding"> <soap:address location="https://services.startrackexpress.com.au:7560/DMZExternalService/InterfaceServices/ExternalOps.serviceagent/OperationsEndpoint1"/> </wsdl:port> </wsdl:service> And here in case it's relevant is the WSSoapClient class: <?PHP namespace startrackexpress\eservices; use SoapClient, SoapVar, SoapHeader; class WSSoapClient extends SoapClient { private $username; private $password; /*Generates a WS-Security header*/ private function wssecurity_header() { $timestamp = gmdate('Y-m-d\TH:i:s\Z'); $nonce = mt_rand(); $passdigest = base64_encode(pack('H*', sha1(pack('H*', $nonce).pack('a*', $timestamp).pack('a*', $this->password)))); $auth = ' <wsse:Security SOAP-ENV:mustUnderstand="1" xmlns:wsse="http://docs.oasis-open.org/wss/2004/01/oasis-200401-wss-wssecurity-secext-1.0.xsd"> <wsse:UsernameToken> <wsse:Username>' . $this->username . '</wsse:Username> <wsse:Password Type="http://docs.oasis-open.org/wss/2004/01/oasis-200401-wss-username-token-profile-1.0#PasswordText">' . $this->password . '</wsse:Password> <wsse:Nonce>' . base64_encode(pack('H*', $nonce)).'</wsse:Nonce> <wsu:Created xmlns:wsu="http://docs.oasis-open.org/wss/2004/01/oasis-200401-wss-wssecurity-utility-1.0.xsd">' . $timestamp . '</wsu:Created> </wsse:UsernameToken> </wsse:Security> '; $authvalues = new SoapVar($auth, XSD_ANYXML); $header = new SoapHeader("http://docs.oasis-open.org/wss/2004/01/oasis-200401-wss-wssecurity-secext-1.0.xsd", "Security",$authvalues, true); return $header; } // Sets a username and passphrase public function __setUsernameToken($username,$password) { $this->username=$username; $this->password=$password; } // Overwrites the original method, adding the security header public function __soapCall($function_name, $arguments, $options=null, $input_headers=null, $output_headers=null) { try { $result = parent::__soapCall($function_name, $arguments, $options, $this->wssecurity_header()); return $result; } catch (exception $e) { throw new Exception("Exception in __soapCall, " . $e->getMessage(), "\n"); } } } ?> Update: The request XML would have been as follows: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <SOAP-ENV:Envelope xmlns:SOAP-ENV="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/envelope/" xmlns:ns1="http://startrackexpress/Common/Primitives/v1" xmlns:ns2="http://startrackexpress/Common/actions/externals/Consignment/v1" xmlns:ns3="http://docs.oasis-open.org/wss/2004/01/oasis-200401-wss-wssecurity-secext-1.0.xsd"> <SOAP-ENV:Header> <wsse:Security SOAP-ENV:mustUnderstand="1" xmlns:wsse="http://docs.oasis-open.org/wss/2004/01/oasis-200401-wss-wssecurity-secext-1.0.xsd"> <wsse:UsernameToken> <wsse:Username>DFU00050</wsse:Username> <wsse:Password Type="http://docs.oasis-open.org/wss/2004/01/oasis-200401-wss-username-token-profile-1.0#PasswordText">Fabricate1</wsse:Password> <wsse:Nonce>M4FIeGA=</wsse:Nonce> <wsu:Created xmlns:wsu="http://docs.oasis-open.org/wss/2004/01/oasis-200401-wss-wssecurity-utility-1.0.xsd">2010-10-29T14:05:27Z</wsu:Created> </wsse:UsernameToken> </wsse:Security> </SOAP-ENV:Header> <SOAP-ENV:Body><ns2:getConsignmentDetailRequest> <ns2:header><ns1:source>customerA</ns1:source><ns1:accountNo>10072906</ns1:accountNo></ns2:header> <ns2:consignmentId>GKQ00000085</ns2:consignmentId> </ns2:getConsignmentDetailRequest></SOAP-ENV:Body> </SOAP-ENV:Envelope> This was obtained with the following code in WSSoapClient: public function __doRequest($request, $location, $action, $version) { echo "<p> " . htmlspecialchars($request) . " </p>" ; return parent::__doRequest($request, $location, $action, $version); }

    Read the article

  • file doesn't open, running outside of debugger results in seg fault (c++)

    - by misterich
    Hello (and thanks in advance) I'm in a bit of a quandry, I cant seem to figure out why I'm seg faulting. A couple of notes: It's for a course -- and sadly I am required to use use C-strings instead of std::string. Please dont fix my code (I wont learn that way and I will keep bugging you). please just point out the flaws in my logic and suggest a different function/way. platform: gcc version 4.4.1 on Suse Linux 11.2 (2.6.31 kernel) Here's the code main.cpp: // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // INCLUDES (C/C++ Std Library) #include <cstdlib> /// EXIT_SUCCESS, EXIT_FAILURE #include <iostream> /// cin, cout, ifstream #include <cassert> /// assert // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // DEPENDENCIES (custom header files) #include "dict.h" /// Header for the dictionary class // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // PRE-PROCESSOR CONSTANTS #define ENTER '\n' /// Used to accept new lines, quit program. #define SPACE ' ' /// One way to end the program // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // CUSTOM DATA TYPES /// File Namespace -- keep it local namespace { /// Possible program prompts to display for the user. enum FNS_Prompts { fileName_, /// prints out the name of the file noFile_, /// no file was passed to the program tooMany_, /// more than one file was passed to the program noMemory_, /// Not enough memory to use the program usage_, /// how to use the program word_, /// ask the user to define a word. notFound_, /// the word is not in the dictionary done_, /// the program is closing normally }; } // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // Namespace using namespace std; /// Nothing special in the way of namespaces // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // FUNCTIONS /** prompt() prompts the user to do something, uses enum Prompts for parameter. */ void prompt(FNS_Prompts msg /** determines the prompt to use*/) { switch(msg) { case fileName_ : { cout << ENTER << ENTER << "The file name is: "; break; } case noFile_ : { cout << ENTER << ENTER << "...Sorry, a dictionary file is needed. Try again." << endl; break; } case tooMany_ : { cout << ENTER << ENTER << "...Sorry, you can only specify one dictionary file. Try again." << endl; break; } case noMemory_ : { cout << ENTER << ENTER << "...Sorry, there isn't enough memory available to run this program." << endl; break; } case usage_ : { cout << "USAGE:" << endl << " lookup.exe [dictionary file name]" << endl << endl; break; } case done_ : { cout << ENTER << ENTER << "like Master P says, \"Word.\"" << ENTER << endl; break; } case word_ : { cout << ENTER << ENTER << "Enter a word in the dictionary to get it's definition." << ENTER << "Enter \"?\" to get a sorted list of all words in the dictionary." << ENTER << "... Press the Enter key to quit the program: "; break; } case notFound_ : { cout << ENTER << ENTER << "...Sorry, that word is not in the dictionary." << endl; break; } default : { cout << ENTER << ENTER << "something passed an invalid enum to prompt(). " << endl; assert(false); /// something passed in an invalid enum } } } /** useDictionary() uses the dictionary created by createDictionary * - prompts user to lookup a word * - ends when the user enters an empty word */ void useDictionary(Dictionary &d) { char *userEntry = new char; /// user's input on the command line if( !userEntry ) // check the pointer to the heap { cout << ENTER << MEM_ERR_MSG << endl; exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } do { prompt(word_); // test code cout << endl << "----------------------------------------" << endl << "Enter something: "; cin.getline(userEntry, INPUT_LINE_MAX_LEN, ENTER); cout << ENTER << userEntry << endl; }while ( userEntry[0] != NIL && userEntry[0] != SPACE ); // GARBAGE COLLECTION delete[] userEntry; } /** Program Entry * Reads in the required, single file from the command prompt. * - If there is no file, state such and error out. * - If there is more than one file, state such and error out. * - If there is a single file: * - Create the database object * - Populate the database object * - Prompt the user for entry * main() will return EXIT_SUCCESS upon termination. */ int main(int argc, /// the number of files being passed into the program char *argv[] /// pointer to the filename being passed into tthe program ) { // EXECUTE /* Testing code * / char tempFile[INPUT_LINE_MAX_LEN] = {NIL}; cout << "enter filename: "; cin.getline(tempFile, INPUT_LINE_MAX_LEN, '\n'); */ // uncomment after successful debugging if(argc <= 1) { prompt(noFile_); prompt(usage_); return EXIT_FAILURE; /// no file was passed to the program } else if(argc > 2) { prompt(tooMany_); prompt(usage_); return EXIT_FAILURE; /// more than one file was passed to the program } else { prompt(fileName_); cout << argv[1]; // print out name of dictionary file if( !argv[1] ) { prompt(noFile_); prompt(usage_); return EXIT_FAILURE; /// file does not exist } /* file.open( argv[1] ); // open file numEntries >> in.getline(file); // determine number of dictionary objects to create file.close(); // close file Dictionary[ numEntries ](argv[1]); // create the dictionary object */ // TEMPORARY FILE FOR TESTING!!!! //Dictionary scrabble(tempFile); Dictionary scrabble(argv[1]); // creaate the dicitonary object //*/ useDictionary(scrabble); // prompt the user, use the dictionary } // exit return EXIT_SUCCESS; /// terminate program. } Dict.h/.cpp #ifndef DICT_H #define DICT_H // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // DEPENDENCIES (Custom header files) #include "entry.h" /// class for dictionary entries // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // PRE-PROCESSOR MACROS #define INPUT_LINE_MAX_LEN 256 /// Maximum length of each line in the dictionary file class Dictionary { public : // // Do NOT modify the public section of this class // typedef void (*WordDefFunc)(const char *word, const char *definition); Dictionary( const char *filename ); ~Dictionary(); const char *lookupDefinition( const char *word ); void forEach( WordDefFunc func ); private : // // You get to provide the private members // // VARIABLES int m_numEntries; /// stores the number of entries in the dictionary Entry *m_DictEntry_ptr; /// points to an array of class Entry // Private Functions }; #endif ----------------------------------- // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // INCLUDES (C/C++ Std Library) #include <iostream> /// cout, getline #include <fstream> // ifstream #include <cstring> /// strchr // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // DEPENDENCIES (custom header files) #include "dict.h" /// Header file required by assignment //#include "entry.h" /// Dicitonary Entry Class // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // PRE-PROCESSOR MACROS #define COMMA ',' /// Delimiter for file #define ENTER '\n' /// Carriage return character #define FILE_ERR_MSG "The data file could not be opened. Program will now terminate." #pragma warning(disable : 4996) /// turn off MS compiler warning about strcpy() // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // Namespace reference using namespace std; // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // PRIVATE MEMBER FUNCTIONS /** * Sorts the dictionary entries. */ /* static void sortDictionary(?) { // sort through the words using qsort } */ /** NO LONGER NEEDED?? * parses out the length of the first cell in a delimited cell * / int getWordLength(char *str /// string of data to parse ) { return strcspn(str, COMMA); } */ // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // PUBLIC MEMBER FUNCTIONS /** constructor for the class * - opens/reads in file * - creates initializes the array of member vars * - creates pointers to entry objects * - stores pointers to entry objects in member var * - ? sort now or later? */ Dictionary::Dictionary( const char *filename ) { // Create a filestream, open the file to be read in ifstream dataFile(filename, ios::in ); /* if( dataFile.fail() ) { cout << FILE_ERR_MSG << endl; exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } */ if( dataFile.is_open() ) { // read first line of data // TEST CODE in.getline(dataFile, INPUT_LINE_MAX_LEN) >> m_numEntries; // TEST CODE char temp[INPUT_LINE_MAX_LEN] = {NIL}; // TEST CODE dataFile.getline(temp,INPUT_LINE_MAX_LEN,'\n'); dataFile >> m_numEntries; /** Number of terms in the dictionary file * \todo find out how many lines in the file, subtract one, ingore first line */ //create the array of entries m_DictEntry_ptr = new Entry[m_numEntries]; // check for valid memory allocation if( !m_DictEntry_ptr ) { cout << MEM_ERR_MSG << endl; exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } // loop thru each line of the file, parsing words/def's and populating entry objects for(int EntryIdx = 0; EntryIdx < m_numEntries; ++EntryIdx) { // VARIABLES char *tempW_ptr; /// points to a temporary word char *tempD_ptr; /// points to a temporary def char *w_ptr; /// points to the word in the Entry object char *d_ptr; /// points to the definition in the Entry int tempWLen; /// length of the temp word string int tempDLen; /// length of the temp def string char tempLine[INPUT_LINE_MAX_LEN] = {NIL}; /// stores a single line from the file // EXECUTE // getline(dataFile, tempLine) // get a "word,def" line from the file dataFile.getline(tempLine, INPUT_LINE_MAX_LEN); // get a "word,def" line from the file // Parse the string tempW_ptr = tempLine; // point the temp word pointer at the first char in the line tempD_ptr = strchr(tempLine, COMMA); // point the def pointer at the comma *tempD_ptr = NIL; // replace the comma with a NIL ++tempD_ptr; // increment the temp def pointer // find the string lengths... +1 to account for terminator tempWLen = strlen(tempW_ptr) + 1; tempDLen = strlen(tempD_ptr) + 1; // Allocate heap memory for the term and defnition w_ptr = new char[ tempWLen ]; d_ptr = new char[ tempDLen ]; // check memory allocation if( !w_ptr && !d_ptr ) { cout << MEM_ERR_MSG << endl; exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } // copy the temp word, def into the newly allocated memory and terminate the strings strcpy(w_ptr,tempW_ptr); w_ptr[tempWLen] = NIL; strcpy(d_ptr,tempD_ptr); d_ptr[tempDLen] = NIL; // set the pointers for the entry objects m_DictEntry_ptr[ EntryIdx ].setWordPtr(w_ptr); m_DictEntry_ptr[ EntryIdx ].setDefPtr(d_ptr); } // close the file dataFile.close(); } else { cout << ENTER << FILE_ERR_MSG << endl; exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } } /** * cleans up dynamic memory */ Dictionary::~Dictionary() { delete[] m_DictEntry_ptr; /// thou shalt not have memory leaks. } /** * Looks up definition */ /* const char *lookupDefinition( const char *word ) { // print out the word ---- definition } */ /** * prints out the entire dictionary in sorted order */ /* void forEach( WordDefFunc func ) { // to sort before or now.... that is the question } */ Entry.h/cpp #ifndef ENTRY_H #define ENTRY_H // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // INCLUDES (C++ Std lib) #include <cstdlib> /// EXIT_SUCCESS, NULL // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // PRE-PROCESSOR MACROS #define NIL '\0' /// C-String terminator #define MEM_ERR_MSG "Memory allocation has failed. Program will now terminate." // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // CLASS DEFINITION class Entry { public: Entry(void) : m_word_ptr(NULL), m_def_ptr(NULL) { /* default constructor */ }; void setWordPtr(char *w_ptr); /// sets the pointer to the word - only if the pointer is empty void setDefPtr(char *d_ptr); /// sets the ponter to the definition - only if the pointer is empty /// returns what is pointed to by the word pointer char getWord(void) const { return *m_word_ptr; } /// returns what is pointed to by the definition pointer char getDef(void) const { return *m_def_ptr; } private: char *m_word_ptr; /** points to a dictionary word */ char *m_def_ptr; /** points to a dictionary definition */ }; #endif -------------------------------------------------- // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // DEPENDENCIES (custom header files) #include "entry.h" /// class header file // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // PUBLIC FUNCTIONS /* * only change the word member var if it is in its initial state */ void Entry::setWordPtr(char *w_ptr) { if(m_word_ptr == NULL) { m_word_ptr = w_ptr; } } /* * only change the def member var if it is in its initial state */ void Entry::setDefPtr(char *d_ptr) { if(m_def_ptr == NULL) { m_word_ptr = d_ptr; } }

    Read the article

  • In Email, Image (img) Source (src) Tags are rewritten as relative links. How to fix?

    - by Noah Goodrich
    I'm working on sending out an html based email, and every time it sends the image src tags and some of the anchor href tags are modified to be relative url's. Update 2: This is happening between when the body of the email is generated and sent and when it arrives in my inbox. Update: I am using Postfix on a LAMPP server. In addition, I am using Zend_Mail to send the emails out. For example, I have a link: src="http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_04/header.jpg" And it gets rewritten as: src="../../../../images/email/highpoint_2009_04/header.jpg" What can cause this to occur and how is it corrected? Email headers: Return-Path: <[email protected]> X-Original-To: [email protected] Delivered-To: [email protected] Received: by mail.example.com (Postfix, from userid 0) id 6BF012252; Tue, 14 Apr 2009 12:15:20 -0600 (MDT) To: Gabriel <[email protected]> Subject: Free Map to Sales Success From: Somebody <[email protected]> Date: Tue, 14 Apr 2009 12:15:20 -0600 Content-Type: text/html; charset="utf-8" Content-Transfer-Encoding: multipart/related Content-Disposition: inline Message-Id: <[email protected]> Original content to be sent out: <table align="center" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="600"> <tbody> <tr> <td valign="top"> <a href="http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com"> <img moz-do-not-send="true" alt="The Furniture Training Company - Know More. Sell More." src="http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_04/header.jpg" border="0" height="123" width="600"> </a> </td> </tr> </tbody> </table> <table align="center" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="600"> <tbody> <tr> <td valign="top"><img alt="Visit us at High Point to receive your free training poster" src="http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_04/hero.jpg" moz-do-not-send="true" height="150" width="600"><br> </td> </tr> </tbody> </table> <table align="center" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="600"> <tbody> <tr> <td bgcolor="#ffffff" valign="top"><img alt="" src="http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_04/spacer_content_left.jpg" moz-do-not-send="true" height="30" width="30"><br> </td> <td bgcolor="#ffffff" valign="top"><font originaltag="yes" style="font-size: 9px; font-family: Verdana,Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;" color="#000000" face="Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif" size="1"><big><big><big><big><small><big><b>See you at Market</b></big><br> </small></big></big></big></big></font> <font originaltag="yes" style="font-size: 9px; font-family: Verdana,Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;" color="#000000" face="Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif" size="1"><big><big><big><big><small><br> </small></big></big></big></big></font><small><font face="Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif">Visit our space to get your free Map to Sales Success poster! This unique 24 X 36 color poster is your guide to developing high volume salespeople with larger tickets. Find us in the new NHFA Retailer Resource Center located in the Plaza. <br> <br> Don&#8217;t miss Mark Lacy&#8217;s entertaining seminar "Help Wanted! My Sales Associates Can&#8217;t Sell Water to a Thirsty Camel." He&#8217;ll reveal powerful secrets for turning sales associates into furniture experts that will sell. See him Saturday, April 25th at 11:30 AM in the seminar room of the new NHFA Retail Resource Center in the Plaza. <br> <br> Stop by our space to learn how our ingenious internet-delivered training courses are easy to use, guaranteed to work, and cheaper than the daily donuts. Over 95% report increased sales. <br> <br> Plan to see us at High Point. </font></small> <font originaltag="yes" style="font-size: 9px; font-family: Verdana,Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;" color="#000000" face="Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif" size="1"><big><big><big><big><small><small><br> <br> <br> <br> </small></small></big></big></big></big></font><small><font originaltag="yes" style="font-size: 9px; font-family: Verdana,Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;" color="#000000" face="Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif" size="1"><big><big><big><small> </small></big></big></big></font></small> <a href="http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com/map"><img alt="Find out more" src="http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_04/image_content_left.jpg" moz-do-not-send="true" border="0" height="67" width="326"></a><br> <br> </td> <td bgcolor="#ffffff" valign="top"> <img alt="" src="http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_04/spacer_content_middle.jpg" moz-do-not-send="true" height="28" width="28"><br> </td> <td bgcolor="#ffffff" valign="top"><img alt="Roadmap to Sales Success poster" src="http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_04/image_content_right.jpg" moz-do-not-send="true" height="267" width="186"><br> <font face="Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif"><small><font originaltag="yes" style="font-size: 9px; font-family: Verdana,Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;" color="#000000" size="1"><big><big><big><small><b>Road Map to Sales Success<br> </b><br> </small></big></big></big></font>This beautiful poster is yours free for simply stopping by and visiting with us at High Point. <span class="moz-txt-slash">Our space is located inside the </span>new NHFA Retailer Resource Center in the Plaza Suites, 222 South Main St, 1st Floor. We will be at market from Sat April 25th until Thur April 30th. </small></font><br> </td> <td bgcolor="#ffffff" valign="top"><img alt="" src="http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_04/spacer_content_right.jpg" moz-do-not-send="true" height="30" width="30"><br> <br> </td> </tr> </tbody> </table> <table align="center" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="600"> <tbody> <tr> <td bgcolor="#ffffff" valign="top"><img alt="" src="http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_04/disclaimer_divider.jpg" moz-do-not-send="true" height="25" width="600"><br> </td> </tr> </tbody> </table> <table align="center" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="600"> <tbody> <tr> <td bgcolor="#ffffff" valign="top"><img alt="" src="http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_04/spacer_disclaimer_left.jpg" moz-do-not-send="true"></td> <td bgcolor="#ffffff" valign="top"><img alt="" src="http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_04/spacer_disclaimer_middle.jpg" moz-do-not-send="true"><br> <font originaltag="yes" style="font-size: 9px; font-family: Verdana,Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;" color="#666666" face="Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif" size="1"><big><big><big><big><small><small><small>If you are not attending the High Point market in April but would still like to receive a free Road Map to Sales Success poster visit us on the web at <u><a moz-do-not-send="true" class="moz-txt-link-abbreviated" href="http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com">www.furnituretrainingcompany.com</a></u>, or to speak with a Furniture Training Company representative, call toll free (866) 755-5996. We do not offer free shipping outside of the U.S. and Canada. Retailers outside of the U.S. and Canada may call for more information. Limit one free Road Map to Sales Success per company. Other copies of the poster may be purchased on our web site.<br> <br> </small></small></small></big></big></big></big></font> <font color="#666666"><small><font originaltag="yes" style="font-size: 9px; font-family: Verdana,Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;" face="Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif" size="1"><big><big><big><small><small>We hope you found this message to be useful. However, if you'd rather not receive future emails of this sort from The Furniture Training Company, please <a moz-do-not-send="true" href="http://www.furnituretraining.com/contact">click here to unsubscribe</a>.<br> <br> </small></small></big></big></big></font></small><small><font originaltag="yes" style="font-size: 9px; font-family: Verdana,Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;" face="Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif" size="1"><big><big><big><small><small>&copy;Copyright 2009 The Furniture Training Company.<br> 1770 North Research Park Way, <br> North Logan, UT 84341. <br> All Rights Reserved.</small></small></big></big></big></font></small></font><br> </td> <td bgcolor="#ffffff" valign="top"><img alt="" src="http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_04/spacer_disclaimer_right.jpg" moz-do-not-send="true"></td> </tr> </tbody> </table> <table align="center" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="600"> <tbody> <tr> <td bgcolor="#ffffff" valign="top"><img alt="" src="http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_04/footer.jpg" moz-do-not-send="true"> </td> </tr> </tbody> </table> <br> <br> Content that gets sent: <table border=3D"0" cellspacing=3D"0" cellpadding=3D"0" width=3D"600" al= ign=3D"center">=0D=0A<tbody>=0D=0A<tr>=0D=0A<td valign=3D"top"><a href= =3D"http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com"> <img src=3D"http://www.fur= nituretrainingcompany.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_04/header.jpg" bor= der=3D"0" alt=3D"The Furniture Training Company - Know More. Sell More."= width=3D"600" height=3D"123" /> </a></td>=0D=0A</tr>=0D=0A</tbody>=0D= =0A</table>=0D=0A<table border=3D"0" cellspacing=3D"0" cellpadding=3D"0"= width=3D"600" align=3D"center">=0D=0A<tbody>=0D=0A<tr>=0D=0A<td valign= =3D"top"><img src=3D"http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com/images/emai= l/highpoint_2009_04/hero.jpg" alt=3D"Visit us at High Point to receive y= our free training poster" width=3D"600" height=3D"150" /><br /></td>=0D= =0A</tr>=0D=0A</tbody>=0D=0A</table>=0D=0A<table border=3D"0" cellspacin= g=3D"0" cellpadding=3D"0" width=3D"600" align=3D"center">=0D=0A<tbody>= =0D=0A<tr>=0D=0A<td valign=3D"top" bgcolor=3D"#ffffff"><img src=3D"http:= //www.furnituretrainingcompany.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_04/spacer= _content_left.jpg" alt=3D"" width=3D"30" height=3D"30" /><br /></td>=0D= =0A<td valign=3D"top" bgcolor=3D"#ffffff"><span style=3D"font-size: xx-s= mall; font-family: Verdana,Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; color: #000000;">= <big><big><big><big><small><big><strong>See you at Market</strong></big>= <br /> </small></big></big></big></big></span> <span style=3D"font-size:= xx-small; font-family: Verdana,Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; color: #0000= 00;"><big><big><big><big><small><br /> </small></big></big></big></big><= /span><small><span style=3D"font-family: Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif;">Vi= sit our space to get your free Map to Sales Success poster! This unique= 24 X 36 color poster is your guide to developing high volume salespeopl= e with larger tickets. Find us in the new NHFA Retailer Resource Center= located in the Plaza. <br /> <br /> Don&rsquo;t miss Mark Lacy&rsquo;s= entertaining seminar "Help Wanted! My Sales Associates Can&rsquo;t Sell= Water to a Thirsty Camel." He&rsquo;ll reveal powerful secrets for turn= ing sales associates into furniture experts that will sell. See him Satu= rday, April 25th at 11:30 AM in the seminar room of the new NHFA Retail= Resource Center in the Plaza. <br /> <br /> Stop by our space to learn= how our ingenious internet-delivered training courses are easy to use,= guaranteed to work, and cheaper than the daily donuts. Over 95% report= increased sales. <br /> <br /> Plan to see us at High Point. </span></s= mall> <span style=3D"font-size: xx-small; font-family: Verdana,Arial,Hel= vetica,sans-serif; color: #000000;"><big><big><big><big><small><small><b= r /> <br /> <br /> <br /> </small></small></big></big></big></big></span= ><small><span style=3D"font-size: xx-small; font-family: Verdana,Arial,H= elvetica,sans-serif; color: #000000;"><big><big><big><small> </small></b= ig></big></big></span></small> <a href=3D"http://www.furnituretrainingco= mpany.com/map"><img src=3D"http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com/image= s/email/highpoint_2009_04/image_content_left.jpg" border=3D"0" alt=3D"Fi= nd out more" width=3D"326" height=3D"67" /></a><br /> <br /></td>=0D=0A<= td valign=3D"top" bgcolor=3D"#ffffff"><img src=3D"http://www.furnituretr= ainingcompany.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_04/spacer_content_middle.j= pg" alt=3D"" width=3D"28" height=3D"28" /><br /></td>=0D=0A<td valign=3D= "top" bgcolor=3D"#ffffff"><img src=3D"http://www.furnituretrainingcompan= y.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_04/image_content_right.jpg" alt=3D"Roa= dmap to Sales Success poster" width=3D"186" height=3D"267" /><br /> <spa= n style=3D"font-family: Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif;"><small><span style= =3D"font-size: xx-small; color: #000000;"><big><big><big><small><strong>= Road Map to Sales Success<br /> </strong><br /> </small></big></big></bi= g></span>This beautiful poster is yours free for simply stopping by and= visiting with us at High Point. <span class=3D"moz-txt-slash">Our space= is located inside the </span>new NHFA Retailer Resource Center in the P= laza Suites, 222 South Main St, 1st Floor. We will be at market from Sat= April 25th until Thur April 30th. </small></span><br /></td>=0D=0A<td v= align=3D"top" bgcolor=3D"#ffffff"><img src=3D"http://www.furnituretraini= ngcompany.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_04/spacer_content_right.jpg" a= lt=3D"" width=3D"30" height=3D"30" /><br /> <br /></td>=0D=0A</tr>=0D=0A= </tbody>=0D=0A</table>=0D=0A<table border=3D"0" cellspacing=3D"0" cellpa= dding=3D"0" width=3D"600" align=3D"center">=0D=0A<tbody>=0D=0A<tr>=0D=0A= <td valign=3D"top" bgcolor=3D"#ffffff"><img src=3D"http://www.furnituret= rainingcompany.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_04/disclaimer_divider.jpg= " alt=3D"" width=3D"600" height=3D"25" /><br /></td>=0D=0A</tr>=0D=0A</t= body>=0D=0A</table>=0D=0A<table border=3D"0" cellspacing=3D"0" cellpaddi= ng=3D"0" width=3D"600" align=3D"center">=0D=0A<tbody>=0D=0A<tr>=0D=0A<td= valign=3D"top" bgcolor=3D"#ffffff"><img src=3D"http://www.furnituretrai= ningcompany.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_04/spacer_disclaimer_left.jp= g" alt=3D"" /></td>=0D=0A<td valign=3D"top" bgcolor=3D"#ffffff"><img src= =3D"http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_= 04/spacer_disclaimer_middle.jpg" alt=3D"" /><br /> <span style=3D"font-s= ize: xx-small; font-family: Verdana,Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; color: #= 666666;"><big><big><big><big><small><small><small>If you are not attendi= ng the High Point market in April but would still like to receive a free= Road Map to Sales Success poster visit us on the web at <span style=3D"= text-decoration: underline;"><a class=3D"moz-txt-link-abbreviated" href= =3D"http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com">www.furnituretrainingcompan= y.com</a></span>, or to speak with a Furniture Training Company represen= tative, call toll free (866) 755-5996. We do not offer free shipping out= side of the U.S. and Canada. Retailers outside of the U.S. and Canada ma= y call for more information. Limit one free Road Map to Sales Success pe= r company. Other copies of the poster may be purchased on our web site.<= br /> <br /> </small></small></small></big></big></big></big></span> <sp= an style=3D"color: #666666;"><small><span style=3D"font-size: xx-small;= font-family: Verdana,Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;"><big><big><big><small= ><small>We hope you found this message to be useful. However, if you'd r= ather not receive future emails of this sort from The Furniture Training= Company, please <a href=3D"http://www.furnituretraining.com/contact">cl= ick here to unsubscribe</a>.<br /> <br /> </small></small></big></big></= big></span></small><small><span style=3D"font-size: xx-small; font-famil= y: Verdana,Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;"><big><big><big><small><small>&co= py;Copyright 2009 The Furniture Training Company.<br /> 1770 North Resea= rch Park Way, <br /> North Logan, UT 84341. <br /> All Rights Reserved.<= /small></small></big></big></big></span></small></span><br /></td>=0D=0A= <td valign=3D"top" bgcolor=3D"#ffffff"><img src=3D"http://www.furnituret= rainingcompany.com/images/email/highpoint_2009_04/spacer_disclaimer_righ= t.jpg" alt=3D"" /></td>=0D=0A</tr>=0D=0A</tbody>=0D=0A</table>=0D=0A<tab= le border=3D"0" cellspacing=3D"0" cellpadding=3D"0" width=3D"600" align= =3D"center">=0D=0A<tbody>=0D=0A<tr>=0D=0A<td valign=3D"top" bgcolor=3D"#= ffffff"><img src=3D"http://www.furnituretrainingcompany.com/images/email= /highpoint_2009_04/footer.jpg" alt=3D"" /></td>=0D=0A</tr>=0D=0A</tbody>= =0D=0A</table>=0D=0A<p><br /></p><br><hr><a href=3D'http://localhost/ftc= /app/unsubscribe.php?action=3DoptOut&pid=3D6121&cid=3D19&email=3Dmarkl@f= urnituretrainingcompany.com'>Click to Unsubscribe</a>

    Read the article

  • Why my application ask for a codec to pla the MVI(.MOV) video files while i can play them on WMP and QuickTime?

    - by Daniel Lip
    I have an application i did some time ago when im loading the video file its ok when trying to play/use the file im getting the messageBox message say that its need a codec to use gspot or search the internet. Wehn im playing this files on my hard disk with Windows Media Play or either QuickTime there is no problems. The Video files for example name are: MVI_2483 in the file name properties i see its type: Quick Time Movie (.MOV) In my application im using DirectShowLib-2005.dll this is the class im using in my case to extract the video file im using it in my application to extract only lightnings from the video file name. In Form1 i have a button click event that just starting the action: private void button8_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) { viewToolStripMenuItem.Enabled = false; fileToolStripMenuItem.Enabled = false; button2.Enabled = false; label14.Visible = false; label15.Visible = false; label21.Visible = false; label22.Visible = false; label24.Visible = false; label25.Visible = false; ExtractAutomatic = true; DirectoryInfo info = new DirectoryInfo(_videoFile); string dirName = info.Name; automaticModeDirectory = dirName + "_Automatic"; subDirectoryName = _outputDir + "\\" + automaticModeDirectory; if (secondPass == true) { Start(true); } Start(false); } This is the function start in Form1: private void Start(bool secondpass) { setpicture(-1); if (Directory.Exists(_outputDir) && secondpass == false) { } else { Directory.CreateDirectory(_outputDir); } if (ExtractAutomatic == true) { string subDirectory_Automatic_Name = _outputDir + "\\" + automaticModeDirectory; Directory.CreateDirectory(subDirectory_Automatic_Name); f = new WmvAdapter(_videoFile, Path.Combine(subDirectory_Automatic_Name)); } else { string subDirectory_Manual_Name; if (Directory.Exists(subDirectoryName)) { subDirectory_Manual_Name = subDirectoryName; f = new WmvAdapter(_videoFile, Path.Combine(subDirectory_Manual_Name)); } else { subDirectory_Manual_Name = _outputDir + "\\" + averagesListTextFileDirectory + "_Manual"; Directory.CreateDirectory(subDirectory_Manual_Name); f = new WmvAdapter(_videoFile, Path.Combine(subDirectory_Manual_Name)); } } button1.Enabled = false; f.Secondpass = secondpass; f.FramesToSave = _fts; f.FrameCountAvailable += new WmvAdapter.FrameCountEventHandler(f_FrameCountAvailable); f.StatusChanged += new WmvAdapter.EventHandler(f_StatusChanged); f.ProgressChanged += new WmvAdapter.ProgressEventHandler(f_ProgressChanged); this.Text = "Processing Please Wait..."; label5.ForeColor = Color.Green; label5.Text = "Processing Please Wait"; button8.Enabled = false; button5.Enabled = false; label5.Visible = true; pictureBox1.Image = Lightnings_Extractor.Properties.Resources.Weather_Michmoret; Hrs = 0; //number of hours Min = 0; //number of Minutes Sec = 0; //number of Sec timeElapsed = 0; label10.Text = "00:00:00"; label11.Visible = false; label12.Visible = false; label9.Visible = false; label8.Visible = false; this.button1.Enabled = false; myTrackPanelss1.trackBar1.Enabled = false; this.checkBox2.Enabled = false; this.checkBox1.Enabled = false; numericUpDown1.Enabled = false; timer1.Start(); label2.Text = ""; label1.Visible = true; label2.Visible = true; label3.Visible = true; label4.Visible = true; f.Start(); } And this is the class wich is not my oqn class i just just defined it in some places wich making the problem: using System; using System.Diagnostics; using System.Drawing; using System.Drawing.Imaging; using System.IO; using System.Runtime.InteropServices; using DirectShowLib; using System.Collections.Generic; using Extracting_Frames; using System.Windows.Forms; namespace Polkan.DataSource { internal class WmvAdapter : ISampleGrabberCB, IDisposable { #region Fields_Properties_and_Events bool dis = false; int count = 0; const string fileName = @"d:\histogramValues.dat"; private IFilterGraph2 _filterGraph; private IMediaControl _mediaCtrl; private IMediaEvent _mediaEvent; private int _width; private int _height; private readonly string _outFolder; private int _frameId; //better use a custom EventHandler that passes the results of the action to the subscriber. public delegate void EventHandler(object sender, EventArgs e); public event EventHandler StatusChanged; public delegate void FrameCountEventHandler(object sender, FrameCountEventArgs e); public event FrameCountEventHandler FrameCountAvailable; public delegate void ProgressEventHandler(object sender, ProgressEventArgs e); public event ProgressEventHandler ProgressChanged; private IMediaSeeking _mSeek; private long _duration = 0; private long _avgFrameTime = 0; //just save the averages to a List (not to fs) public List<double> AveragesList { get; set; } public List<long> histogramValuesList; public bool Secondpass { get; set; } public List<int> FramesToSave { get; set; } #endregion #region Constructors and Destructors public WmvAdapter(string file, string outFolder) { _outFolder = outFolder; try { SetupGraph(file); } catch { Dispose(); MessageBox.Show("A codec is required to load this video file. Please use http://www.headbands.com/gspot/ or search the web for the correct codec"); } } ~WmvAdapter() { CloseInterfaces(); } #endregion public void Dispose() { CloseInterfaces(); } public void Start() { EstimateFrameCount(); int hr = _mediaCtrl.Run(); WaitUntilDone(); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); } public void WaitUntilDone() { int hr; const int eAbort = unchecked((int)0x80004004); do { System.Windows.Forms.Application.DoEvents(); EventCode evCode; if (dis == true) { return; } hr = _mediaEvent.WaitForCompletion(100, out evCode); }while (hr == eAbort); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); OnStatusChanged(); } //Edit: added events protected virtual void OnStatusChanged() { if (StatusChanged != null) StatusChanged(this, new EventArgs()); } protected virtual void OnFrameCountAvailable(long frameCount) { if (FrameCountAvailable != null) FrameCountAvailable(this, new FrameCountEventArgs() { FrameCount = frameCount }); } protected virtual void OnProgressChanged(int frameID) { if (ProgressChanged != null) ProgressChanged(this, new ProgressEventArgs() { FrameID = frameID }); } /// <summary> build the capture graph for grabber. </summary> private void SetupGraph(string file) { ISampleGrabber sampGrabber = null; IBaseFilter capFilter = null; IBaseFilter nullrenderer = null; _filterGraph = (IFilterGraph2)new FilterGraph(); _mediaCtrl = (IMediaControl)_filterGraph; _mediaEvent = (IMediaEvent)_filterGraph; _mSeek = (IMediaSeeking)_filterGraph; var mediaFilt = (IMediaFilter)_filterGraph; try { // Add the video source int hr = _filterGraph.AddSourceFilter(file, "Ds.NET FileFilter", out capFilter); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); // Get the SampleGrabber interface sampGrabber = new SampleGrabber() as ISampleGrabber; var baseGrabFlt = sampGrabber as IBaseFilter; ConfigureSampleGrabber(sampGrabber); // Add the frame grabber to the graph hr = _filterGraph.AddFilter(baseGrabFlt, "Ds.NET Grabber"); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); // --------------------------------- // Connect the file filter to the sample grabber // Hopefully this will be the video pin, we could check by reading it's mediatype IPin iPinOut = DsFindPin.ByDirection(capFilter, PinDirection.Output, 0); // Get the input pin from the sample grabber IPin iPinIn = DsFindPin.ByDirection(baseGrabFlt, PinDirection.Input, 0); hr = _filterGraph.Connect(iPinOut, iPinIn); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); // Add the null renderer to the graph nullrenderer = new NullRenderer() as IBaseFilter; hr = _filterGraph.AddFilter(nullrenderer, "Null renderer"); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); // --------------------------------- // Connect the sample grabber to the null renderer iPinOut = DsFindPin.ByDirection(baseGrabFlt, PinDirection.Output, 0); iPinIn = DsFindPin.ByDirection(nullrenderer, PinDirection.Input, 0); hr = _filterGraph.Connect(iPinOut, iPinIn); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); // Turn off the clock. This causes the frames to be sent // thru the graph as fast as possible hr = mediaFilt.SetSyncSource(null); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); // Read and cache the image sizes SaveSizeInfo(sampGrabber); //Edit: get the duration hr = _mSeek.GetDuration(out _duration); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); } finally { if (capFilter != null) { Marshal.ReleaseComObject(capFilter); } if (sampGrabber != null) { Marshal.ReleaseComObject(sampGrabber); } if (nullrenderer != null) { Marshal.ReleaseComObject(nullrenderer); } GC.Collect(); } } private void EstimateFrameCount() { try { //1sec / averageFrameTime double fr = 10000000.0 / _avgFrameTime; double frameCount = fr * (_duration / 10000000.0); OnFrameCountAvailable((long)frameCount); } catch { } } public double framesCounts() { double fr = 10000000.0 / _avgFrameTime; double frameCount = fr * (_duration / 10000000.0); return frameCount; } private void SaveSizeInfo(ISampleGrabber sampGrabber) { // Get the media type from the SampleGrabber var media = new AMMediaType(); int hr = sampGrabber.GetConnectedMediaType(media); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); if ((media.formatType != FormatType.VideoInfo) || (media.formatPtr == IntPtr.Zero)) { throw new NotSupportedException("Unknown Grabber Media Format"); } // Grab the size info var videoInfoHeader = (VideoInfoHeader)Marshal.PtrToStructure(media.formatPtr, typeof(VideoInfoHeader)); _width = videoInfoHeader.BmiHeader.Width; _height = videoInfoHeader.BmiHeader.Height; //Edit: get framerate _avgFrameTime = videoInfoHeader.AvgTimePerFrame; DsUtils.FreeAMMediaType(media); GC.Collect(); } private void ConfigureSampleGrabber(ISampleGrabber sampGrabber) { var media = new AMMediaType { majorType = MediaType.Video, subType = MediaSubType.RGB24, formatType = FormatType.VideoInfo }; int hr = sampGrabber.SetMediaType(media); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); DsUtils.FreeAMMediaType(media); GC.Collect(); hr = sampGrabber.SetCallback(this, 1); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); } private void CloseInterfaces() { try { if (_mediaCtrl != null) { _mediaCtrl.Stop(); _mediaCtrl = null; dis = true; } } catch (Exception ex) { Debug.WriteLine(ex); } if (_filterGraph != null) { Marshal.ReleaseComObject(_filterGraph); _filterGraph = null; } GC.Collect(); } int ISampleGrabberCB.SampleCB(double sampleTime, IMediaSample pSample) { Marshal.ReleaseComObject(pSample); return 0; } int ISampleGrabberCB.BufferCB(double sampleTime, IntPtr pBuffer, int bufferLen) { if (Form1.ExtractAutomatic == true) { using (var bitmap = new Bitmap(_width, _height, _width * 3, PixelFormat.Format24bppRgb, pBuffer)) { if (!this.Secondpass) { long[] HistogramValues = Form1.GetHistogram(bitmap); long t = Form1.GetTopLumAmount(HistogramValues, 1000); Form1.averagesTest.Add(t); } else { //this is the changed part if (_frameId > 0) { if (Form1.averagesTest[_frameId] / 1000.0 - Form1.averagesTest[_frameId - 1] / 1000.0 > 150.0) { count = 6; } if (count > 0) { bitmap.RotateFlip(RotateFlipType.Rotate180FlipX); bitmap.Save(Path.Combine(_outFolder, _frameId.ToString("D6") + ".bmp")); count --; } } } _frameId++; //let only report each 100 frames for performance if (_frameId % 100 == 0) OnProgressChanged(_frameId); } } else { using (var bitmap = new Bitmap(_width, _height, _width * 3, PixelFormat.Format24bppRgb, pBuffer)) { if (!this.Secondpass) { //get avg double average = GetAveragePixelValue(bitmap); if (AveragesList == null) AveragesList = new List<double>(); //save avg AveragesList.Add(average); //***************************\\ // for (int i = 0; i < (int)framesCounts(); i++) // { // get histogram values long[] HistogramValues = Form1.GetHistogram(bitmap); if (histogramValuesList == null) histogramValuesList = new List<long>(256); histogramValuesList.AddRange(HistogramValues); //***************************\\ //} } else { if (FramesToSave != null && FramesToSave.Contains(_frameId)) { bitmap.RotateFlip(RotateFlipType.Rotate180FlipX); bitmap.Save(Path.Combine(_outFolder, _frameId.ToString("D6") + ".bmp")); // get histogram values long[] HistogramValues = Form1.GetHistogram(bitmap); if (histogramValuesList == null) histogramValuesList = new List<long>(256); histogramValuesList.AddRange(HistogramValues); using (BinaryWriter binWriter = new BinaryWriter(File.Open(fileName, FileMode.Create))) { for (int i = 0; i < histogramValuesList.Count; i++) { binWriter.Write(histogramValuesList[(int)i]); } binWriter.Close(); } } } _frameId++; //let only report each 100 frames for performance if (_frameId % 100 == 0) OnProgressChanged(_frameId); } } return 0; } /* int ISampleGrabberCB.SampleCB(double sampleTime, IMediaSample pSample) { Marshal.ReleaseComObject(pSample); return 0; } int ISampleGrabberCB.BufferCB(double sampleTime, IntPtr pBuffer, int bufferLen) { using (var bitmap = new Bitmap(_width, _height, _width * 3, PixelFormat.Format24bppRgb, pBuffer)) { if (!this.Secondpass) { //get avg double average = GetAveragePixelValue(bitmap); if (AveragesList == null) AveragesList = new List<double>(); //save avg AveragesList.Add(average); //***************************\\ // for (int i = 0; i < (int)framesCounts(); i++) // { // get histogram values long[] HistogramValues = Form1.GetHistogram(bitmap); if (histogramValuesList == null) histogramValuesList = new List<long>(256); histogramValuesList.AddRange(HistogramValues); long t = Form1.GetTopLumAmount(HistogramValues, 1000); //***************************\\ Form1.averagesTest.Add(t); // to add this list to a text file or binary file and read the averages from the file when its is Secondpass !!!!! //} } else { if (FramesToSave != null && FramesToSave.Contains(_frameId)) { bitmap.RotateFlip(RotateFlipType.Rotate180FlipX); bitmap.Save(Path.Combine(_outFolder, _frameId.ToString("D6") + ".bmp")); // get histogram values long[] HistogramValues = Form1.GetHistogram(bitmap); if (histogramValuesList == null) histogramValuesList = new List<long>(256); histogramValuesList.AddRange(HistogramValues); using (BinaryWriter binWriter = new BinaryWriter(File.Open(fileName, FileMode.Create))) { for (int i = 0; i < histogramValuesList.Count; i++) { binWriter.Write(histogramValuesList[(int)i]); } binWriter.Close(); } } for (int x = 1; x < Form1.averagesTest.Count; x++) { double fff = Form1.averagesTest[x] / 1000.0 - Form1.averagesTest[x - 1] / 1000.0; if (Form1.averagesTest[x] / 1000.0 - Form1.averagesTest[x - 1] / 1000.0 > 180.0) { bitmap.RotateFlip(RotateFlipType.Rotate180FlipX); bitmap.Save(Path.Combine(_outFolder, _frameId.ToString("D6") + ".bmp")); _frameId++; } } } _frameId++; //let only report each 100 frames for performance if (_frameId % 100 == 0) OnProgressChanged(_frameId); } return 0; }*/ private unsafe double GetAveragePixelValue(Bitmap bmp) { BitmapData bmData = null; try { bmData = bmp.LockBits(new Rectangle(0, 0, bmp.Width, bmp.Height), ImageLockMode.ReadOnly, PixelFormat.Format24bppRgb); int stride = bmData.Stride; IntPtr scan0 = bmData.Scan0; int w = bmData.Width; int h = bmData.Height; double sum = 0; long pixels = bmp.Width * bmp.Height; byte* p = (byte*)scan0.ToPointer(); for (int y = 0; y < h; y++) { p = (byte*)scan0.ToPointer(); p += y * stride; for (int x = 0; x < w; x++) { double i = ((double)p[0] + p[1] + p[2]) / 3.0; sum += i; p += 3; } //no offset incrementation needed when getting //the pointer at the start of each row } bmp.UnlockBits(bmData); double result = sum / (double)pixels; return result; } catch { try { bmp.UnlockBits(bmData); } catch { } } return -1; } } public class FrameCountEventArgs { public long FrameCount { get; set; } } public class ProgressEventArgs { public int FrameID { get; set; } } } I remember i had this codec problem/s before and i installed the codec/'s that were needed but in this case both quick time and windows media player can play the video files so why the application cant detect and find the codec/'s on my computer ? Gspot say that the codec is AVC1 but again wmp and quicktime play the video files no problems. The video files are from my digital camera !

    Read the article

  • Registration form validation not validating

    - by jgray
    I am a noob when it comes to web development. I am trying to validate a registration form and to me it looks right but it will not validate.. This is what i have so far and i am validating through a repository or database. Any help would be greatly appreciated. thanks <?php session_start(); $title = "User Registration"; $keywords = "Name, contact, phone, e-mail, registration"; $description = "user registration becoming a member."; require "partials/_html_header.php"; //require "partials/_header.php"; require "partials/_menu.php"; require "DataRepository.php"; // if all validation passed save user $db = new DataRepository(); // form validation goes here $first_nameErr = $emailErr = $passwordErr = $passwordConfirmErr = ""; $first_name = $last_name = $email = $password = $passwordConfirm = ""; if(isset($_POST['submit'])) { $valid = TRUE; // check if all fields are valid { if ($_SERVER["REQUEST_METHOD"] == "POST") { if (empty($_POST["first_name"])) {$first_nameErr = "Name is required";} else { // $first_name = test_input($_POST["first_name"]); // check if name only contains letters and whitespace if (!preg_match("/^[a-zA-Z ]*$/",$first_name)) { $first_nameErr = "Only letters and white space allowed"; } } if (empty($_POST["email"])) {$emailErr = "Email is required";} else { // $email = test_input($_POST["email"]); // check if e-mail address syntax is valid if (!preg_match("/([\w\-]+\@[\w\-]+\.[\w\-]+)/",$email)) { $emailErr = "Invalid email format"; } } if (!preg_match("/(......)/",$password)) { $passwordErr = "Subject must contain THREE or more characters!"; } if ($_POST['password']!= $_POST['passwordConfirm']) { echo("Oops! Password did not match! Try again. "); } function test_input($data) { $data = trim($data); $data = stripslashes($data); $data = htmlspecialchars($data); return $data; } } } if(!$db->isEmailUnique($_POST['email'])) { $valid = FALSE; //display errors in the correct places } // if still valid save the user if($valid) { $new_user = array( 'first_name' => $_POST['first_name'], 'last_name' => $_POST['last_name'], 'email' => $_POST['email'], 'password' => $_POST['password'] ); $results = $db->saveUser($new_user); if($results == TRUE) { header("Location: login.php"); } else { echo "WTF!"; exit; } } } ?> <head> <style> .error {color: #FF0000;} </style> </head> <h1 class="center"> World Wide Web Creations' User Registration </h1> <p><span class="error"></span><p> <form method="POST" action="<?php echo htmlspecialchars($_SERVER["PHP_SELF"]);?>" onsubmit="return validate_form()" > First Name: <input type="text" name="first_name" id="first_name" value="<?php echo $first_name;?>" /> <span class="error"> <?php echo $first_nameErr;?></span> <br /> <br /> Last Name(Optional): <input type="text" name="last_name" id="last_name" value="<?php echo $last_name;?>" /> <br /> <br /> E-mail: <input type="email" name="email" id="email" value="<?php echo $email;?>" /> <span class="error"> <?php echo $emailErr;?></span> <br /> <br /> Password: <input type="password" name="password" id="password" value="" /> <span class="error"> <?php echo $passwordErr;?></span> <br /> <br /> Confirmation Password: <input type="password" name="passwordConfirm" id="passwordConfirm" value="" /> <span class="error"> <?php echo $passwordConfirmErr;?></span> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <input type="submit" name="submit" id="submit" value="Submit Data" /> <input type="reset" name="reset" id="reset" value="Reset Form" /> </form> </body> </html> <?php require "partials/_footer.php"; require "partials/_html_footer.php"; ?> class DataRepository { // version number private $version = "1.0.3"; // turn on and off debugging private static $debug = FALSE; // flag to (re)initialize db on each call private static $initialize_db = FALSE; // insert test data on initialization private static $load_default_data = TRUE; const DATAFILE = "203data.txt"; private $data = NULL; private $errors = array(); private $user_fields = array( 'id' => array('required' => 0), 'created_at' => array('required' => 0), 'updated_at' => array('required' => 0), 'first_name' => array('required' => 1), 'last_name' => array('required' => 0), 'email' => array('required' => 1), 'password' => array('required' => 1), 'level' => array('required' => 0, 'default' => 2), ); private $post_fields = array( 'id' => array('required' => 0), 'created_at' => array('required' => 0), 'updated_at' => array('required' => 0), 'user_id' => array('required' => 1), 'title' => array('required' => 1), 'message' => array('required' => 1), 'private' => array('required' => 0, 'default' => 0), ); private $default_user = array( 'id' => 1, 'created_at' => '2013-01-01 00:00:00', 'updated_at' => '2013-01-01 00:00:00', 'first_name' => 'Admin Joe', 'last_name' => 'Tester', 'email' => '[email protected]', 'password' => 'a94a8fe5ccb19ba61c4c0873d391e987982fbbd3', 'level' => 1, ); private $default_post = array( 'id' => 1, 'created_at' => '2013-01-01 00:00:00', 'updated_at' => '2013-01-01 00:00:00', 'user_id' => 1, 'title' => 'My First Post', 'message' => 'This is the message of the first post.', 'private' => 0, ); // constructor will load existing data into memory // if it does not exist it will create it and initialize if desired public function __construct() { // check if need to reset if(DataRepository::$initialize_db AND file_exists(DataRepository::DATAFILE)) { unlink(DataRepository::DATAFILE); } // if file doesn't exist, create the initial datafile if(!file_exists(DataRepository::DATAFILE)) { $this->log("Data file does not exist. Attempting to create it... (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")"); // create initial file $this->data = array( 'users' => array( ), 'posts' => array() ); // load default data if needed if(DataRepository::$load_default_data) { $this->data['users'][1] = $this->default_user; $this->data['posts'][1] = $this->default_post; } $this->writeTheData(); } // load the data into memory for use $this->loadTheData(); } private function showErrors($break = TRUE, $type = NULL) { if(count($this->errors) > 0) { echo "<div style=\"color:red;font-weight: bold;font-size: 1.3em\":<h3>$type Errors</h3><ol>"; foreach($this->errors AS $error) { echo "<li>$error</li>"; } echo "</ol></div>"; if($break) { "</br></br></br>Exiting because of errors!"; exit; } } } private function writeTheData() { $this->log("Attempting to write the datafile: ".DataRepository::DATAFILE." (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")"); file_put_contents(DataRepository::DATAFILE, json_encode($this->data)); $this->log("Datafile written: ".DataRepository::DATAFILE." (line: ".__LINE__.")"); } private function loadTheData() { $this->log("Attempting to load the datafile: ".DataRepository::DATAFILE." (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")"); $this->data = json_decode(file_get_contents(DataRepository::DATAFILE), true); $this->log("Datafile loaded: ".DataRepository::DATAFILE." (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")", $this->data); } private function validateFields(&$info, $fields, $pre_errors = NULL) { // merge in any pre_errors if($pre_errors != NULL) { $this->errors = array_merge($this->errors, $pre_errors); } // check all required fields foreach($fields AS $field => $reqs) { if(isset($reqs['required']) AND $reqs['required'] == 1) { if(!isset($info[$field]) OR strlen($info[$field]) == 0) { $this->errors[] = "$field is a REQUIRED field"; } } // set any default values if not present if(isset($reqs['default']) AND (!isset($info[$field]) OR $info[$field] == "")) { $info[$field] = $reqs['default']; } } $this->showErrors(); if(count($this->errors) == 0) { return TRUE; } else { return FALSE; } } private function validateUser(&$user_info) { // check if the email is already in use $this->log("About to check pre_errors: ".DataRepository::DATAFILE." (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")", $user_info); $pre_errors = NULL; if(isset($user_info['email'])) { if(!$this->isEmailUnique($user_info['email'])) { $pre_errors = array('The email: '.$user_info['email'].' is already used in our system'); } } $this->log("After pre_error check: ".DataRepository::DATAFILE." (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")", $pre_errors); return $this->validateFields($user_info, $this->user_fields, $pre_errors); } private function validatePost(&$post_info) { // check if the user_id in the post actually exists $this->log("About to check pre_errors: ".DataRepository::DATAFILE." (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")", $post_info); $pre_errors = NULL; if(isset($post_info['user_id'])) { if(!isset($this->data['users'][$post_info['user_id']])) { $pre_errors = array('The posts must belong to a valid user. (User '.$post_info['user_id'].' does not exist in the data'); } } $this->log("After pre_error check: ".DataRepository::DATAFILE." (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")", $pre_errors); return $this->validateFields($post_info, $this->post_fields, $pre_errors); } private function log($message, $data = NULL) { $style = "background-color: #F8F8F8; border: 1px solid #DDDDDD; border-radius: 3px; font-size: 13px; line-height: 19px; overflow: auto; padding: 6px 10px;"; if(DataRepository::$debug) { if($data != NULL) { $dump = "<div style=\"$style\"><pre>".json_encode($data, JSON_PRETTY_PRINT)."</pre></div>"; } else { $dump = NULL; } echo "<code><b>Debug:</b> $message</code>$dump<br />"; } } public function saveUser($user_info) { $this->log("Entering saveUser: (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")", $user_info); $mydata = array(); $update = FALSE; // check for existing data if(isset($user_info['id']) AND $this->data['users'][$user_info['id']]) { $mydata = $this->data['users'][$user_info['id']]; $this->log("Loaded prior user: ".print_r($mydata, TRUE)." (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")"); } // copy over existing values $this->log("Before copying over existing values: (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")", $mydata); foreach($user_info AS $k => $v) { $mydata[$k] = $user_info[$k]; } $this->log("After copying over existing values: (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")", $mydata); // check required fields if($this->validateUser($mydata)) { // hash password if new if(isset($mydata['password'])) { $mydata['password'] = sha1($mydata['password']); } // if no id, add the next available one if(!isset($mydata['id']) OR (int)$mydata['id'] < 1) { $this->log("No id set: ".DataRepository::DATAFILE." (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")"); if(count($this->data['users']) == 0) { $mydata['id'] = 1; $this->log("Setting id to 1: ".DataRepository::DATAFILE." (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")"); } else { $mydata['id'] = max(array_keys($this->data['users']))+1; $this->log("Found max id and added 1 [".$mydata['id']."]: ".DataRepository::DATAFILE." (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")"); } } // set created date if null if(!isset($mydata['created_at'])) { $mydata['created_at'] = date ("Y-m-d H:i:s", time()); } // update modified time $mydata['modified_at'] = date ("Y-m-d H:i:s", time()); // copy into data and save $this->log("Before data save: (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")", $this->data); $this->data['users'][$mydata['id']] = $mydata; $this->writeTheData(); } return TRUE; } public function getUserById($id) { if(isset($this->data['users'][$id])) { return $this->data['users'][$id]; } else { return array(); } } public function isEmailUnique($email) { // find the user that has the right username/password foreach($this->data['users'] AS $k => $v) { $this->log("Checking unique email: {$v['email']} == $email (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")", NULL); if($v['email'] == $email) { $this->log("FOUND NOT unique email: {$v['email']} == $email (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")", NULL); return FALSE; break; } } $this->log("Email IS unique: $email (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")", NULL); return TRUE; } public function login($username, $password) { // hash password for validation $password = sha1($password); $this->log("Attempting to login with $username / $password: (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")", NULL); $user = NULL; // find the user that has the right username/password foreach($this->data['users'] AS $k => $v) { if($v['email'] == $username AND $v['password'] == $password) { $user = $v; break; } } $this->log("Exiting login: (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")", $user); return $user; } public function savePost($post_info) { $this->log("Entering savePost: (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")", $post_info); $mydata = array(); // check for existing data if(isset($post_info['id']) AND $this->data['posts'][$post_info['id']]) { $mydata = $this->data['posts'][$post_info['id']]; $this->log("Loaded prior posts: ".print_r($mydata, TRUE)." (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")"); } $this->log("Before copying over existing values: (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")", $mydata); foreach($post_info AS $k => $v) { $mydata[$k] = $post_info[$k]; } $this->log("After copying over existing values: (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")", $mydata); // check required fields if($this->validatePost($mydata)) { // if no id, add the next available one if(!isset($mydata['id']) OR (int)$mydata['id'] < 1) { $this->log("No id set: ".DataRepository::DATAFILE." (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")"); if(count($this->data['posts']) == 0) { $mydata['id'] = 1; $this->log("Setting id to 1: ".DataRepository::DATAFILE." (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")"); } else { $mydata['id'] = max(array_keys($this->data['posts']))+1; $this->log("Found max id and added 1 [".$mydata['id']."]: ".DataRepository::DATAFILE." (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")"); } } // set created date if null if(!isset($mydata['created_at'])) { $mydata['created_at'] = date ("Y-m-d H:i:s", time()); } // update modified time $mydata['modified_at'] = date ("Y-m-d H:i:s", time()); // copy into data and save $this->data['posts'][$mydata['id']] = $mydata; $this->log("Before data save: (".__FUNCTION__.":".__LINE__.")", $this->data); $this->writeTheData(); } return TRUE; } public function getAllPosts() { return $this->loadPostsUsers($this->data['posts']); } public function loadPostsUsers($posts) { foreach($posts AS $id => $post) { $posts[$id]['user'] = $this->getUserById($post['user_id']); } return $posts; } public function dump($line_number, $temp = 'NO') { // if(DataRepository::$debug) { if($temp == 'NO') { $temp = $this->data; } echo "<pre>Dumping from line: $line_number\n"; echo json_encode($temp, JSON_PRETTY_PRINT); echo "</pre>"; } } } /* * Change Log * * 1.0.0 * - first version * 1.0.1 * - Added isEmailUnique() function for form validation and precheck on user save * 1.0.2 * - Fixed getAllPosts() to include the post's user info * - Added loadPostsUsers() to load one or more posts with their user info * 1.0.3 * - Added autoload to always add admin Joe. */

    Read the article

  • User Input That Involves A ' ' Causes A Substring Out Of Range Error

    - by Greenhouse Gases
    Hi Stackoverflow people. You have already helped me quite a bit but near the end of writing this program I have somewhat of a bug. You see in order to read in city names with a space in from a text file I use a '/' that is then replaced by the program for a ' ' (and when the serializer runs the opposite happens for next time the program is run). The problem is when a user inputs a name too add, search for, or delete that contains a space, for instance 'New York' I get a Debug Assertion Error with a substring out of range expression. I have a feeling it's to do with my correctCase function, or setElementsNull that looks at the string until it experiences a null element in the array, however ' ' is not null so I'm not sure how to fix this and I'm going a bit insane. Any help would be much appreciated. Here is my code: // U08221.cpp : main project file. #include "stdafx.h" #include <_iostream> #include <_string> #include <_fstream> #include <_cmath> using namespace std; class locationNode { public: string nodeCityName; double nodeLati; double nodeLongi; locationNode* Next; locationNode(string nameOf, double lat, double lon) { this->nodeCityName = nameOf; this->nodeLati = lat; this->nodeLongi = lon; this->Next = NULL; } locationNode() // NULL constructor { } void swapProps(locationNode *node2) { locationNode place; place.nodeCityName = this->nodeCityName; place.nodeLati = this->nodeLati; place.nodeLongi = this->nodeLongi; this->nodeCityName = node2->nodeCityName; this->nodeLati = node2->nodeLati; this->nodeLongi = node2->nodeLongi; node2->nodeCityName = place.nodeCityName; node2->nodeLati = place.nodeLati; node2->nodeLongi = place.nodeLongi; } void modify(string name) { this->nodeCityName = name; } void modify(double latlon, int mod) { switch(mod) { case 2: this->nodeLati = latlon; break; case 3: this->nodeLongi = latlon; break; } } void correctCase() // Correct upper and lower case letters of input { int MAX_SIZE = 35; int firstLetVal = this->nodeCityName[0], letVal; int n = 1; // variable for name index from second letter onwards if((this->nodeCityName[0] >90) && (this->nodeCityName[0] < 123)) // First letter is lower case { firstLetVal = firstLetVal - 32; // Capitalise first letter this->nodeCityName[0] = firstLetVal; } while(this->nodeCityName[n] != NULL) { if((this->nodeCityName[n] >= 65) && (this->nodeCityName[n] <= 90)) { if(this->nodeCityName[n - 1] != 32) { letVal = this->nodeCityName[n] + 32; this->nodeCityName[n] = letVal; } } n++; } } }; Here is the main part of the program: // U08221.cpp : main project file. #include "stdafx.h" #include "Locations2.h" #include <_iostream> #include <_string> #include <_fstream> #include <_cmath> using namespace std; #define pi 3.14159265358979323846264338327950288 #define radius 6371 #define gig 1073741824 //size of a gigabyte in bytes int n = 0,x, locationCount = 0, MAX_SIZE = 35 , g = 0, i = 0, modKey = 0, xx; string cityNameInput, alter; char targetCity[35], skipKey = ' '; double lat1, lon1, lat2, lon2, dist, dummy, modVal, result; bool acceptedInput = false, match = false, nodeExists = false;// note: addLocation(), set to true to enable user input as opposed to txt file locationNode *temp, *temp2, *example, *seek, *bridge, *start_ptr = NULL; class Menu { int junction; public: /* Convert decimal degrees to radians */ public: void setElementsNull(char cityParam[]) { int y=0; while(cityParam[y] != NULL) { y++; } while(y < MAX_SIZE) { cityParam[y] = NULL; y++; } } void correctCase(string name) // Correct upper and lower case letters of input { int MAX_SIZE = 35; int firstLetVal = name[0], letVal; int n = 1; // variable for name index from second letter onwards if((name[0] >90) && (name[0] < 123)) // First letter is lower case { firstLetVal = firstLetVal - 32; // Capitalise first letter name[0] = firstLetVal; } while(name[n] != NULL) { if((name[n] >= 65) && (name[n] <= 90)) { letVal = name[n] + 32; name[n] = letVal; } n++; } for(n = 0; targetCity[n] != NULL; n++) { targetCity[n] = name[n]; } } bool nodeExistTest(char targetCity[]) // see if entry is present in the database { match = false; seek = start_ptr; int letters = 0, letters2 = 0, x = 0, y = 0; while(targetCity[y] != NULL) { letters2++; y++; } while(x <= locationCount) // locationCount is number of entries currently in list { y=0, letters = 0; while(seek->nodeCityName[y] != NULL) // count letters in the current name { letters++; y++; } if(letters == letters2) // same amount of letters in the name { y = 0; while(y <= letters) // compare each letter against one another { if(targetCity[y] == seek->nodeCityName[y]) { match = true; y++; } else { match = false; y = letters + 1; // no match, terminate comparison } } } if(match) { x = locationCount + 1; //found match so terminate loop } else{ if(seek->Next != NULL) { bridge = seek; seek = seek->Next; x++; } else { x = locationCount + 1; // end of list so terminate loop } } } return match; } double deg2rad(double deg) { return (deg * pi / 180); } /* Convert radians to decimal degrees */ double rad2deg(double rad) { return (rad * 180 / pi); } /* Do the calculation */ double distance(double lat1, double lon1, double lat2, double lon2, double dist) { dist = sin(deg2rad(lat1)) * sin(deg2rad(lat2)) + cos(deg2rad(lat1)) * cos(deg2rad(lat2)) * cos(deg2rad(lon1 - lon2)); dist = acos(dist); dist = rad2deg(dist); dist = (radius * pi * dist) / 180; return dist; } void serialise() { // Serialize to format that can be written to text file fstream outfile; outfile.open("locations.txt",ios::out); temp = start_ptr; do { for(xx = 0; temp->nodeCityName[xx] != NULL; xx++) { if(temp->nodeCityName[xx] == 32) { temp->nodeCityName[xx] = 47; } } outfile << endl << temp->nodeCityName<< " "; outfile<<temp->nodeLati<< " "; outfile<<temp->nodeLongi; temp = temp->Next; }while(temp != NULL); outfile.close(); } void sortList() // do this { int changes = 1; locationNode *node1, *node2; while(changes > 0) // while changes are still being made to the list execute { node1 = start_ptr; node2 = node1->Next; changes = 0; do { xx = 1; if(node1->nodeCityName[0] > node2->nodeCityName[0]) //compare first letter of name with next in list { node1->swapProps(node2); // should come after the next in the list changes++; } else if(node1->nodeCityName[0] == node2->nodeCityName[0]) // if same first letter { while(node1->nodeCityName[xx] == node2->nodeCityName[xx]) // check next letter of name { if((node1->nodeCityName[xx + 1] != NULL) && (node2->nodeCityName[xx + 1] != NULL)) // check next letter until not the same { xx++; } else break; } if(node1->nodeCityName[xx] > node2->nodeCityName[xx]) { node1->swapProps(node2); // should come after the next in the list changes++; } } node1 = node2; node2 = node2->Next; // move to next pair in list } while(node2 != NULL); } } void initialise() { cout << "Populating List..."; ifstream inputFile; inputFile.open ("locations.txt", ios::in); char inputName[35] = " "; double inputLati = 0, inputLongi = 0; //temp = new locationNode(inputName, inputLati, inputLongi); do { inputFile.get(inputName, 35, ' '); inputFile >> inputLati; inputFile >> inputLongi; if(inputName[0] == 10 || 13) //remove linefeed from input { for(int i = 0; inputName[i] != NULL; i++) { inputName[i] = inputName[i + 1]; } } for(xx = 0; inputName[xx] != NULL; xx++) { if(inputName[xx] == 47) // if it is a '/' { inputName[xx] = 32; // replace it for a space } } temp = new locationNode(inputName, inputLati, inputLongi); if(start_ptr == NULL){ // if list is currently empty, start_ptr will point to this node start_ptr = temp; } else { temp2 = start_ptr; // We know this is not NULL - list not empty! while (temp2->Next != NULL) { temp2 = temp2->Next; // Move to next link in chain until reach end of list } temp2->Next = temp; } ++locationCount; // increment counter for number of records in list } while(!inputFile.eof()); cout << "Successful!" << endl << "List contains: " << locationCount << " entries" << endl; inputFile.close(); cout << endl << "*******************************************************************" << endl << "DISTANCE CALCULATOR v2.0\tAuthors: Darius Hodaei, Joe Clifton" << endl; } void menuInput() { char menuChoice = ' '; while(menuChoice != 'Q') { // Menu if(skipKey != 'X') // This is set by case 'S' below if a searched term does not exist but wants to be added { cout << endl << "*******************************************************************" << endl; cout << "Please enter a choice for the menu..." << endl << endl; cout << "(P) To print out the list" << endl << "(O) To order the list alphabetically" << endl << "(A) To add a location" << endl << "(D) To delete a record" << endl << "(C) To calculate distance between two points" << endl << "(S) To search for a location in the list" << endl << "(M) To check memory usage" << endl << "(U) To update a record" << endl << "(Q) To quit" << endl; cout << endl << "*******************************************************************" << endl; cin >> menuChoice; if(menuChoice >= 97) { menuChoice = menuChoice - 32; // Turn the lower case letter into an upper case letter } } skipKey = ' '; //Reset skipKey so that it does not skip the menu switch(menuChoice) { case 'P': temp = start_ptr; // set temp to the start of the list do { if (temp == NULL) { cout << "You have reached the end of the database" << endl; } else { // Display details for what temp points to at that stage cout << "Location : " << temp->nodeCityName << endl; cout << "Latitude : " << temp->nodeLati << endl; cout << "Longitude : " << temp->nodeLongi << endl; cout << endl; // Move on to next locationNode if one exists temp = temp->Next; } } while (temp != NULL); break; case 'O': { sortList(); // pass by reference??? cout << "List reordered alphabetically" << endl; } break; case 'A': char cityName[35]; double lati, longi; cout << endl << "Enter the name of the location: "; cin >> cityName; for(xx = 0; cityName[xx] != NULL; xx++) { if(cityName[xx] == 47) // if it is a '/' { cityName[xx] = 32; // replace it for a space } } if(!nodeExistTest(cityName)) { cout << endl << "Please enter the latitude value for this location: "; cin >> lati; cout << endl << "Please enter the longitude value for this location: "; cin >> longi; cout << endl; temp = new locationNode(cityName, lati, longi); temp->correctCase(); //start_ptr allignment if(start_ptr == NULL){ // if list is currently empty, start_ptr will point to this node start_ptr = temp; } else { temp2 = start_ptr; // We know this is not NULL - list not empty! while (temp2->Next != NULL) { temp2 = temp2->Next; // Move to next link in chain until reach end of list } temp2->Next = temp; } ++locationCount; // increment counter for number of records in list cout << "Location sucessfully added to the database! There are " << locationCount << " location(s) stored" << endl; } else { cout << "Node is already present in the list and so cannot be added again" << endl; } break; case 'D': { junction = 0; locationNode *place; cout << "Enter the name of the city you wish to remove" << endl; cin >> targetCity; setElementsNull(targetCity); correctCase(targetCity); for(xx = 0; targetCity[xx] != NULL; xx++) { if(targetCity[xx] == 47) { targetCity[xx] = 32; } } if(nodeExistTest(targetCity)) //if this node does exist { if(seek == start_ptr) // if it is the first in the list { junction = 1; } if(seek->Next == NULL) // if it is last in the list { junction = 2; } switch(junction) // will alter list accordingly dependant on where the searched for link is { case 1: start_ptr = start_ptr->Next; delete seek; --locationCount; break; case 2: place = seek; seek = bridge; seek->Next = NULL; delete place; --locationCount; break; default: bridge->Next = seek->Next; delete seek; --locationCount; break; } cout << endl << "Link deleted. There are now " << locationCount << " locations." << endl; } else { cout << "That entry does not currently exist" << endl << endl << endl; } } break; case 'C': { char city1[35], city2[35]; cout << "Enter the first city name" << endl; cin >> city1; setElementsNull(city1); correctCase(targetCity); if(nodeExistTest(city1)) { lat1 = seek->nodeLati; lon1 = seek->nodeLongi; cout << "Lati = " << seek->nodeLati << endl << "Longi = " << seek->nodeLongi << endl << endl; } cout << "Enter the second city name" << endl; cin >> city2; setElementsNull(city2); correctCase(targetCity); if(nodeExistTest(city2)) { lat2 = seek->nodeLati; lon2 = seek->nodeLongi; cout << "Lati = " << seek->nodeLati << endl << "Longi = " << seek->nodeLongi << endl << endl; } result = distance (lat1, lon1, lat2, lon2, dist); cout << "The distance between these two locations is " << result << " kilometres." << endl; } break; case 'S': { char choice; cout << "Enter search term..." << endl; cin >> targetCity; setElementsNull(targetCity); correctCase(targetCity); if(nodeExistTest(targetCity)) { cout << "Latitude: " << seek->nodeLati << endl << "Longitude: " << seek->nodeLongi << endl; } else { cout << "Sorry, that city is not currently present in the list." << endl << "Would you like to add this city now Y/N?" << endl; cin >> choice; /*while(choice != ('Y' || 'N')) { cout << "Please enter a valid choice..." << endl; cin >> choice; }*/ switch(choice) { case 'Y': skipKey = 'X'; menuChoice = 'A'; break; case 'N': break; default : cout << "Invalid choice" << endl; break; } } break; } case 'M': { cout << "Locations currently stored: " << locationCount << endl << "Memory used for this: " << (sizeof(start_ptr) * locationCount) << " bytes" << endl << endl << "You can store " << ((gig - (sizeof(start_ptr) * locationCount)) / sizeof(start_ptr)) << " more locations" << endl ; break; } case 'U': { cout << "Enter the name of the Location you would like to update: "; cin >> targetCity; setElementsNull(targetCity); correctCase(targetCity); if(nodeExistTest(targetCity)) { cout << "Select (1) to alter City Name, (2) to alter Longitude, (3) to alter Latitude" << endl; cin >> modKey; switch(modKey) { case 1: cout << "Enter the new name: "; cin >> alter; cout << endl; seek->modify(alter); break; case 2: cout << "Enter the new latitude: "; cin >> modVal; cout << endl; seek->modify(modVal, modKey); break; case 3: cout << "Enter the new longitude: "; cin >> modVal; cout << endl; seek->modify(modVal, modKey); break; default: break; } } else cout << "Location not found" << endl; break; } } } } }; int main(array<System::String ^> ^args) { Menu mm; //mm.initialise(); mm.menuInput(); mm.serialise(); }

    Read the article

  • Silverlight Recruiting Application Part 6 - Adding an Interview Scheduling Module/View

    Between the last post and this one I went ahead and carried the ideas for the Jobs module and view into the Applicants module and view- they're both doing more or less the same thing, except with different objects being at their core.  Made for an easy cut-and-paste operation with a few items being switched from one to another.  Now that we have the ability to add postings and applicants, wouldn't it be nice if we could schedule an interview?  Of course it would! Scheduling Module I think you get the drift from previous posts that these project structures start looking somewhat similar.  The interview scheduling module is no different than the rest- it gets a SchedulingModule.cs file at the root that inherits from IModule, and there is a single SchedulerView.xsml and SchedulerViewModel.cs setup for our V+VM.  We have one unique concern as we enter into this- RadScheduler deals with AppointmentsSource, not ItemsSource, so there are some special considerations to take into account when planning this module. First, I need something which inherits from AppointmentBase.  This is the core of the RadScheduler appointment, and if you are planning to do any form of custom appointment, you'll want it to inherit from this.  Then you can add-on functionality as needed.  Here is my addition to the mix, the InterviewAppointment: 01.public class InterviewAppointment : AppointmentBase 02.{ 03.    private int _applicantID; 04.    public int ApplicantID 05.    { 06.        get { return this._applicantID; } 07.        set 08.        { 09.            if (_applicantID != value) 10.            { 11.                _applicantID = value; 12.                OnPropertyChanged("ApplicantID"); 13.            } 14.        } 15.    } 16.   17.    private int _postingID; 18.    public int PostingID 19.    { 20.        get { return _postingID; } 21.        set 22.        { 23.            if (_postingID != value) 24.            { 25.                _postingID = value; 26.                OnPropertyChanged("PostingID"); 27.            } 28.        } 29.    } 30.   31.    private string _body; 32.    public string Body 33.    { 34.        get { return _body; } 35.        set 36.        { 37.            if (_body != value) 38.            { 39.                _body = value; 40.                OnPropertyChanged("Body"); 41.            } 42.        } 43.    } 44.   45.    private int _interviewID; 46.    public int InterviewID 47.    { 48.        get { return _interviewID; } 49.        set 50.        { 51.            if (_interviewID != value) 52.            { 53.                _interviewID = value; 54.                OnPropertyChanged("InterviewID"); 55.            } 56.        } 57.    } 58.   59.    public override IAppointment Copy() 60.    { 61.        IAppointment appointment = new InterviewAppointment(); 62.        appointment.CopyFrom(this);             63.        return appointment; 64.    } 65.   66.    public override void CopyFrom(IAppointment other) 67.    {             68.        base.CopyFrom(other); 69.        var appointment = other as InterviewAppointment; 70.        if (appointment != null) 71.        { 72.            ApplicantID = appointment.ApplicantID; 73.            PostingID = appointment.PostingID; 74.            Body = appointment.Body; 75.            InterviewID = appointment.InterviewID; 76.        } 77.    } 78.} Nothing too exciting going on here, we just make sure that our custom fields are persisted (specifically set in CopyFrom at the bottom) and notifications are fired- otherwise this ends up exactly like the standard appointment as far as interactions, etc.  But if we've got custom appointment items... that also means we need to customize what our appointment dialog window will look like. Customizing the Edit Appointment Dialog This initially sounds a lot more intimidating than it really is.  The first step here depends on what you're dealing with for theming, but for ease of everything I went ahead and extracted my templates in Blend for RadScheduler so I could modify it as I pleased.  For the faint of heart, the RadScheduler template is a few thousand lines of goodness since there are some very complex things going on in that control.  I've gone ahead and trimmed down the template parts I don't need as much as possible, so what is left is all that is relevant to the Edit Appointment Dialog.  Here's the resulting Xaml, with line numbers, so I can explain further: 001.<UserControl.Resources> 002.    <!-- begin Necessary Windows 7 Theme Resources for EditAppointmentTemplate --> 003.    <helpers:DataContextProxy x:Key="DataContextProxy" /> 004.       005.    <telerik:Windows7Theme x:Key="Theme" /> 006.    <SolidColorBrush x:Key="DialogWindowBackground" 007.                     Color="White" /> 008.    <SolidColorBrush x:Key="CategorySelectorBorderBrush" 009.                     Color="#FFB1B1B1" /> 010.    <LinearGradientBrush x:Key="RadToolBar_InnerBackground" 011.                         EndPoint="0.5,1" 012.                         StartPoint="0.5,0"> 013.        <GradientStop Color="#FFFDFEFF" 014.                      Offset="0" /> 015.        <GradientStop Color="#FFDDE9F7" 016.                      Offset="1" /> 017.        <GradientStop Color="#FFE6F0FA" 018.                      Offset="0.5" /> 019.        <GradientStop Color="#FFDCE6F4" 020.                      Offset="0.5" /> 021.    </LinearGradientBrush> 022.    <Style x:Key="FormElementTextBlockStyle" 023.           TargetType="TextBlock"> 024.        <Setter Property="HorizontalAlignment" 025.                Value="Right" /> 026.        <Setter Property="VerticalAlignment" 027.                Value="Top" /> 028.        <Setter Property="Margin" 029.                Value="15, 15, 0, 2" /> 030.    </Style> 031.    <Style x:Key="FormElementStyle" 032.           TargetType="FrameworkElement"> 033.        <Setter Property="Margin" 034.                Value="10, 10, 0, 2" /> 035.    </Style> 036.    <SolidColorBrush x:Key="GenericShallowBorderBrush" 037.                     Color="#FF979994" /> 038.    <telerik:BooleanToVisibilityConverter x:Key="BooleanToVisibilityConverter" /> 039.    <telerikScheduler:ImportanceToBooleanConverter x:Key="ImportanceToBooleanConverter" /> 040.    <telerikScheduler:NullToVisibilityConverter x:Key="NullToVisibilityConverter" /> 041.    <telerikScheduler:InvertedNullToVisibilityConverter x:Key="InvertedNullToVisibilityConverter" /> 042.    <scheduler:ResourcesSeparatorConverter x:Key="ResourcesSeparatorConverter" /> 043.    <DataTemplate x:Key="IconDataEditTemplate"> 044.        <Image Source="/Telerik.Windows.Controls.Scheduler;component/Themes/Office/Images/cal.png" 045.               Margin="3,3,0,0" 046.               Width="16" 047.               Height="16" /> 048.    </DataTemplate> 049.    <DataTemplate x:Key="SingleSelectionTemplate"> 050.        <Grid VerticalAlignment="Stretch" 051.              HorizontalAlignment="Stretch"> 052.            <Grid.RowDefinitions> 053.                <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 054.            </Grid.RowDefinitions> 055.            <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 056.                <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 057.                                  MinWidth="84" /> 058.                <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 059.                                  MinWidth="200" /> 060.            </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 061.            <TextBlock x:Name="SelectionNameLabel" 062.                       Margin="0,13,4,2" 063.                       Text="{Binding ResourceType.DisplayName}" 064.                       Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" 065.                       Grid.Column="0" /> 066.            <telerikInput:RadComboBox ItemsSource="{Binding ResourceItems}" 067.                                      Width="185" 068.                                      Margin="5,10,20,2" 069.                                      HorizontalAlignment="Left" 070.                                      Grid.Column="1" 071.                                      ClearSelectionButtonVisibility="Visible" 072.                                      ClearSelectionButtonContent="Clear All" 073.                                      DisplayMemberPath="Resource.DisplayName" 074.                                      telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 075.                                      SelectedItem="{Binding SelectedItem, Mode=TwoWay}" /> 076.        </Grid> 077.    </DataTemplate> 078.    <DataTemplate x:Key="MultipleSelectionTemplate"> 079.        <Grid VerticalAlignment="Stretch" 080.              HorizontalAlignment="Stretch"> 081.            <Grid.RowDefinitions> 082.                <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 083.            </Grid.RowDefinitions> 084.            <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 085.                <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 086.                                  MinWidth="84" /> 087.                <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 088.                                  MinWidth="200" /> 089.            </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 090.            <TextBlock x:Name="SelectionNameLabel" 091.                       Grid.Column="0" 092.                       Text="{Binding ResourceType.DisplayName}" 093.                       Margin="0,13,4,2" 094.                       Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 095.            <telerikInput:RadComboBox Grid.Column="1" 096.                                      Width="185" 097.                                      HorizontalAlignment="Left" 098.                                      Margin="5,10,20,2" 099.                                      ItemsSource="{Binding ResourceItems}" 100.                                      SelectedIndex="{Binding SelectedIndex, Mode=TwoWay}" 101.                                      ClearSelectionButtonVisibility="Visible" 102.                                      ClearSelectionButtonContent="Clear All" 103.                                      telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}"> 104.                <telerikInput:RadComboBox.ItemTemplate> 105.                    <DataTemplate> 106.                        <Grid HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" 107.                              VerticalAlignment="Stretch"> 108.                            <CheckBox VerticalAlignment="Center" 109.                                      HorizontalContentAlignment="Stretch" 110.                                      VerticalContentAlignment="Center" 111.                                      IsChecked="{Binding IsChecked, Mode=TwoWay}" 112.                                      Content="{Binding Resource.DisplayName}"> 113.                                <CheckBox.ContentTemplate> 114.                                    <DataTemplate> 115.                                        <TextBlock HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" 116.                                                   VerticalAlignment="Stretch" 117.                                                   Text="{Binding Content, RelativeSource={RelativeSource TemplatedParent}}" /> 118.                                    </DataTemplate> 119.                                </CheckBox.ContentTemplate> 120.                            </CheckBox> 121.                        </Grid> 122.                    </DataTemplate> 123.                </telerikInput:RadComboBox.ItemTemplate> 124.            </telerikInput:RadComboBox> 125.        </Grid> 126.    </DataTemplate> 127.    <scheduler:ResourceTypeTemplateSelector x:Key="ItemTemplateSelector" 128.                                            MultipleSelectionTemplate="{StaticResource MultipleSelectionTemplate}" 129.                                            SingleSelectionTemplate="{StaticResource SingleSelectionTemplate}" /> 130.    <!-- end Necessary Windows 7 Theme Resources for EditAppointmentTemplate -->  131.       132.    <ControlTemplate x:Key="EditAppointmentTemplate" 133.                     TargetType="telerikScheduler:AppointmentDialogWindow"> 134.        <StackPanel Background="{TemplateBinding Background}" 135.                    UseLayoutRounding="True"> 136.            <StackPanel Grid.Row="0" 137.                        Orientation="Horizontal" 138.                        Background="{StaticResource RadToolBar_InnerBackground}" 139.                        Grid.ColumnSpan="2" 140.                        Height="0"> 141.                <!-- Recurrence buttons --> 142.                <Border Margin="1,1,0,0" 143.                        Background="#50000000" 144.                        HorizontalAlignment="Left" 145.                        VerticalAlignment="Center" 146.                        Width="2" 147.                        Height="16"> 148.                    <Border Margin="0,0,1,1" 149.                            Background="#80FFFFFF" 150.                            HorizontalAlignment="Left" 151.                            Width="1" /> 152.                </Border> 153.                <Border Margin="1,1,0,0" 154.                        Background="#50000000" 155.                        HorizontalAlignment="Left" 156.                        VerticalAlignment="Center" 157.                        Width="2" 158.                        Height="16"> 159.                    <Border Margin="0,0,1,1" 160.                            Background="#80FFFFFF" 161.                            HorizontalAlignment="Left" 162.                            Width="1" /> 163.                </Border> 164.                <TextBlock telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="ShowAs" 165.                           VerticalAlignment="Center" 166.                           Margin="5,0,0,0" /> 167.                <telerikInput:RadComboBox ItemsSource="{TemplateBinding TimeMarkers}" 168.                                          Width="100" 169.                                          Height="20" 170.                                          VerticalAlignment="Center" 171.                                          Margin="5,0,0,0" 172.                                          ClearSelectionButtonVisibility="Visible" 173.                                          ClearSelectionButtonContent="Clear" 174.                                          SelectedItem="{Binding TimeMarker,RelativeSource={RelativeSource TemplatedParent},Mode=TwoWay}" 175.                                          telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}"> 176.                    <telerikInput:RadComboBox.ItemTemplate> 177.                        <DataTemplate> 178.                            <StackPanel Orientation="Horizontal"> 179.                                <Rectangle Fill="{Binding TimeMarkerBrush}" 180.                                           Margin="2" 181.                                           Width="12" 182.                                           Height="12" /> 183.                                <TextBlock Text="{Binding TimeMarkerName}" 184.                                           Margin="2" /> 185.                            </StackPanel> 186.                        </DataTemplate> 187.                    </telerikInput:RadComboBox.ItemTemplate> 188.                </telerikInput:RadComboBox> 189.                <telerik:RadToggleButton x:Name="High" 190.                                         BorderThickness="0" 191.                                         Background="{StaticResource RadToolBar_InnerBackground}" 192.                                         DataContext="{TemplateBinding EditedAppointment}" 193.                                         telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 194.                                         IsChecked="{Binding Importance,Mode=TwoWay, Converter={StaticResource ImportanceToBooleanConverter},ConverterParameter=High}" 195.                                         Margin="2,2,0,2" 196.                                         Width="23" 197.                                         Height="23" 198.                                         HorizontalContentAlignment="Center" 199.                                         ToolTipService.ToolTip="High importance" 200.                                         CommandParameter="High" 201.                                         Command="telerikScheduler:RadSchedulerCommands.SetAppointmentImportance"> 202.                    <StackPanel HorizontalAlignment="Center"> 203.                        <Path Stretch="Fill" 204.                              Height="10" 205.                              HorizontalAlignment="Center" 206.                              VerticalAlignment="Top" 207.                              Width="5.451" 208.                              Data="M200.39647,58.840393 C200.39337,58.336426 201.14566,57.683922 202.56244,57.684292 C204.06589,57.684685 204.73764,58.357765 204.72783,58.992363 C205.04649,61.795574 203.04713,64.181099 202.47388,66.133446 C201.93753,64.154961 199.9471,61.560352 200.39647,58.840393 z"> 209.                            <Path.Fill> 210.                                <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="1.059,0.375" 211.                                                     StartPoint="-0.457,0.519"> 212.                                    <GradientStop Color="#FFFF0606" 213.                                                  Offset="0.609" /> 214.                                    <GradientStop Color="#FFBF0303" 215.                                                  Offset="0.927" /> 216.                                </LinearGradientBrush> 217.                            </Path.Fill> 218.                        </Path> 219.                        <Ellipse Height="3" 220.                                 HorizontalAlignment="Center" 221.                                 Margin="0,-1,0,0" 222.                                 VerticalAlignment="Top" 223.                                 Width="3"> 224.                            <Ellipse.Fill> 225.                                <RadialGradientBrush> 226.                                    <GradientStop Color="#FFFF0606" 227.                                                  Offset="0" /> 228.                                    <GradientStop Color="#FFBF0303" 229.                                                  Offset="1" /> 230.                                </RadialGradientBrush> 231.                            </Ellipse.Fill> 232.                        </Ellipse> 233.                    </StackPanel> 234.                </telerik:RadToggleButton> 235.                <telerik:RadToggleButton x:Name="Low" 236.                                         HorizontalContentAlignment="Center" 237.                                         BorderThickness="0" 238.                                         Background="{StaticResource RadToolBar_InnerBackground}" 239.                                         DataContext="{TemplateBinding EditedAppointment}" 240.                                         IsChecked="{Binding Importance,Mode=TwoWay, Converter={StaticResource ImportanceToBooleanConverter},ConverterParameter=Low}" 241.                                         Margin="0,2,0,2" 242.                                         Width="23" 243.                                         Height="23" 244.                                         ToolTipService.ToolTip="Low importance" 245.                                         CommandParameter="Low" 246.                                         telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 247.                                         Command="telerikScheduler:RadSchedulerCommands.SetAppointmentImportance"> 248.                    <Path Stretch="Fill" 249.                          Height="12" 250.                          HorizontalAlignment="Center" 251.                          VerticalAlignment="Top" 252.                          Width="9" 253.                          Data="M222.40353,60.139881 L226.65768,60.139843 L226.63687,67.240196 L229.15347,67.240196 L224.37816,71.394943 L219.65274,67.240196 L222.37572,67.219345 z" 254.                          Stroke="#FF0365A7"> 255.                        <Path.Fill> 256.                            <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="1.059,0.375" 257.                                                 StartPoint="-0.457,0.519"> 258.                                <GradientStop Color="#FFBBE4FF" /> 259.                                <GradientStop Color="#FF024572" 260.                                              Offset="0.836" /> 261.                                <GradientStop Color="#FF43ADF4" 262.                                              Offset="0.466" /> 263.                            </LinearGradientBrush> 264.                        </Path.Fill> 265.                    </Path> 266.                </telerik:RadToggleButton> 267.            </StackPanel > 268.            <Border DataContext="{TemplateBinding EditedAppointment}" 269.                    Background="{Binding Category.CategoryBrush}" 270.                    Visibility="{Binding Category,Converter={StaticResource NullToVisibilityConverter}}" 271.                    CornerRadius="3" 272.                    Height="20" 273.                    Margin="5,10,5,0"> 274.                <TextBlock Text="{Binding Category.DisplayName}" 275.                           VerticalAlignment="Center" 276.                           Margin="5,0,0,0" /> 277.            </Border> 278.            <Grid VerticalAlignment="Stretch" 279.                  HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" 280.                  DataContext="{TemplateBinding EditedAppointment}" 281.                  Background="{TemplateBinding Background}"> 282.                <Grid.RowDefinitions> 283.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 284.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 285.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 286.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 287.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 288.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 289.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 290.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 291.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 292.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 293.                </Grid.RowDefinitions> 294.                <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 295.                    <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 296.                                      MinWidth="100" /> 297.                    <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 298.                                      MinWidth="200" /> 299.                </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 300.                <!-- Subject --> 301.                <TextBlock x:Name="SubjectLabel" 302.                           Grid.Row="0" 303.                           Grid.Column="0" 304.                           Margin="0,15,0,2" 305.                           telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Subject" 306.                           Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 307.                <TextBox x:Name="Subject" 308.                         Grid.Row="0" 309.                         Grid.Column="1" 310.                         MinHeight="22" 311.                         Padding="4 2" 312.                         Width="340" 313.                         HorizontalAlignment="Left" 314.                         Text="{Binding Subject, Mode=TwoWay}" 315.                         MaxLength="255" 316.                         telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 317.                         Margin="10,12,20,2" /> 318.                <!-- Description --> 319.                <TextBlock x:Name="DescriptionLabel" 320.                           Grid.Row="1" 321.                           Grid.Column="0" 322.                           Margin="0,13,0,2" 323.                           telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Body" 324.                           Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 325.                <TextBox x:Name="Body" 326.                         VerticalAlignment="top" 327.                         Grid.Row="1" 328.                         Grid.Column="1" 329.                         Height="Auto" 330.                         MaxHeight="82" 331.                         Width="340" 332.                         HorizontalAlignment="Left" 333.                         MinHeight="22" 334.                         Padding="4 2" 335.                         TextWrapping="Wrap" 336.                         telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 337.                         Text="{Binding Body, Mode=TwoWay}" 338.                         AcceptsReturn="true" 339.                         Margin="10,10,20,2" 340.                         HorizontalScrollBarVisibility="Auto" 341.                         VerticalScrollBarVisibility="Auto" /> 342.                <!-- Start/End date --> 343.                <TextBlock x:Name="StartDateLabel" 344.                           Grid.Row="2" 345.                           Grid.Column="0" 346.                           Margin="0,13,0,2" 347.                           telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="StartTime" 348.                           Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 349.                <telerikScheduler:DateTimePicker x:Name="StartDateTime" 350.                                                 Height="22" 351.                                                 Grid.Row="2" 352.                                                 Grid.Column="1" 353.                                                 HorizontalAlignment="Left" 354.                                                 Margin="10,10,20,2" 355.                                                 Style="{StaticResource FormElementStyle}" 356.                                                 SelectedDateTime="{Binding Start, Mode=TwoWay}" 357.                                                 telerikScheduler:StartEndDatePicker.EndPicker="{Binding ElementName=EndDateTime}" 358.                                                 IsTabStop="False" 359.                                                 IsEnabled="False" /> 360.                <TextBlock x:Name="EndDateLabel" 361.                           Grid.Row="3" 362.                           Grid.Column="0" 363.                           Margin="0,13,0,2" 364.                           telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="EndTime" 365.                           Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 366.                <telerikScheduler:DateTimePicker x:Name="EndDateTime" 367.                                                 Height="22" 368.                                                 Grid.Row="3" 369.                                                 Grid.Column="1" 370.                                                 HorizontalAlignment="Left" 371.                                                 Margin="10,10,20,2" 372.                                                 Style="{StaticResource FormElementStyle}" 373.                                                 IsTabStop="False" 374.                                                 IsEnabled="False" 375.                                                 SelectedDateTime="{Binding End, Mode=TwoWay}" /> 376.                <!-- Is-all-day selector --> 377.                <CheckBox x:Name="AllDayEventCheckbox" 378.                          IsChecked="{Binding IsAllDayEvent, Mode=TwoWay}" 379.                          Grid.Row="4" 380.                          Grid.Column="1" 381.                          Margin="10,10,20,2" 382.                          HorizontalAlignment="Left" 383.                          telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 384.                          telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="AllDayEvent"> 385.                    <telerik:CommandManager.InputBindings> 386.                        <telerik:InputBindingCollection> 387.                            <telerik:MouseBinding Command="telerikScheduler:RadSchedulerCommands.ChangeTimePickersVisibility" 388.                                                  Gesture="LeftClick" /> 389.                        </telerik:InputBindingCollection> 390.                    </telerik:CommandManager.InputBindings> 391.                </CheckBox> 392.                <Grid Grid.Row="5" 393.                      Grid.ColumnSpan="2"> 394.                    <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 395.                        <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 396.                                          MinWidth="100" /> 397.                        <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 398.                                          MinWidth="200" /> 399.                    </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 400.                    <Grid.RowDefinitions> 401.                        <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 402.                        <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 403.                    </Grid.RowDefinitions> 404.                    <TextBlock Text="Applicant" 405.                               Margin="0,13,0,2" 406.                               Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 407.                    <telerikInput:RadComboBox IsEditable="False" 408.                                              Grid.Column="1" 409.                                              Height="24" 410.                                              VerticalAlignment="Center" 411.                                              ItemsSource="{Binding Source={StaticResource DataContextProxy}, Path=DataSource.ApplicantList}" 412.                                              SelectedValue="{Binding ApplicantID, Mode=TwoWay}" 413.                                              SelectedValuePath="ApplicantID" 414.                                              DisplayMemberPath="FirstName" /> 415.                       416.                    <TextBlock Text="Job" 417.                               Margin="0,13,0,2" 418.                               Grid.Row="1" 419.                               Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 420.                    <telerikInput:RadComboBox IsEditable="False" 421.                                              Grid.Column="1" 422.                                              Grid.Row="1" 423.                                              Height="24" 424.                                              VerticalAlignment="Center" 425.                                              ItemsSource="{Binding Source={StaticResource DataContextProxy}, Path=DataSource.JobsList}" 426.                                              SelectedValue="{Binding PostingID, Mode=TwoWay}" 427.                                              SelectedValuePath="PostingID" 428.                                              DisplayMemberPath="JobTitle"/> 429.                </Grid> 430.                    <!-- Resources --> 431.                <Grid x:Name="ResourcesLayout" 432.                      Grid.Row="7" 433.                      Grid.Column="0" 434.                      Grid.ColumnSpan="2" 435.                      MaxHeight="130" 436.                      Margin="20,5,20,0"> 437.                    <Border Margin="0" 438.                            BorderThickness="1" 439.                            BorderBrush="{StaticResource GenericShallowBorderBrush}" 440.                            Visibility="{Binding ElementName=ResourcesScrollViewer, Path=ComputedVerticalScrollBarVisibility}"></Border> 441.                    <ScrollViewer x:Name="ResourcesScrollViewer" 442.                                  IsTabStop="false" 443.                                  Grid.Row="6" 444.                                  Grid.Column="0" 445.                                  Grid.ColumnSpan="2" 446.                                  Margin="1" 447.                                  telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 448.                                  VerticalScrollBarVisibility="Auto"> 449.                        <scheduler:ResourcesItemsControl x:Name="PART_Resources" 450.                                                         HorizontalAlignment="Left" 451.                                                         Padding="0,2,0,5" 452.                                                         IsTabStop="false" 453.                                                         ItemsSource="{TemplateBinding ResourceTypeModels}" 454.                                                         ItemTemplateSelector="{StaticResource ItemTemplateSelector}" /> 455.                    </ScrollViewer> 456.                </Grid> 457.                <StackPanel x:Name="FooterControls" 458.                            Margin="5 10 10 10" 459.                            Grid.Row="8" 460.                            Grid.Column="1" 461.                            HorizontalAlignment="Left" 462.                            Orientation="Horizontal"> 463.                    <telerik:RadButton x:Name="OKButton" 464.                                       Margin="5" 465.                                       Padding="10 0" 466.                                       MinWidth="80" 467.                                       Command="telerikScheduler:RadSchedulerCommands.SaveAppointment" 468.                                       telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 469.                                       telerikNavigation:RadWindow.ResponseButton="Accept" 470.                                       telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="SaveAndCloseCommandText"> 471.                    </telerik:RadButton> 472.                    <telerik:RadButton x:Name="CancelButton" 473.                                       Margin="5" 474.                                       Padding="10 0" 475.                                       MinWidth="80" 476.                                       telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Cancel" 477.                                       telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 478.                                       telerikNavigation:RadWindow.ResponseButton="Cancel" 479.                                       Command="telerik:WindowCommands.Close"> 480.                    </telerik:RadButton> 481.                </StackPanel> 482.            </Grid> 483.            <vsm:VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups> 484.                <vsm:VisualStateGroup x:Name="RecurrenceRuleState"> 485.                    <vsm:VisualState x:Name="RecurrenceRuleIsNull"> 486.                        <Storyboard> 487.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="StartDateTime" 488.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 489.                                                           Duration="0"> 490.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 491.                                                        Value="True" /> 492.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 493.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="EndDateTime" 494.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 495.                                                           Duration="0"> 496.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 497.                                                        Value="True" /> 498.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 499.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="AllDayEventCheckbox" 500.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 501.                                                           Duration="0"> 502.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 503.                                                        Value="True" /> 504.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 505.                        </Storyboard> 506.                    </vsm:VisualState> 507.                    <vsm:VisualState x:Name="RecurrenceRuleIsNotNull"> 508.                        <Storyboard> 509.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="StartDateTime" 510.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 511.                                                           Duration="0"> 512.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 513.                                                        Value="False" /> 514.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 515.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="EndDateTime" 516.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 517.                                                           Duration="0"> 518.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 519.                                                        Value="False" /> 520.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 521.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="AllDayEventCheckbox" 522.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 523.                                                           Duration="0"> 524.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 525.                                                        Value="False" /> 526.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 527.                        </Storyboard> 528.                    </vsm:VisualState> 529.                </vsm:VisualStateGroup> 530.            </vsm:VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups> 531.        </StackPanel> 532.    </ControlTemplate> 533.    <DataTemplate x:Key="AppointmentDialogWindowHeaderDataTemplate"> 534.        <StackPanel Orientation="Horizontal" 535.                    MaxWidth="400"> 536.            <TextBlock telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Event" 537.                       Visibility="{Binding Appointment.IsAllDayEvent, Converter={StaticResource BooleanToVisibilityConverter}}" /> 538.            <TextBlock telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Appointment" 539.                       Visibility="{Binding Appointment.IsAllDayEvent, Converter={StaticResource InvertedBooleanToVisibilityConverter}}" /> 540.            <TextBlock Text=" - " /> 541.            <TextBlock x:Name="SubjectTextBlock" 542.                       Visibility="{Binding Appointment.Subject, Converter={StaticResource NullToVisibilityConverter}}" 543.                       Text="{Binding Appointment.Subject}" /> 544.            <TextBlock telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Untitled" 545.                       Visibility="{Binding Appointment.Subject, Converter={StaticResource InvertedNullToVisibilityConverter}}" /> 546.        </StackPanel> 547.    </DataTemplate> 548.    <Style x:Key="EditAppointmentStyle" 549.           TargetType="telerikScheduler:AppointmentDialogWindow"> 550.        <Setter Property="IconTemplate" 551.                Value="{StaticResource IconDataEditTemplate}" /> 552.        <Setter Property="HeaderTemplate" 553.                Value="{StaticResource AppointmentDialogWindowHeaderDataTemplate}" /> 554.        <Setter Property="Background" 555.                Value="{StaticResource DialogWindowBackground}" /> 556.        <Setter Property="Template" 557.                Value="{StaticResource EditAppointmentTemplate}" /> 558.    </Style> 559.</UserControl.Resources> The first line there is the DataContextProxy I mentioned previously- we use that again to work a bit of magic in this template. Where we start getting into the dialog in question is line 132, but line 407 is where things start getting interesting.  The ItemsSource is pointing at a list that exists in my ViewModel (or code-behind, if it is used as a DataContext), the SelectedValue is the item I am actually binding from the applicant (note the TwoWay binding), and SelectedValuePath and DisplayMemberPath ensure the proper applicant is being displayed from the collection.  You will also see similar starting on line 420 where I do the same for the Jobs we'll be displaying. Just to wrap-up the Xaml, here's the RadScheduler declaraction that ties this all together and will be the main focus of our view: 01.<telerikScheduler:RadScheduler x:Name="xJobsScheduler" 02.                  Grid.Row="1" 03.                  Grid.Column="1" 04.                  Width="800" 05.                  MinWidth="600" 06.                  Height="500" 07.                  MinHeight="300" 08.                  AppointmentsSource="{Binding Interviews}" 09.                  EditAppointmentStyle="{StaticResource EditAppointmentStyle}" 10.                  command:AppointmentAddedEventClass.Command="{Binding AddAppointmentCommand}" 11.                  command:ApptCreatedEventClass.Command="{Binding ApptCreatingCommand}" 12.                  command:ApptEditedEventClass.Command="{Binding ApptEditedCommand}" 13.                  command:ApptDeletedEventClass.Command="{Binding ApptDeletedCommand}"> 14.</telerikScheduler:RadScheduler> Now, we get to the ViewModel and what it takes to get that rigged up.  And for those of you who remember the jobs post, those command:s in the Xaml are pointing to attached behavior commands that reproduce the respective events.  This becomes very handy when we're setting up the code-behind version. ;) ViewModel I've been liking this approach so far, so I'm going to put the entire ViewModel here and then go into the lines of interest.  Of course, feel free to ask me questions about anything that isn't clear (by line number, ideally) so I can help out if I have missed anything important: 001.public class SchedulerViewModel : ViewModelBase 002.{ 003.    private readonly IEventAggregator eventAggregator; 004.    private readonly IRegionManager regionManager; 005.   006.    public RecruitingContext context; 007.   008.    private ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment> _interviews = new ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment>(); 009.    public ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment> Interviews 010.    { 011.        get { return _interviews; } 012.        set 013.        { 014.            if (_interviews != value) 015.            { 016.                _interviews = value; 017.                NotifyChanged("Interviews"); 018.            } 019.        } 020.    } 021.   022.    private QueryableCollectionView _jobsList; 023.    public QueryableCollectionView JobsList 024.    { 025.        get { return this._jobsList; } 026.        set 027.        { 028.            if (this._jobsList != value) 029.            { 030.                this._jobsList = value; 031.                this.NotifyChanged("JobsList"); 032.            } 033.        } 034.    } 035.   036.    private QueryableCollectionView _applicantList; 037.    public QueryableCollectionView ApplicantList 038.    { 039.        get { return _applicantList; } 040.        set 041.        { 042.            if (_applicantList != value) 043.            { 044.                _applicantList = value; 045.                NotifyChanged("ApplicantList"); 046.            } 047.        } 048.    } 049.   050.    public DelegateCommand<object> AddAppointmentCommand { get; set; } 051.    public DelegateCommand<object> ApptCreatingCommand { get; set; } 052.    public DelegateCommand<object> ApptEditedCommand { get; set; } 053.    public DelegateCommand<object> ApptDeletedCommand { get; set; } 054.   055.    public SchedulerViewModel(IEventAggregator eventAgg, IRegionManager regionmanager) 056.    { 057.        // set Unity items 058.        this.eventAggregator = eventAgg; 059.        this.regionManager = regionmanager; 060.   061.        // load our context 062.        context = new RecruitingContext(); 063.        LoadOperation<Interview> loadOp = context.Load(context.GetInterviewsQuery()); 064.        loadOp.Completed += new EventHandler(loadOp_Completed); 065.   066.        this._jobsList = new QueryableCollectionView(context.JobPostings); 067.        context.Load(context.GetJobPostingsQuery()); 068.   069.        this._applicantList = new QueryableCollectionView(context.Applicants); 070.        context.Load(context.GetApplicantsQuery()); 071.   072.        AddAppointmentCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.AddAppt); 073.        ApptCreatingCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.ApptCreating); 074.        ApptEditedCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.ApptEdited); 075.        ApptDeletedCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.ApptDeleted); 076.   077.    } 078.   079.    void loadOp_Completed(object sender, EventArgs e) 080.    { 081.        LoadOperation loadop = sender as LoadOperation; 082.   083.        foreach (var ent in loadop.Entities) 084.        { 085.            _interviews.Add(EntityToAppointment(ent as Interview)); 086.        } 087.    } 088.   089.    #region Appointment Adding 090.   091.    public void AddAppt(object obj) 092.    { 093.        // now we have a new InterviewAppointment to add to our QCV :) 094.        InterviewAppointment newInterview = obj as InterviewAppointment; 095.   096.        this.context.Interviews.Add(AppointmentToEntity(newInterview)); 097.        this.context.SubmitChanges((s) => 098.        { 099.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 100.            myAction.InterviewID = newInterview.InterviewID; 101.            myAction.PostingID = newInterview.PostingID; 102.            myAction.ApplicantID = newInterview.ApplicantID; 103.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been created by {1}", newInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 104.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 105.            eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddActionEvent>().Publish(myAction); 106.        } 107.            , null); 108.    } 109.   110.    public void ApptCreating(object obj) 111.    { 112.        // handled in the behavior, just a placeholder to ensure it runs :) 113.    } 114.   115.    #endregion 116.   117.    #region Appointment Editing 118.   119.    public void ApptEdited(object obj) 120.    { 121.        Interview editedInterview = (from x in context.Interviews 122.                            where x.InterviewID == (obj as InterviewAppointment).InterviewID 123.                            select x).SingleOrDefault(); 124.   125.        CopyAppointmentEdit(editedInterview, obj as InterviewAppointment); 126.   127.        context.SubmitChanges((s) => { 128.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 129.            myAction.InterviewID = editedInterview.InterviewID; 130.            myAction.PostingID = editedInterview.PostingID; 131.            myAction.ApplicantID = editedInterview.ApplicantID; 132.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been modified by {1}", editedInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 133.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 134.            eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddActionEvent>().Publish(myAction); } 135.            , null); 136.    } 137.   138.    #endregion 139.   140.    #region Appointment Deleting 141.   142.    public void ApptDeleted(object obj) 143.    { 144.        Interview deletedInterview = (from x in context.Interviews 145.                                      where x.InterviewID == (obj as InterviewAppointment).InterviewID 146.                                      select x).SingleOrDefault(); 147.   148.        context.Interviews.Remove(deletedInterview); 149.        context.SubmitChanges((s) => 150.        { 151.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 152.            myAction.InterviewID = deletedInterview.InterviewID; 153.            myAction.PostingID = deletedInterview.PostingID; 154.            myAction.ApplicantID = deletedInterview.ApplicantID; 155.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been deleted by {1}", deletedInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 156.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 157.            eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddActionEvent>().Publish(myAction); 158.        } 159.            , null); 160.    } 161.   162.    #endregion 163.   164.    #region Appointment Helpers :) 165.   166.    public Interview AppointmentToEntity(InterviewAppointment ia) 167.    { 168.        Interview newInterview = new Interview(); 169.        newInterview.Subject = ia.Subject; 170.        newInterview.Body = ia.Body; 171.        newInterview.Start = ia.Start; 172.        newInterview.End = ia.End; 173.        newInterview.ApplicantID = ia.ApplicantID; 174.        newInterview.PostingID = ia.PostingID; 175.        newInterview.InterviewID = ia.InterviewID; 176.   177.        return newInterview; 178.    } 179.   180.    public InterviewAppointment EntityToAppointment(Interview ia) 181.    { 182.        InterviewAppointment newInterview = new InterviewAppointment(); 183.        newInterview.Subject = ia.Subject; 184.        newInterview.Body = ia.Body; 185.        newInterview.Start = ia.Start; 186.        newInterview.End = ia.End; 187.        newInterview.ApplicantID = ia.ApplicantID; 188.        newInterview.PostingID = ia.PostingID; 189.        newInterview.InterviewID = ia.InterviewID; 190.   191.        return newInterview; 192.    } 193.   194.    public void CopyAppointmentEdit(Interview entityInterview, InterviewAppointment appointmentInterview) 195.    { 196.        entityInterview.Subject = appointmentInterview.Subject; 197.        entityInterview.Body = appointmentInterview.Body; 198.        entityInterview.Start = appointmentInterview.Start; 199.        entityInterview.End = appointmentInterview.End; 200.        entityInterview.ApplicantID = appointmentInterview.ApplicantID; 201.        entityInterview.PostingID = appointmentInterview.PostingID; 202.    } 203.   204.    #endregion 205.} One thing we're doing here which you won't see in any of the other ViewModels is creating a duplicate collection.  I know this is something which will be fixed down the line for using RadScheduler, simplifying this process, but with WCF RIA changing as it does I wanted to ensure functionality would remain consistent as I continued development on this application.  So, I do a little bit of duplication, but for the greater good.  This all takes place starting on line 79, so for every entity that comes back we add it to the collection that is bound to RadScheduler.  Otherwise, the DelegateCommands that you see correspond directly to the events they are named after.  In each case, rather than sending over the full event arguments, I just send in the appointment in question (coming through as the object obj in all cases) so I can add (line 91), edit (line 119), and delete appointments (line 142) like normal.  This just ensures they get updated back to my database.  Also, the one bit of code you won't see is for the Appointment Creating (line 110) event- that is because in the command I've created I simply make the replacement I need to: 1.void element_AppointmentCreating(object sender, AppointmentCreatingEventArgs e) 2.{ 3.    e.NewAppointment = new InterviewAppointment(); 4.    base.ExecuteCommand(); 5.} And the ViewModel is none the wiser, the appointments just work as far as it is concerned since as they are created they become InterviewAppointments.  End result?  I've customized my EditAppointmentDialog as follows: And adding, editing, and deleting appointments works like a charm.  I can even 'edit' by moving appointments around RadScheduler, so as they are dropped into a timeslot they perform their full edit routine and things get updated. And then, the Code-Behind Version Perhaps the thing I like the most about doing one then the other is I get to steal 90% or more of the code from the MVVM version.  For example, the only real changes to the Code-Behind Xaml file exist in the control declaration, in which I use events instead of attached-behavior-event-commands: 01.<telerikScheduler:RadScheduler x:Name="xJobsScheduler" 02.                  Grid.Row="1" 03.                  Grid.Column="1" 04.                  Width="800" 05.                  MinWidth="600" 06.                  Height="500" 07.                  MinHeight="300" 08.                  EditAppointmentStyle="{StaticResource EditAppointmentStyle}" 09.                  AppointmentAdded="xJobsScheduler_AppointmentAdded" 10.                  AppointmentCreating="xJobsScheduler_AppointmentCreating" 11.                  AppointmentEdited="xJobsScheduler_AppointmentEdited" 12.                  AppointmentDeleted="xJobsScheduler_AppointmentDeleted"> 13.</telerikScheduler:RadScheduler> Easy, right?  Otherwise, all the same styling in UserControl.Resources was re-used, right down to the DataContextProxy that lets us bind to a collection from our viewmodel (in this case, our code-behind) to use within the DataTemplate.  The code conversion gets even easier, as I could literally copy and paste almost everything from the ViewModel to my Code-Behind, just a matter of pasting the right section into the right event.  Here's the code-behind as proof: 001.public partial class SchedulingView : UserControl, INotifyPropertyChanged 002.{ 003.    public RecruitingContext context; 004.   005.    private QueryableCollectionView _jobsList; 006.    public QueryableCollectionView JobsList 007.    { 008.        get { return this._jobsList; } 009.        set 010.        { 011.            if (this._jobsList != value) 012.            { 013.                this._jobsList = value; 014.                this.NotifyChanged("JobsList"); 015.            } 016.        } 017.    } 018.   019.    private QueryableCollectionView _applicantList; 020.    public QueryableCollectionView ApplicantList 021.    { 022.        get { return _applicantList; } 023.        set 024.        { 025.            if (_applicantList != value) 026.            { 027.                _applicantList = value; 028.                NotifyChanged("ApplicantList"); 029.            } 030.        } 031.    } 032.   033.    private ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment> _interviews = new ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment>(); 034.    public ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment> Interviews 035.    { 036.        get { return _interviews; } 037.        set 038.        { 039.            if (_interviews != value) 040.            { 041.                _interviews = value; 042.                NotifyChanged("Interviews"); 043.            } 044.        } 045.    } 046.   047.    public SchedulingView() 048.    { 049.        InitializeComponent(); 050.   051.        this.DataContext = this; 052.   053.        this.Loaded += new RoutedEventHandler(SchedulingView_Loaded); 054.    } 055.   056.    void SchedulingView_Loaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 057.    { 058.        this.xJobsScheduler.AppointmentsSource = Interviews; 059.   060.        context = new RecruitingContext(); 061.           062.        LoadOperation loadop = context.Load(context.GetInterviewsQuery()); 063.        loadop.Completed += new EventHandler(loadop_Completed); 064.   065.        this._applicantList = new QueryableCollectionView(context.Applicants); 066.        context.Load(context.GetApplicantsQuery()); 067.   068.        this._jobsList = new QueryableCollectionView(context.JobPostings); 069.        context.Load(context.GetJobPostingsQuery()); 070.    } 071.   072.    void loadop_Completed(object sender, EventArgs e) 073.    { 074.        LoadOperation loadop = sender as LoadOperation; 075.   076.        _interviews.Clear(); 077.   078.        foreach (var ent in loadop.Entities) 079.        { 080.            _interviews.Add(EntityToAppointment(ent as Interview)); 081.        } 082.    } 083.   084.    private void xJobsScheduler_AppointmentAdded(object sender, Telerik.Windows.Controls.AppointmentAddedEventArgs e) 085.    { 086.        // now we have a new InterviewAppointment to add to our QCV :) 087.        InterviewAppointment newInterview = e.Appointment as InterviewAppointment; 088.   089.        this.context.Interviews.Add(AppointmentToEntity(newInterview)); 090.        this.context.SubmitChanges((s) => 091.        { 092.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 093.            myAction.InterviewID = newInterview.InterviewID; 094.            myAction.PostingID = newInterview.PostingID; 095.            myAction.ApplicantID = newInterview.ApplicantID; 096.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been created by {1}", newInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 097.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 098.            context.ActionHistories.Add(myAction); 099.            context.SubmitChanges(); 100.        } 101.            , null); 102.    } 103.   104.    private void xJobsScheduler_AppointmentCreating(object sender, Telerik.Windows.Controls.AppointmentCreatingEventArgs e) 105.    { 106.        e.NewAppointment = new InterviewAppointment(); 107.    } 108.   109.    private void xJobsScheduler_AppointmentEdited(object sender, Telerik.Windows.Controls.AppointmentEditedEventArgs e) 110.    { 111.        Interview editedInterview = (from x in context.Interviews 112.                                     where x.InterviewID == (e.Appointment as InterviewAppointment).InterviewID 113.                                     select x).SingleOrDefault(); 114.   115.        CopyAppointmentEdit(editedInterview, e.Appointment as InterviewAppointment); 116.   117.        context.SubmitChanges((s) => 118.        { 119.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 120.            myAction.InterviewID = editedInterview.InterviewID; 121.            myAction.PostingID = editedInterview.PostingID; 122.            myAction.ApplicantID = editedInterview.ApplicantID; 123.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been modified by {1}", editedInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 124.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 125.            context.ActionHistories.Add(myAction); 126.            context.SubmitChanges(); 127.        } 128.            , null); 129.    } 130.   131.    private void xJobsScheduler_AppointmentDeleted(object sender, Telerik.Windows.Controls.AppointmentDeletedEventArgs e) 132.    { 133.        Interview deletedInterview = (from x in context.Interviews 134.                                      where x.InterviewID == (e.Appointment as InterviewAppointment).InterviewID 135.                                      select x).SingleOrDefault(); 136.   137.        context.Interviews.Remove(deletedInterview); 138.        context.SubmitChanges((s) => 139.        { 140.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 141.            myAction.InterviewID = deletedInterview.InterviewID; 142.            myAction.PostingID = deletedInterview.PostingID; 143.            myAction.ApplicantID = deletedInterview.ApplicantID; 144.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been deleted by {1}", deletedInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 145.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 146.            context.ActionHistories.Add(myAction); 147.            context.SubmitChanges(); 148.        } 149.            , null); 150.    } 151.   152.    #region Appointment Helpers :) 153.   154.    public Interview AppointmentToEntity(InterviewAppointment ia) 155.    { 156.        Interview newInterview = new Interview(); 157.        newInterview.Subject = ia.Subject; 158.        newInterview.Body = ia.Body; 159.        newInterview.Start = ia.Start; 160.        newInterview.End = ia.End; 161.        newInterview.ApplicantID = ia.ApplicantID; 162.        newInterview.PostingID = ia.PostingID; 163.        newInterview.InterviewID = ia.InterviewID; 164.   165.        return newInterview; 166.    } 167.   168.    public InterviewAppointment EntityToAppointment(Interview ia) 169.    { 170.        InterviewAppointment newInterview = new InterviewAppointment(); 171.        newInterview.Subject = ia.Subject; 172.        newInterview.Body = ia.Body; 173.        newInterview.Start = ia.Start; 174.        newInterview.End = ia.End; 175.        newInterview.ApplicantID = ia.ApplicantID; 176.        newInterview.PostingID = ia.PostingID; 177.        newInterview.InterviewID = ia.InterviewID; 178.   179.        return newInterview; 180.    } 181.   182.    public void CopyAppointmentEdit(Interview entityInterview, InterviewAppointment appointmentInterview) 183.    { 184.        entityInterview.Subject = appointmentInterview.Subject; 185.        entityInterview.Body = appointmentInterview.Body; 186.        entityInterview.Start = appointmentInterview.Start; 187.        entityInterview.End = appointmentInterview.End; 188.        entityInterview.ApplicantID = appointmentInterview.ApplicantID; 189.        entityInterview.PostingID = appointmentInterview.PostingID; 190.    } 191.   192.    #endregion 193.   194.    #region INotifyPropertyChanged Members 195.   196.    public event PropertyChangedEventHandler PropertyChanged; 197.   198.    public void NotifyChanged(string propertyName) 199.    { 200.        if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(propertyName)) 201.            throw new ArgumentException("propertyName"); 202.   203.        PropertyChanged(this, new PropertyChangedEventArgs(propertyName)); 204.    } 205.   206.    #endregion 207.} Nice... right? :) One really important thing to note as well.  See on line 51 where I set the DataContext before the Loaded event?  This is super important, as if you don't have this set before the usercontrol is loaded, the DataContextProxy has no context to use and your EditAppointmentDialog Job/Applicant dropdowns will be blank and empty.  Trust me on this, took a little bit of debugging to figure out that by setting the DataContext post-loaded would only lead to disaster and frustration.  Otherwise, the only other real difference is that instead of sending an ActionHistory item through an event to get added to the database and saved, I do those right in the callback from submitting.  The Result Again, I only have to post one picture because these bad boys used nearly identical code for both the MVVM and the code-behind views, so our end result is... So what have we learned here today?  One, for the most part this MVVM thing is somewhat easy.  Yeah, you sometimes have to write a bunch of extra code, but with the help of a few useful snippits you can turn the process into a pretty streamlined little workflow.  Heck, this story gets even easier as you can see in this blog post by Michael Washington- specifically run a find on 'InvokeCommandAction' and you'll see the section regarding the command on TreeView in Blend 4.  Brilliant!  MVVM never looked so sweet! Otherwise, it is business as usual with RadScheduler for Silverlight whichever path you're choosing for your development.  Between now and the next post, I'll be cleaning up styles a bit (those RadComboBoxes are a little too close to my labels!) and adding some to the RowDetailsViews for Applicants and Jobs, so you can see all the info for an appointment in the dropdown tab view.  Otherwise, we're about ready to call a wrap on this oneDid you know that DotNetSlackers also publishes .net articles written by top known .net Authors? We already have over 80 articles in several categories including Silverlight. Take a look: here.

    Read the article

  • Silverlight Recruiting Application Part 6 - Adding an Interview Scheduling Module/View

    Between the last post and this one I went ahead and carried the ideas for the Jobs module and view into the Applicants module and view- they're both doing more or less the same thing, except with different objects being at their core.  Made for an easy cut-and-paste operation with a few items being switched from one to another.  Now that we have the ability to add postings and applicants, wouldn't it be nice if we could schedule an interview?  Of course it would! Scheduling Module I think you get the drift from previous posts that these project structures start looking somewhat similar.  The interview scheduling module is no different than the rest- it gets a SchedulingModule.cs file at the root that inherits from IModule, and there is a single SchedulerView.xsml and SchedulerViewModel.cs setup for our V+VM.  We have one unique concern as we enter into this- RadScheduler deals with AppointmentsSource, not ItemsSource, so there are some special considerations to take into account when planning this module. First, I need something which inherits from AppointmentBase.  This is the core of the RadScheduler appointment, and if you are planning to do any form of custom appointment, you'll want it to inherit from this.  Then you can add-on functionality as needed.  Here is my addition to the mix, the InterviewAppointment: 01.public class InterviewAppointment : AppointmentBase 02.{ 03.    private int _applicantID; 04.    public int ApplicantID 05.    { 06.        get { return this._applicantID; } 07.        set 08.        { 09.            if (_applicantID != value) 10.            { 11.                _applicantID = value; 12.                OnPropertyChanged("ApplicantID"); 13.            } 14.        } 15.    } 16.   17.    private int _postingID; 18.    public int PostingID 19.    { 20.        get { return _postingID; } 21.        set 22.        { 23.            if (_postingID != value) 24.            { 25.                _postingID = value; 26.                OnPropertyChanged("PostingID"); 27.            } 28.        } 29.    } 30.   31.    private string _body; 32.    public string Body 33.    { 34.        get { return _body; } 35.        set 36.        { 37.            if (_body != value) 38.            { 39.                _body = value; 40.                OnPropertyChanged("Body"); 41.            } 42.        } 43.    } 44.   45.    private int _interviewID; 46.    public int InterviewID 47.    { 48.        get { return _interviewID; } 49.        set 50.        { 51.            if (_interviewID != value) 52.            { 53.                _interviewID = value; 54.                OnPropertyChanged("InterviewID"); 55.            } 56.        } 57.    } 58.   59.    public override IAppointment Copy() 60.    { 61.        IAppointment appointment = new InterviewAppointment(); 62.        appointment.CopyFrom(this);             63.        return appointment; 64.    } 65.   66.    public override void CopyFrom(IAppointment other) 67.    {             68.        base.CopyFrom(other); 69.        var appointment = other as InterviewAppointment; 70.        if (appointment != null) 71.        { 72.            ApplicantID = appointment.ApplicantID; 73.            PostingID = appointment.PostingID; 74.            Body = appointment.Body; 75.            InterviewID = appointment.InterviewID; 76.        } 77.    } 78.} Nothing too exciting going on here, we just make sure that our custom fields are persisted (specifically set in CopyFrom at the bottom) and notifications are fired- otherwise this ends up exactly like the standard appointment as far as interactions, etc.  But if we've got custom appointment items... that also means we need to customize what our appointment dialog window will look like. Customizing the Edit Appointment Dialog This initially sounds a lot more intimidating than it really is.  The first step here depends on what you're dealing with for theming, but for ease of everything I went ahead and extracted my templates in Blend for RadScheduler so I could modify it as I pleased.  For the faint of heart, the RadScheduler template is a few thousand lines of goodness since there are some very complex things going on in that control.  I've gone ahead and trimmed down the template parts I don't need as much as possible, so what is left is all that is relevant to the Edit Appointment Dialog.  Here's the resulting Xaml, with line numbers, so I can explain further: 001.<UserControl.Resources> 002.    <!-- begin Necessary Windows 7 Theme Resources for EditAppointmentTemplate --> 003.    <helpers:DataContextProxy x:Key="DataContextProxy" /> 004.       005.    <telerik:Windows7Theme x:Key="Theme" /> 006.    <SolidColorBrush x:Key="DialogWindowBackground" 007.                     Color="White" /> 008.    <SolidColorBrush x:Key="CategorySelectorBorderBrush" 009.                     Color="#FFB1B1B1" /> 010.    <LinearGradientBrush x:Key="RadToolBar_InnerBackground" 011.                         EndPoint="0.5,1" 012.                         StartPoint="0.5,0"> 013.        <GradientStop Color="#FFFDFEFF" 014.                      Offset="0" /> 015.        <GradientStop Color="#FFDDE9F7" 016.                      Offset="1" /> 017.        <GradientStop Color="#FFE6F0FA" 018.                      Offset="0.5" /> 019.        <GradientStop Color="#FFDCE6F4" 020.                      Offset="0.5" /> 021.    </LinearGradientBrush> 022.    <Style x:Key="FormElementTextBlockStyle" 023.           TargetType="TextBlock"> 024.        <Setter Property="HorizontalAlignment" 025.                Value="Right" /> 026.        <Setter Property="VerticalAlignment" 027.                Value="Top" /> 028.        <Setter Property="Margin" 029.                Value="15, 15, 0, 2" /> 030.    </Style> 031.    <Style x:Key="FormElementStyle" 032.           TargetType="FrameworkElement"> 033.        <Setter Property="Margin" 034.                Value="10, 10, 0, 2" /> 035.    </Style> 036.    <SolidColorBrush x:Key="GenericShallowBorderBrush" 037.                     Color="#FF979994" /> 038.    <telerik:BooleanToVisibilityConverter x:Key="BooleanToVisibilityConverter" /> 039.    <telerikScheduler:ImportanceToBooleanConverter x:Key="ImportanceToBooleanConverter" /> 040.    <telerikScheduler:NullToVisibilityConverter x:Key="NullToVisibilityConverter" /> 041.    <telerikScheduler:InvertedNullToVisibilityConverter x:Key="InvertedNullToVisibilityConverter" /> 042.    <scheduler:ResourcesSeparatorConverter x:Key="ResourcesSeparatorConverter" /> 043.    <DataTemplate x:Key="IconDataEditTemplate"> 044.        <Image Source="/Telerik.Windows.Controls.Scheduler;component/Themes/Office/Images/cal.png" 045.               Margin="3,3,0,0" 046.               Width="16" 047.               Height="16" /> 048.    </DataTemplate> 049.    <DataTemplate x:Key="SingleSelectionTemplate"> 050.        <Grid VerticalAlignment="Stretch" 051.              HorizontalAlignment="Stretch"> 052.            <Grid.RowDefinitions> 053.                <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 054.            </Grid.RowDefinitions> 055.            <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 056.                <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 057.                                  MinWidth="84" /> 058.                <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 059.                                  MinWidth="200" /> 060.            </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 061.            <TextBlock x:Name="SelectionNameLabel" 062.                       Margin="0,13,4,2" 063.                       Text="{Binding ResourceType.DisplayName}" 064.                       Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" 065.                       Grid.Column="0" /> 066.            <telerikInput:RadComboBox ItemsSource="{Binding ResourceItems}" 067.                                      Width="185" 068.                                      Margin="5,10,20,2" 069.                                      HorizontalAlignment="Left" 070.                                      Grid.Column="1" 071.                                      ClearSelectionButtonVisibility="Visible" 072.                                      ClearSelectionButtonContent="Clear All" 073.                                      DisplayMemberPath="Resource.DisplayName" 074.                                      telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 075.                                      SelectedItem="{Binding SelectedItem, Mode=TwoWay}" /> 076.        </Grid> 077.    </DataTemplate> 078.    <DataTemplate x:Key="MultipleSelectionTemplate"> 079.        <Grid VerticalAlignment="Stretch" 080.              HorizontalAlignment="Stretch"> 081.            <Grid.RowDefinitions> 082.                <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 083.            </Grid.RowDefinitions> 084.            <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 085.                <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 086.                                  MinWidth="84" /> 087.                <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 088.                                  MinWidth="200" /> 089.            </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 090.            <TextBlock x:Name="SelectionNameLabel" 091.                       Grid.Column="0" 092.                       Text="{Binding ResourceType.DisplayName}" 093.                       Margin="0,13,4,2" 094.                       Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 095.            <telerikInput:RadComboBox Grid.Column="1" 096.                                      Width="185" 097.                                      HorizontalAlignment="Left" 098.                                      Margin="5,10,20,2" 099.                                      ItemsSource="{Binding ResourceItems}" 100.                                      SelectedIndex="{Binding SelectedIndex, Mode=TwoWay}" 101.                                      ClearSelectionButtonVisibility="Visible" 102.                                      ClearSelectionButtonContent="Clear All" 103.                                      telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}"> 104.                <telerikInput:RadComboBox.ItemTemplate> 105.                    <DataTemplate> 106.                        <Grid HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" 107.                              VerticalAlignment="Stretch"> 108.                            <CheckBox VerticalAlignment="Center" 109.                                      HorizontalContentAlignment="Stretch" 110.                                      VerticalContentAlignment="Center" 111.                                      IsChecked="{Binding IsChecked, Mode=TwoWay}" 112.                                      Content="{Binding Resource.DisplayName}"> 113.                                <CheckBox.ContentTemplate> 114.                                    <DataTemplate> 115.                                        <TextBlock HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" 116.                                                   VerticalAlignment="Stretch" 117.                                                   Text="{Binding Content, RelativeSource={RelativeSource TemplatedParent}}" /> 118.                                    </DataTemplate> 119.                                </CheckBox.ContentTemplate> 120.                            </CheckBox> 121.                        </Grid> 122.                    </DataTemplate> 123.                </telerikInput:RadComboBox.ItemTemplate> 124.            </telerikInput:RadComboBox> 125.        </Grid> 126.    </DataTemplate> 127.    <scheduler:ResourceTypeTemplateSelector x:Key="ItemTemplateSelector" 128.                                            MultipleSelectionTemplate="{StaticResource MultipleSelectionTemplate}" 129.                                            SingleSelectionTemplate="{StaticResource SingleSelectionTemplate}" /> 130.    <!-- end Necessary Windows 7 Theme Resources for EditAppointmentTemplate -->  131.       132.    <ControlTemplate x:Key="EditAppointmentTemplate" 133.                     TargetType="telerikScheduler:AppointmentDialogWindow"> 134.        <StackPanel Background="{TemplateBinding Background}" 135.                    UseLayoutRounding="True"> 136.            <StackPanel Grid.Row="0" 137.                        Orientation="Horizontal" 138.                        Background="{StaticResource RadToolBar_InnerBackground}" 139.                        Grid.ColumnSpan="2" 140.                        Height="0"> 141.                <!-- Recurrence buttons --> 142.                <Border Margin="1,1,0,0" 143.                        Background="#50000000" 144.                        HorizontalAlignment="Left" 145.                        VerticalAlignment="Center" 146.                        Width="2" 147.                        Height="16"> 148.                    <Border Margin="0,0,1,1" 149.                            Background="#80FFFFFF" 150.                            HorizontalAlignment="Left" 151.                            Width="1" /> 152.                </Border> 153.                <Border Margin="1,1,0,0" 154.                        Background="#50000000" 155.                        HorizontalAlignment="Left" 156.                        VerticalAlignment="Center" 157.                        Width="2" 158.                        Height="16"> 159.                    <Border Margin="0,0,1,1" 160.                            Background="#80FFFFFF" 161.                            HorizontalAlignment="Left" 162.                            Width="1" /> 163.                </Border> 164.                <TextBlock telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="ShowAs" 165.                           VerticalAlignment="Center" 166.                           Margin="5,0,0,0" /> 167.                <telerikInput:RadComboBox ItemsSource="{TemplateBinding TimeMarkers}" 168.                                          Width="100" 169.                                          Height="20" 170.                                          VerticalAlignment="Center" 171.                                          Margin="5,0,0,0" 172.                                          ClearSelectionButtonVisibility="Visible" 173.                                          ClearSelectionButtonContent="Clear" 174.                                          SelectedItem="{Binding TimeMarker,RelativeSource={RelativeSource TemplatedParent},Mode=TwoWay}" 175.                                          telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}"> 176.                    <telerikInput:RadComboBox.ItemTemplate> 177.                        <DataTemplate> 178.                            <StackPanel Orientation="Horizontal"> 179.                                <Rectangle Fill="{Binding TimeMarkerBrush}" 180.                                           Margin="2" 181.                                           Width="12" 182.                                           Height="12" /> 183.                                <TextBlock Text="{Binding TimeMarkerName}" 184.                                           Margin="2" /> 185.                            </StackPanel> 186.                        </DataTemplate> 187.                    </telerikInput:RadComboBox.ItemTemplate> 188.                </telerikInput:RadComboBox> 189.                <telerik:RadToggleButton x:Name="High" 190.                                         BorderThickness="0" 191.                                         Background="{StaticResource RadToolBar_InnerBackground}" 192.                                         DataContext="{TemplateBinding EditedAppointment}" 193.                                         telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 194.                                         IsChecked="{Binding Importance,Mode=TwoWay, Converter={StaticResource ImportanceToBooleanConverter},ConverterParameter=High}" 195.                                         Margin="2,2,0,2" 196.                                         Width="23" 197.                                         Height="23" 198.                                         HorizontalContentAlignment="Center" 199.                                         ToolTipService.ToolTip="High importance" 200.                                         CommandParameter="High" 201.                                         Command="telerikScheduler:RadSchedulerCommands.SetAppointmentImportance"> 202.                    <StackPanel HorizontalAlignment="Center"> 203.                        <Path Stretch="Fill" 204.                              Height="10" 205.                              HorizontalAlignment="Center" 206.                              VerticalAlignment="Top" 207.                              Width="5.451" 208.                              Data="M200.39647,58.840393 C200.39337,58.336426 201.14566,57.683922 202.56244,57.684292 C204.06589,57.684685 204.73764,58.357765 204.72783,58.992363 C205.04649,61.795574 203.04713,64.181099 202.47388,66.133446 C201.93753,64.154961 199.9471,61.560352 200.39647,58.840393 z"> 209.                            <Path.Fill> 210.                                <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="1.059,0.375" 211.                                                     StartPoint="-0.457,0.519"> 212.                                    <GradientStop Color="#FFFF0606" 213.                                                  Offset="0.609" /> 214.                                    <GradientStop Color="#FFBF0303" 215.                                                  Offset="0.927" /> 216.                                </LinearGradientBrush> 217.                            </Path.Fill> 218.                        </Path> 219.                        <Ellipse Height="3" 220.                                 HorizontalAlignment="Center" 221.                                 Margin="0,-1,0,0" 222.                                 VerticalAlignment="Top" 223.                                 Width="3"> 224.                            <Ellipse.Fill> 225.                                <RadialGradientBrush> 226.                                    <GradientStop Color="#FFFF0606" 227.                                                  Offset="0" /> 228.                                    <GradientStop Color="#FFBF0303" 229.                                                  Offset="1" /> 230.                                </RadialGradientBrush> 231.                            </Ellipse.Fill> 232.                        </Ellipse> 233.                    </StackPanel> 234.                </telerik:RadToggleButton> 235.                <telerik:RadToggleButton x:Name="Low" 236.                                         HorizontalContentAlignment="Center" 237.                                         BorderThickness="0" 238.                                         Background="{StaticResource RadToolBar_InnerBackground}" 239.                                         DataContext="{TemplateBinding EditedAppointment}" 240.                                         IsChecked="{Binding Importance,Mode=TwoWay, Converter={StaticResource ImportanceToBooleanConverter},ConverterParameter=Low}" 241.                                         Margin="0,2,0,2" 242.                                         Width="23" 243.                                         Height="23" 244.                                         ToolTipService.ToolTip="Low importance" 245.                                         CommandParameter="Low" 246.                                         telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 247.                                         Command="telerikScheduler:RadSchedulerCommands.SetAppointmentImportance"> 248.                    <Path Stretch="Fill" 249.                          Height="12" 250.                          HorizontalAlignment="Center" 251.                          VerticalAlignment="Top" 252.                          Width="9" 253.                          Data="M222.40353,60.139881 L226.65768,60.139843 L226.63687,67.240196 L229.15347,67.240196 L224.37816,71.394943 L219.65274,67.240196 L222.37572,67.219345 z" 254.                          Stroke="#FF0365A7"> 255.                        <Path.Fill> 256.                            <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="1.059,0.375" 257.                                                 StartPoint="-0.457,0.519"> 258.                                <GradientStop Color="#FFBBE4FF" /> 259.                                <GradientStop Color="#FF024572" 260.                                              Offset="0.836" /> 261.                                <GradientStop Color="#FF43ADF4" 262.                                              Offset="0.466" /> 263.                            </LinearGradientBrush> 264.                        </Path.Fill> 265.                    </Path> 266.                </telerik:RadToggleButton> 267.            </StackPanel > 268.            <Border DataContext="{TemplateBinding EditedAppointment}" 269.                    Background="{Binding Category.CategoryBrush}" 270.                    Visibility="{Binding Category,Converter={StaticResource NullToVisibilityConverter}}" 271.                    CornerRadius="3" 272.                    Height="20" 273.                    Margin="5,10,5,0"> 274.                <TextBlock Text="{Binding Category.DisplayName}" 275.                           VerticalAlignment="Center" 276.                           Margin="5,0,0,0" /> 277.            </Border> 278.            <Grid VerticalAlignment="Stretch" 279.                  HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" 280.                  DataContext="{TemplateBinding EditedAppointment}" 281.                  Background="{TemplateBinding Background}"> 282.                <Grid.RowDefinitions> 283.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 284.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 285.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 286.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 287.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 288.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 289.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 290.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 291.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 292.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 293.                </Grid.RowDefinitions> 294.                <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 295.                    <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 296.                                      MinWidth="100" /> 297.                    <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 298.                                      MinWidth="200" /> 299.                </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 300.                <!-- Subject --> 301.                <TextBlock x:Name="SubjectLabel" 302.                           Grid.Row="0" 303.                           Grid.Column="0" 304.                           Margin="0,15,0,2" 305.                           telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Subject" 306.                           Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 307.                <TextBox x:Name="Subject" 308.                         Grid.Row="0" 309.                         Grid.Column="1" 310.                         MinHeight="22" 311.                         Padding="4 2" 312.                         Width="340" 313.                         HorizontalAlignment="Left" 314.                         Text="{Binding Subject, Mode=TwoWay}" 315.                         MaxLength="255" 316.                         telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 317.                         Margin="10,12,20,2" /> 318.                <!-- Description --> 319.                <TextBlock x:Name="DescriptionLabel" 320.                           Grid.Row="1" 321.                           Grid.Column="0" 322.                           Margin="0,13,0,2" 323.                           telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Body" 324.                           Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 325.                <TextBox x:Name="Body" 326.                         VerticalAlignment="top" 327.                         Grid.Row="1" 328.                         Grid.Column="1" 329.                         Height="Auto" 330.                         MaxHeight="82" 331.                         Width="340" 332.                         HorizontalAlignment="Left" 333.                         MinHeight="22" 334.                         Padding="4 2" 335.                         TextWrapping="Wrap" 336.                         telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 337.                         Text="{Binding Body, Mode=TwoWay}" 338.                         AcceptsReturn="true" 339.                         Margin="10,10,20,2" 340.                         HorizontalScrollBarVisibility="Auto" 341.                         VerticalScrollBarVisibility="Auto" /> 342.                <!-- Start/End date --> 343.                <TextBlock x:Name="StartDateLabel" 344.                           Grid.Row="2" 345.                           Grid.Column="0" 346.                           Margin="0,13,0,2" 347.                           telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="StartTime" 348.                           Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 349.                <telerikScheduler:DateTimePicker x:Name="StartDateTime" 350.                                                 Height="22" 351.                                                 Grid.Row="2" 352.                                                 Grid.Column="1" 353.                                                 HorizontalAlignment="Left" 354.                                                 Margin="10,10,20,2" 355.                                                 Style="{StaticResource FormElementStyle}" 356.                                                 SelectedDateTime="{Binding Start, Mode=TwoWay}" 357.                                                 telerikScheduler:StartEndDatePicker.EndPicker="{Binding ElementName=EndDateTime}" 358.                                                 IsTabStop="False" 359.                                                 IsEnabled="False" /> 360.                <TextBlock x:Name="EndDateLabel" 361.                           Grid.Row="3" 362.                           Grid.Column="0" 363.                           Margin="0,13,0,2" 364.                           telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="EndTime" 365.                           Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 366.                <telerikScheduler:DateTimePicker x:Name="EndDateTime" 367.                                                 Height="22" 368.                                                 Grid.Row="3" 369.                                                 Grid.Column="1" 370.                                                 HorizontalAlignment="Left" 371.                                                 Margin="10,10,20,2" 372.                                                 Style="{StaticResource FormElementStyle}" 373.                                                 IsTabStop="False" 374.                                                 IsEnabled="False" 375.                                                 SelectedDateTime="{Binding End, Mode=TwoWay}" /> 376.                <!-- Is-all-day selector --> 377.                <CheckBox x:Name="AllDayEventCheckbox" 378.                          IsChecked="{Binding IsAllDayEvent, Mode=TwoWay}" 379.                          Grid.Row="4" 380.                          Grid.Column="1" 381.                          Margin="10,10,20,2" 382.                          HorizontalAlignment="Left" 383.                          telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 384.                          telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="AllDayEvent"> 385.                    <telerik:CommandManager.InputBindings> 386.                        <telerik:InputBindingCollection> 387.                            <telerik:MouseBinding Command="telerikScheduler:RadSchedulerCommands.ChangeTimePickersVisibility" 388.                                                  Gesture="LeftClick" /> 389.                        </telerik:InputBindingCollection> 390.                    </telerik:CommandManager.InputBindings> 391.                </CheckBox> 392.                <Grid Grid.Row="5" 393.                      Grid.ColumnSpan="2"> 394.                    <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 395.                        <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 396.                                          MinWidth="100" /> 397.                        <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 398.                                          MinWidth="200" /> 399.                    </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 400.                    <Grid.RowDefinitions> 401.                        <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 402.                        <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 403.                    </Grid.RowDefinitions> 404.                    <TextBlock Text="Applicant" 405.                               Margin="0,13,0,2" 406.                               Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 407.                    <telerikInput:RadComboBox IsEditable="False" 408.                                              Grid.Column="1" 409.                                              Height="24" 410.                                              VerticalAlignment="Center" 411.                                              ItemsSource="{Binding Source={StaticResource DataContextProxy}, Path=DataSource.ApplicantList}" 412.                                              SelectedValue="{Binding ApplicantID, Mode=TwoWay}" 413.                                              SelectedValuePath="ApplicantID" 414.                                              DisplayMemberPath="FirstName" /> 415.                       416.                    <TextBlock Text="Job" 417.                               Margin="0,13,0,2" 418.                               Grid.Row="1" 419.                               Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 420.                    <telerikInput:RadComboBox IsEditable="False" 421.                                              Grid.Column="1" 422.                                              Grid.Row="1" 423.                                              Height="24" 424.                                              VerticalAlignment="Center" 425.                                              ItemsSource="{Binding Source={StaticResource DataContextProxy}, Path=DataSource.JobsList}" 426.                                              SelectedValue="{Binding PostingID, Mode=TwoWay}" 427.                                              SelectedValuePath="PostingID" 428.                                              DisplayMemberPath="JobTitle"/> 429.                </Grid> 430.                    <!-- Resources --> 431.                <Grid x:Name="ResourcesLayout" 432.                      Grid.Row="7" 433.                      Grid.Column="0" 434.                      Grid.ColumnSpan="2" 435.                      MaxHeight="130" 436.                      Margin="20,5,20,0"> 437.                    <Border Margin="0" 438.                            BorderThickness="1" 439.                            BorderBrush="{StaticResource GenericShallowBorderBrush}" 440.                            Visibility="{Binding ElementName=ResourcesScrollViewer, Path=ComputedVerticalScrollBarVisibility}"></Border> 441.                    <ScrollViewer x:Name="ResourcesScrollViewer" 442.                                  IsTabStop="false" 443.                                  Grid.Row="6" 444.                                  Grid.Column="0" 445.                                  Grid.ColumnSpan="2" 446.                                  Margin="1" 447.                                  telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 448.                                  VerticalScrollBarVisibility="Auto"> 449.                        <scheduler:ResourcesItemsControl x:Name="PART_Resources" 450.                                                         HorizontalAlignment="Left" 451.                                                         Padding="0,2,0,5" 452.                                                         IsTabStop="false" 453.                                                         ItemsSource="{TemplateBinding ResourceTypeModels}" 454.                                                         ItemTemplateSelector="{StaticResource ItemTemplateSelector}" /> 455.                    </ScrollViewer> 456.                </Grid> 457.                <StackPanel x:Name="FooterControls" 458.                            Margin="5 10 10 10" 459.                            Grid.Row="8" 460.                            Grid.Column="1" 461.                            HorizontalAlignment="Left" 462.                            Orientation="Horizontal"> 463.                    <telerik:RadButton x:Name="OKButton" 464.                                       Margin="5" 465.                                       Padding="10 0" 466.                                       MinWidth="80" 467.                                       Command="telerikScheduler:RadSchedulerCommands.SaveAppointment" 468.                                       telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 469.                                       telerikNavigation:RadWindow.ResponseButton="Accept" 470.                                       telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="SaveAndCloseCommandText"> 471.                    </telerik:RadButton> 472.                    <telerik:RadButton x:Name="CancelButton" 473.                                       Margin="5" 474.                                       Padding="10 0" 475.                                       MinWidth="80" 476.                                       telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Cancel" 477.                                       telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 478.                                       telerikNavigation:RadWindow.ResponseButton="Cancel" 479.                                       Command="telerik:WindowCommands.Close"> 480.                    </telerik:RadButton> 481.                </StackPanel> 482.            </Grid> 483.            <vsm:VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups> 484.                <vsm:VisualStateGroup x:Name="RecurrenceRuleState"> 485.                    <vsm:VisualState x:Name="RecurrenceRuleIsNull"> 486.                        <Storyboard> 487.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="StartDateTime" 488.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 489.                                                           Duration="0"> 490.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 491.                                                        Value="True" /> 492.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 493.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="EndDateTime" 494.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 495.                                                           Duration="0"> 496.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 497.                                                        Value="True" /> 498.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 499.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="AllDayEventCheckbox" 500.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 501.                                                           Duration="0"> 502.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 503.                                                        Value="True" /> 504.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 505.                        </Storyboard> 506.                    </vsm:VisualState> 507.                    <vsm:VisualState x:Name="RecurrenceRuleIsNotNull"> 508.                        <Storyboard> 509.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="StartDateTime" 510.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 511.                                                           Duration="0"> 512.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 513.                                                        Value="False" /> 514.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 515.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="EndDateTime" 516.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 517.                                                           Duration="0"> 518.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 519.                                                        Value="False" /> 520.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 521.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="AllDayEventCheckbox" 522.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 523.                                                           Duration="0"> 524.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 525.                                                        Value="False" /> 526.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 527.                        </Storyboard> 528.                    </vsm:VisualState> 529.                </vsm:VisualStateGroup> 530.            </vsm:VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups> 531.        </StackPanel> 532.    </ControlTemplate> 533.    <DataTemplate x:Key="AppointmentDialogWindowHeaderDataTemplate"> 534.        <StackPanel Orientation="Horizontal" 535.                    MaxWidth="400"> 536.            <TextBlock telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Event" 537.                       Visibility="{Binding Appointment.IsAllDayEvent, Converter={StaticResource BooleanToVisibilityConverter}}" /> 538.            <TextBlock telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Appointment" 539.                       Visibility="{Binding Appointment.IsAllDayEvent, Converter={StaticResource InvertedBooleanToVisibilityConverter}}" /> 540.            <TextBlock Text=" - " /> 541.            <TextBlock x:Name="SubjectTextBlock" 542.                       Visibility="{Binding Appointment.Subject, Converter={StaticResource NullToVisibilityConverter}}" 543.                       Text="{Binding Appointment.Subject}" /> 544.            <TextBlock telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Untitled" 545.                       Visibility="{Binding Appointment.Subject, Converter={StaticResource InvertedNullToVisibilityConverter}}" /> 546.        </StackPanel> 547.    </DataTemplate> 548.    <Style x:Key="EditAppointmentStyle" 549.           TargetType="telerikScheduler:AppointmentDialogWindow"> 550.        <Setter Property="IconTemplate" 551.                Value="{StaticResource IconDataEditTemplate}" /> 552.        <Setter Property="HeaderTemplate" 553.                Value="{StaticResource AppointmentDialogWindowHeaderDataTemplate}" /> 554.        <Setter Property="Background" 555.                Value="{StaticResource DialogWindowBackground}" /> 556.        <Setter Property="Template" 557.                Value="{StaticResource EditAppointmentTemplate}" /> 558.    </Style> 559.</UserControl.Resources> The first line there is the DataContextProxy I mentioned previously- we use that again to work a bit of magic in this template. Where we start getting into the dialog in question is line 132, but line 407 is where things start getting interesting.  The ItemsSource is pointing at a list that exists in my ViewModel (or code-behind, if it is used as a DataContext), the SelectedValue is the item I am actually binding from the applicant (note the TwoWay binding), and SelectedValuePath and DisplayMemberPath ensure the proper applicant is being displayed from the collection.  You will also see similar starting on line 420 where I do the same for the Jobs we'll be displaying. Just to wrap-up the Xaml, here's the RadScheduler declaraction that ties this all together and will be the main focus of our view: 01.<telerikScheduler:RadScheduler x:Name="xJobsScheduler" 02.                  Grid.Row="1" 03.                  Grid.Column="1" 04.                  Width="800" 05.                  MinWidth="600" 06.                  Height="500" 07.                  MinHeight="300" 08.                  AppointmentsSource="{Binding Interviews}" 09.                  EditAppointmentStyle="{StaticResource EditAppointmentStyle}" 10.                  command:AppointmentAddedEventClass.Command="{Binding AddAppointmentCommand}" 11.                  command:ApptCreatedEventClass.Command="{Binding ApptCreatingCommand}" 12.                  command:ApptEditedEventClass.Command="{Binding ApptEditedCommand}" 13.                  command:ApptDeletedEventClass.Command="{Binding ApptDeletedCommand}"> 14.</telerikScheduler:RadScheduler> Now, we get to the ViewModel and what it takes to get that rigged up.  And for those of you who remember the jobs post, those command:s in the Xaml are pointing to attached behavior commands that reproduce the respective events.  This becomes very handy when we're setting up the code-behind version. ;) ViewModel I've been liking this approach so far, so I'm going to put the entire ViewModel here and then go into the lines of interest.  Of course, feel free to ask me questions about anything that isn't clear (by line number, ideally) so I can help out if I have missed anything important: 001.public class SchedulerViewModel : ViewModelBase 002.{ 003.    private readonly IEventAggregator eventAggregator; 004.    private readonly IRegionManager regionManager; 005.   006.    public RecruitingContext context; 007.   008.    private ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment> _interviews = new ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment>(); 009.    public ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment> Interviews 010.    { 011.        get { return _interviews; } 012.        set 013.        { 014.            if (_interviews != value) 015.            { 016.                _interviews = value; 017.                NotifyChanged("Interviews"); 018.            } 019.        } 020.    } 021.   022.    private QueryableCollectionView _jobsList; 023.    public QueryableCollectionView JobsList 024.    { 025.        get { return this._jobsList; } 026.        set 027.        { 028.            if (this._jobsList != value) 029.            { 030.                this._jobsList = value; 031.                this.NotifyChanged("JobsList"); 032.            } 033.        } 034.    } 035.   036.    private QueryableCollectionView _applicantList; 037.    public QueryableCollectionView ApplicantList 038.    { 039.        get { return _applicantList; } 040.        set 041.        { 042.            if (_applicantList != value) 043.            { 044.                _applicantList = value; 045.                NotifyChanged("ApplicantList"); 046.            } 047.        } 048.    } 049.   050.    public DelegateCommand<object> AddAppointmentCommand { get; set; } 051.    public DelegateCommand<object> ApptCreatingCommand { get; set; } 052.    public DelegateCommand<object> ApptEditedCommand { get; set; } 053.    public DelegateCommand<object> ApptDeletedCommand { get; set; } 054.   055.    public SchedulerViewModel(IEventAggregator eventAgg, IRegionManager regionmanager) 056.    { 057.        // set Unity items 058.        this.eventAggregator = eventAgg; 059.        this.regionManager = regionmanager; 060.   061.        // load our context 062.        context = new RecruitingContext(); 063.        LoadOperation<Interview> loadOp = context.Load(context.GetInterviewsQuery()); 064.        loadOp.Completed += new EventHandler(loadOp_Completed); 065.   066.        this._jobsList = new QueryableCollectionView(context.JobPostings); 067.        context.Load(context.GetJobPostingsQuery()); 068.   069.        this._applicantList = new QueryableCollectionView(context.Applicants); 070.        context.Load(context.GetApplicantsQuery()); 071.   072.        AddAppointmentCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.AddAppt); 073.        ApptCreatingCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.ApptCreating); 074.        ApptEditedCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.ApptEdited); 075.        ApptDeletedCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.ApptDeleted); 076.   077.    } 078.   079.    void loadOp_Completed(object sender, EventArgs e) 080.    { 081.        LoadOperation loadop = sender as LoadOperation; 082.   083.        foreach (var ent in loadop.Entities) 084.        { 085.            _interviews.Add(EntityToAppointment(ent as Interview)); 086.        } 087.    } 088.   089.    #region Appointment Adding 090.   091.    public void AddAppt(object obj) 092.    { 093.        // now we have a new InterviewAppointment to add to our QCV :) 094.        InterviewAppointment newInterview = obj as InterviewAppointment; 095.   096.        this.context.Interviews.Add(AppointmentToEntity(newInterview)); 097.        this.context.SubmitChanges((s) => 098.        { 099.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 100.            myAction.InterviewID = newInterview.InterviewID; 101.            myAction.PostingID = newInterview.PostingID; 102.            myAction.ApplicantID = newInterview.ApplicantID; 103.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been created by {1}", newInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 104.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 105.            eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddActionEvent>().Publish(myAction); 106.        } 107.            , null); 108.    } 109.   110.    public void ApptCreating(object obj) 111.    { 112.        // handled in the behavior, just a placeholder to ensure it runs :) 113.    } 114.   115.    #endregion 116.   117.    #region Appointment Editing 118.   119.    public void ApptEdited(object obj) 120.    { 121.        Interview editedInterview = (from x in context.Interviews 122.                            where x.InterviewID == (obj as InterviewAppointment).InterviewID 123.                            select x).SingleOrDefault(); 124.   125.        CopyAppointmentEdit(editedInterview, obj as InterviewAppointment); 126.   127.        context.SubmitChanges((s) => { 128.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 129.            myAction.InterviewID = editedInterview.InterviewID; 130.            myAction.PostingID = editedInterview.PostingID; 131.            myAction.ApplicantID = editedInterview.ApplicantID; 132.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been modified by {1}", editedInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 133.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 134.            eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddActionEvent>().Publish(myAction); } 135.            , null); 136.    } 137.   138.    #endregion 139.   140.    #region Appointment Deleting 141.   142.    public void ApptDeleted(object obj) 143.    { 144.        Interview deletedInterview = (from x in context.Interviews 145.                                      where x.InterviewID == (obj as InterviewAppointment).InterviewID 146.                                      select x).SingleOrDefault(); 147.   148.        context.Interviews.Remove(deletedInterview); 149.        context.SubmitChanges((s) => 150.        { 151.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 152.            myAction.InterviewID = deletedInterview.InterviewID; 153.            myAction.PostingID = deletedInterview.PostingID; 154.            myAction.ApplicantID = deletedInterview.ApplicantID; 155.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been deleted by {1}", deletedInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 156.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 157.            eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddActionEvent>().Publish(myAction); 158.        } 159.            , null); 160.    } 161.   162.    #endregion 163.   164.    #region Appointment Helpers :) 165.   166.    public Interview AppointmentToEntity(InterviewAppointment ia) 167.    { 168.        Interview newInterview = new Interview(); 169.        newInterview.Subject = ia.Subject; 170.        newInterview.Body = ia.Body; 171.        newInterview.Start = ia.Start; 172.        newInterview.End = ia.End; 173.        newInterview.ApplicantID = ia.ApplicantID; 174.        newInterview.PostingID = ia.PostingID; 175.        newInterview.InterviewID = ia.InterviewID; 176.   177.        return newInterview; 178.    } 179.   180.    public InterviewAppointment EntityToAppointment(Interview ia) 181.    { 182.        InterviewAppointment newInterview = new InterviewAppointment(); 183.        newInterview.Subject = ia.Subject; 184.        newInterview.Body = ia.Body; 185.        newInterview.Start = ia.Start; 186.        newInterview.End = ia.End; 187.        newInterview.ApplicantID = ia.ApplicantID; 188.        newInterview.PostingID = ia.PostingID; 189.        newInterview.InterviewID = ia.InterviewID; 190.   191.        return newInterview; 192.    } 193.   194.    public void CopyAppointmentEdit(Interview entityInterview, InterviewAppointment appointmentInterview) 195.    { 196.        entityInterview.Subject = appointmentInterview.Subject; 197.        entityInterview.Body = appointmentInterview.Body; 198.        entityInterview.Start = appointmentInterview.Start; 199.        entityInterview.End = appointmentInterview.End; 200.        entityInterview.ApplicantID = appointmentInterview.ApplicantID; 201.        entityInterview.PostingID = appointmentInterview.PostingID; 202.    } 203.   204.    #endregion 205.} One thing we're doing here which you won't see in any of the other ViewModels is creating a duplicate collection.  I know this is something which will be fixed down the line for using RadScheduler, simplifying this process, but with WCF RIA changing as it does I wanted to ensure functionality would remain consistent as I continued development on this application.  So, I do a little bit of duplication, but for the greater good.  This all takes place starting on line 79, so for every entity that comes back we add it to the collection that is bound to RadScheduler.  Otherwise, the DelegateCommands that you see correspond directly to the events they are named after.  In each case, rather than sending over the full event arguments, I just send in the appointment in question (coming through as the object obj in all cases) so I can add (line 91), edit (line 119), and delete appointments (line 142) like normal.  This just ensures they get updated back to my database.  Also, the one bit of code you won't see is for the Appointment Creating (line 110) event- that is because in the command I've created I simply make the replacement I need to: 1.void element_AppointmentCreating(object sender, AppointmentCreatingEventArgs e) 2.{ 3.    e.NewAppointment = new InterviewAppointment(); 4.    base.ExecuteCommand(); 5.} And the ViewModel is none the wiser, the appointments just work as far as it is concerned since as they are created they become InterviewAppointments.  End result?  I've customized my EditAppointmentDialog as follows: And adding, editing, and deleting appointments works like a charm.  I can even 'edit' by moving appointments around RadScheduler, so as they are dropped into a timeslot they perform their full edit routine and things get updated. And then, the Code-Behind Version Perhaps the thing I like the most about doing one then the other is I get to steal 90% or more of the code from the MVVM version.  For example, the only real changes to the Code-Behind Xaml file exist in the control declaration, in which I use events instead of attached-behavior-event-commands: 01.<telerikScheduler:RadScheduler x:Name="xJobsScheduler" 02.                  Grid.Row="1" 03.                  Grid.Column="1" 04.                  Width="800" 05.                  MinWidth="600" 06.                  Height="500" 07.                  MinHeight="300" 08.                  EditAppointmentStyle="{StaticResource EditAppointmentStyle}" 09.                  AppointmentAdded="xJobsScheduler_AppointmentAdded" 10.                  AppointmentCreating="xJobsScheduler_AppointmentCreating" 11.                  AppointmentEdited="xJobsScheduler_AppointmentEdited" 12.                  AppointmentDeleted="xJobsScheduler_AppointmentDeleted"> 13.</telerikScheduler:RadScheduler> Easy, right?  Otherwise, all the same styling in UserControl.Resources was re-used, right down to the DataContextProxy that lets us bind to a collection from our viewmodel (in this case, our code-behind) to use within the DataTemplate.  The code conversion gets even easier, as I could literally copy and paste almost everything from the ViewModel to my Code-Behind, just a matter of pasting the right section into the right event.  Here's the code-behind as proof: 001.public partial class SchedulingView : UserControl, INotifyPropertyChanged 002.{ 003.    public RecruitingContext context; 004.   005.    private QueryableCollectionView _jobsList; 006.    public QueryableCollectionView JobsList 007.    { 008.        get { return this._jobsList; } 009.        set 010.        { 011.            if (this._jobsList != value) 012.            { 013.                this._jobsList = value; 014.                this.NotifyChanged("JobsList"); 015.            } 016.        } 017.    } 018.   019.    private QueryableCollectionView _applicantList; 020.    public QueryableCollectionView ApplicantList 021.    { 022.        get { return _applicantList; } 023.        set 024.        { 025.            if (_applicantList != value) 026.            { 027.                _applicantList = value; 028.                NotifyChanged("ApplicantList"); 029.            } 030.        } 031.    } 032.   033.    private ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment> _interviews = new ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment>(); 034.    public ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment> Interviews 035.    { 036.        get { return _interviews; } 037.        set 038.        { 039.            if (_interviews != value) 040.            { 041.                _interviews = value; 042.                NotifyChanged("Interviews"); 043.            } 044.        } 045.    } 046.   047.    public SchedulingView() 048.    { 049.        InitializeComponent(); 050.   051.        this.DataContext = this; 052.   053.        this.Loaded += new RoutedEventHandler(SchedulingView_Loaded); 054.    } 055.   056.    void SchedulingView_Loaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 057.    { 058.        this.xJobsScheduler.AppointmentsSource = Interviews; 059.   060.        context = new RecruitingContext(); 061.           062.        LoadOperation loadop = context.Load(context.GetInterviewsQuery()); 063.        loadop.Completed += new EventHandler(loadop_Completed); 064.   065.        this._applicantList = new QueryableCollectionView(context.Applicants); 066.        context.Load(context.GetApplicantsQuery()); 067.   068.        this._jobsList = new QueryableCollectionView(context.JobPostings); 069.        context.Load(context.GetJobPostingsQuery()); 070.    } 071.   072.    void loadop_Completed(object sender, EventArgs e) 073.    { 074.        LoadOperation loadop = sender as LoadOperation; 075.   076.        _interviews.Clear(); 077.   078.        foreach (var ent in loadop.Entities) 079.        { 080.            _interviews.Add(EntityToAppointment(ent as Interview)); 081.        } 082.    } 083.   084.    private void xJobsScheduler_AppointmentAdded(object sender, Telerik.Windows.Controls.AppointmentAddedEventArgs e) 085.    { 086.        // now we have a new InterviewAppointment to add to our QCV :) 087.        InterviewAppointment newInterview = e.Appointment as InterviewAppointment; 088.   089.        this.context.Interviews.Add(AppointmentToEntity(newInterview)); 090.        this.context.SubmitChanges((s) => 091.        { 092.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 093.            myAction.InterviewID = newInterview.InterviewID; 094.            myAction.PostingID = newInterview.PostingID; 095.            myAction.ApplicantID = newInterview.ApplicantID; 096.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been created by {1}", newInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 097.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 098.            context.ActionHistories.Add(myAction); 099.            context.SubmitChanges(); 100.        } 101.            , null); 102.    } 103.   104.    private void xJobsScheduler_AppointmentCreating(object sender, Telerik.Windows.Controls.AppointmentCreatingEventArgs e) 105.    { 106.        e.NewAppointment = new InterviewAppointment(); 107.    } 108.   109.    private void xJobsScheduler_AppointmentEdited(object sender, Telerik.Windows.Controls.AppointmentEditedEventArgs e) 110.    { 111.        Interview editedInterview = (from x in context.Interviews 112.                                     where x.InterviewID == (e.Appointment as InterviewAppointment).InterviewID 113.                                     select x).SingleOrDefault(); 114.   115.        CopyAppointmentEdit(editedInterview, e.Appointment as InterviewAppointment); 116.   117.        context.SubmitChanges((s) => 118.        { 119.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 120.            myAction.InterviewID = editedInterview.InterviewID; 121.            myAction.PostingID = editedInterview.PostingID; 122.            myAction.ApplicantID = editedInterview.ApplicantID; 123.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been modified by {1}", editedInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 124.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 125.            context.ActionHistories.Add(myAction); 126.            context.SubmitChanges(); 127.        } 128.            , null); 129.    } 130.   131.    private void xJobsScheduler_AppointmentDeleted(object sender, Telerik.Windows.Controls.AppointmentDeletedEventArgs e) 132.    { 133.        Interview deletedInterview = (from x in context.Interviews 134.                                      where x.InterviewID == (e.Appointment as InterviewAppointment).InterviewID 135.                                      select x).SingleOrDefault(); 136.   137.        context.Interviews.Remove(deletedInterview); 138.        context.SubmitChanges((s) => 139.        { 140.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 141.            myAction.InterviewID = deletedInterview.InterviewID; 142.            myAction.PostingID = deletedInterview.PostingID; 143.            myAction.ApplicantID = deletedInterview.ApplicantID; 144.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been deleted by {1}", deletedInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 145.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 146.            context.ActionHistories.Add(myAction); 147.            context.SubmitChanges(); 148.        } 149.            , null); 150.    } 151.   152.    #region Appointment Helpers :) 153.   154.    public Interview AppointmentToEntity(InterviewAppointment ia) 155.    { 156.        Interview newInterview = new Interview(); 157.        newInterview.Subject = ia.Subject; 158.        newInterview.Body = ia.Body; 159.        newInterview.Start = ia.Start; 160.        newInterview.End = ia.End; 161.        newInterview.ApplicantID = ia.ApplicantID; 162.        newInterview.PostingID = ia.PostingID; 163.        newInterview.InterviewID = ia.InterviewID; 164.   165.        return newInterview; 166.    } 167.   168.    public InterviewAppointment EntityToAppointment(Interview ia) 169.    { 170.        InterviewAppointment newInterview = new InterviewAppointment(); 171.        newInterview.Subject = ia.Subject; 172.        newInterview.Body = ia.Body; 173.        newInterview.Start = ia.Start; 174.        newInterview.End = ia.End; 175.        newInterview.ApplicantID = ia.ApplicantID; 176.        newInterview.PostingID = ia.PostingID; 177.        newInterview.InterviewID = ia.InterviewID; 178.   179.        return newInterview; 180.    } 181.   182.    public void CopyAppointmentEdit(Interview entityInterview, InterviewAppointment appointmentInterview) 183.    { 184.        entityInterview.Subject = appointmentInterview.Subject; 185.        entityInterview.Body = appointmentInterview.Body; 186.        entityInterview.Start = appointmentInterview.Start; 187.        entityInterview.End = appointmentInterview.End; 188.        entityInterview.ApplicantID = appointmentInterview.ApplicantID; 189.        entityInterview.PostingID = appointmentInterview.PostingID; 190.    } 191.   192.    #endregion 193.   194.    #region INotifyPropertyChanged Members 195.   196.    public event PropertyChangedEventHandler PropertyChanged; 197.   198.    public void NotifyChanged(string propertyName) 199.    { 200.        if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(propertyName)) 201.            throw new ArgumentException("propertyName"); 202.   203.        PropertyChanged(this, new PropertyChangedEventArgs(propertyName)); 204.    } 205.   206.    #endregion 207.} Nice... right? :) One really important thing to note as well.  See on line 51 where I set the DataContext before the Loaded event?  This is super important, as if you don't have this set before the usercontrol is loaded, the DataContextProxy has no context to use and your EditAppointmentDialog Job/Applicant dropdowns will be blank and empty.  Trust me on this, took a little bit of debugging to figure out that by setting the DataContext post-loaded would only lead to disaster and frustration.  Otherwise, the only other real difference is that instead of sending an ActionHistory item through an event to get added to the database and saved, I do those right in the callback from submitting.  The Result Again, I only have to post one picture because these bad boys used nearly identical code for both the MVVM and the code-behind views, so our end result is... So what have we learned here today?  One, for the most part this MVVM thing is somewhat easy.  Yeah, you sometimes have to write a bunch of extra code, but with the help of a few useful snippits you can turn the process into a pretty streamlined little workflow.  Heck, this story gets even easier as you can see in this blog post by Michael Washington- specifically run a find on 'InvokeCommandAction' and you'll see the section regarding the command on TreeView in Blend 4.  Brilliant!  MVVM never looked so sweet! Otherwise, it is business as usual with RadScheduler for Silverlight whichever path you're choosing for your development.  Between now and the next post, I'll be cleaning up styles a bit (those RadComboBoxes are a little too close to my labels!) and adding some to the RowDetailsViews for Applicants and Jobs, so you can see all the info for an appointment in the dropdown tab view.  Otherwise, we're about ready to call a wrap on this oneDid you know that DotNetSlackers also publishes .net articles written by top known .net Authors? We already have over 80 articles in several categories including Silverlight. Take a look: here.

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 250 251 252 253 254